Chery T21 2014 Скачать руководство пользователя страница 134

Страница: 134 / 2266

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

04 - SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS

04–

SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS

WIPER AND WASHER

Specifications

Torque Specifications

Description

Torque (N·m)

Front Wiper Arm Assembly Fixing Nut

18 ± 2

Wiper Motor and Link Rod Assembly Fixing Bolt

10 ± 1

Front Wiper Motor Assembly Fixing Screw

10 ± 1

Front Wiper Motor Assembly Fixing Nut

10 ± 1

Rear Wiper Arm Assembly Upper Fixing Nut

10 ± 1

Rear Wiper Motor Assembly Fixing Bolt

10 ± 1

Guide Pipe Assembly Fixing Bolt

7 ± 1

Washer Fluid Reservoir Assembly Fixing Bolt

7 ± 1

Brake Fluid Reservoir Assembly Fixing Nut

9 ± 1

Rain Gutter Rail Reinforcement Assembly Fixing Bolt

10 ± 1

Содержание T21 2014

Страница 1: ...his manual only applies to the models listed below T21 2 0L MT T21 2 0L CVT CAUTION This manual is only for specialized technicians If non specialized or uncertified individuals privately perform repa...

Страница 2: ......

Страница 3: ...84F ENGINE MECHANICAL SQR484F FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM SQR484F EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM SQR484F INTAKE SYSTEM SQR484F EXHAUST SYSTEM SQR484F COOLING SYSTEM SQR484F LUBRICATION SYSTEM SQR484F IGNITION SYSTEM...

Страница 4: ......

Страница 5: ...R STEERING AIR CONDITIONING SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SEAT BELT ENGINE IMMOBILIZER LIGHTING SYSTEM WIPER AND WASHER DOOR LOCK INSTRUMENT CLUSTER AUDIO SYSTEM REVERSING RADAR SYSTEM HORN OTHER SYST...

Страница 6: ......

Страница 7: ...02 14 CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION 02 15 How to Use Tester 02 15 ECM Control System Troubleshooting 02 15 Diagnosis and Troubleshooting 02 16 Circuit Simulation Test 02 17 Precautions for Control Mod...

Страница 8: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 02 2 02...

Страница 9: ...rocedures include Detailed removal and installation instruction Illustration Torque specifications Specifications Sometimes the illustrations of similar models are used In this case minor details may...

Страница 10: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 02 INTRODUCTION 02 4 02 Preparation 1 Preparation for vehicle service RT21020010 5 6 4 3 1 3 2...

Страница 11: ...k prepare a tool stand special tools gauge oil and replacement parts 5 Removal and Installation Disassembly and Assembly Operations Diagnose after thoroughly understanding the proper service procedure...

Страница 12: ...up and support vehicle at proper locations a Precautions for using a swing arm type lifter Follow the safety procedures described in the instruction manual Keep vehicle stable when using a lifter to...

Страница 13: ...eners The reference values of fasteners and torque specifications in this service manual use metric unit Recycling all the fasteners nuts bolts etc during maintenance and service operation is importan...

Страница 14: ...er removal check each part for deformation damage or other problems 5 Arrange parts Carefully arrange all the disassembled parts to make assembly easier Always separately arrange the replaced parts an...

Страница 15: ...e coated part is retightened loosened or moved in any way be sure to reapply the specified adhesive 11 Rubber parts and rubber hoses Avoid gasoline or oil dripping on the rubber parts or rubber hoses...

Страница 16: ...use a fan of which the power changes in proportion to the vehicle speed Connect an exhaust gas ventilator Cool the exhaust pipe with a fan Keep the area around vehicle clean and tidy Monitor the engin...

Страница 17: ...deck board under the front passenger side seat Vehicle Identification Number VIN The Vehicle Identification Number VIN consists of World Manufacturer Identifier WMI Vehicle Descriptor Section VDS and...

Страница 18: ...check digit It is used to check the accuracy of VIN record and made out through computation after confirming the other sixteen digits of VIN The tenth digit of VIN represents model year E represents...

Страница 19: ...the exhaust manifold 4 Transmission number The transmission number for MT model is stamped on the transmission case The transmission number for CVT model is stamped on the transmission case close to...

Страница 20: ...cator 8 High Coolant Temperature Indicator 9 Position Indicator 10 EPC Warning light 11 Engine Malfunction Warning Light 12 Low Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light 13 Turn Signal Indicator 14 SRS Warnin...

Страница 21: ...another vehicle inspect the DLC on the original vehicle If communication is still not possible when the tester is connected to another vehicle the tester itself is probably defective ECM Control Syste...

Страница 22: ...Obtain detailed information when electrical malfunction occurs 2 Operate affected system and perform a road test as necessary Confirm malfunction parameter If it is impossible to duplicate malfunction...

Страница 23: ...e check the conditions related to vibration Check the following areas on vehicle a Connector and wire harness Determine the connectors and wire harnesses that may affect the electrical system being in...

Страница 24: ...in the seat components such as slide guide When wire harness passes through the underside of mounting area check if it is damaged or stuck 2 Thermosensitive test In hot weather or after the vehicle i...

Страница 25: ...in circuit may be caused by poor loose grounding corrosive switch contact and loose wire connector or adapter Precautions for Control Module and Electrical Components Inspection Before performing ele...

Страница 26: ...it to vehicle Be careful not to allow fluid to adhere to the control module connector Avoid cleaning the control module with volatile fluid When using digital multimeter be careful not to get the tes...

Страница 27: ...er proof connector from the wire harness side Failure to do this may damage the seal between wire harness and connector b Detect from terminal side Female terminal Do not insert any object that is big...

Страница 28: ...al side view in circuit diagram is shown at the bottom of circuit diagram 2 Option splices Option splice is indicated by diamonds solid line and marked with pin number inside RT21020240 Terminal Side...

Страница 29: ...1 2 3 4 1 2 G B SENSOR CONTROL MODULE A D1 D2 D3 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11 D12 D4 D5 W E 049 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 W I 013 W I 003 1 2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX E 049 EF05 30A...

Страница 30: ...cate the terminal numbers of relay 5 Color It indicates the color of this wire The color codes are as follows B Black W White R Red G Green L Blue Y Yellow Br Brown O Orange Gr Gray P Pink V Violet Lg...

Страница 31: ...ndicates the terminal number in the connector of this component 14 Ignition Switch It indicates the power supply from ignition switch to electrical equipment 15 Connected to It indicates that the wire...

Страница 32: ...d Introduction Preparation Service Specifications Maintenance SQR484F Engine Management System Yes SQR484F Engine Mechanical SQR484F Fuel Supply System Yes SQR484F Emission Control System Yes SQR484F...

Страница 33: ...Yes Door Lock Yes Instrument Cluster Yes Audio System Yes Reversing Radar System Yes Horn Yes Other System Yes Windshield Window Glass Yes Rear View Mirror Yes Instrument Panel Seat Yes Engine Hood Do...

Страница 34: ...DLC Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC Engine Control Module ECM Engine Coolant Temperature ECT Engine Speed RPM Evaporative Emission EVAP Evaporative Emission Canister EVAP Canister Evaporative Emission Sys...

Страница 35: ...Switch OPS Output Shaft Speed Sensor OSS Sensor Positive Crankcase Ventilation Valve PCV Valve Power Supply PWR Supplemental Restraints System SRS Throttle Position Sensor TPS Transmission Control Mo...

Страница 36: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 02 30...

Страница 37: ...ols 03 23 CLUTCH 03 24 Tools 03 24 DIFFERENTIAL 03 25 Tools 03 25 AXLE 03 26 Tools 03 26 SUSPENSION 03 28 Tools 03 28 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM 03 29 Tools 03 29 BRAKE 03 30 Tools 03 30 PARKING BRAKE 03 31...

Страница 38: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 2 03 INSTRUMENT PANEL 03 48 Tools 03 48 SEAT 03 49 Tool 03 49 ENGINE HOOD DOOR 03 50 Tool 03 50 EXTERIOR 03 51 Tool 03 51 INTERIOR 03 52 Tool 03 52...

Страница 39: ...TION 03 3 03 PREPARATION SQR484F ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM Tools Special Tool General Tools X 431 3G Diagnostic Tester RCH0000001 Fuel Injector Cleaning Analyzer Ignition Timing Light Digital Multimete...

Страница 40: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 4 03 Cylinder Pressure Gauge Fuel Pressure Gauge Oscilloscope RCH0000044 RCH0000048 RCH0000061 YES ENTER NO ESC 5 4 3 2 0 9 8 7 6 1...

Страница 41: ...F ENGINE MECHANICAL Tools Special Tools Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Guide Tool Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Installer Camshaft Oil Seal Installer Valve Spring Compression Adapter Valve Spring Compressor RC...

Страница 42: ...d 03 PREPARATION 03 6 03 Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Installer Valve Oil Seal Installer Valve Oil Seal Guide Sleeve Clutch Pressure Plate Installer Valve Oil Seal Remover RCH0000031 RCH0000034 RCH0000035...

Страница 43: ...Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 7 03 Valve Cotter Installer Flywheel Holding Tool Oil Filter Remover Camshaft Timing Tool Crankshaft Timing Tool RCH0000029 RCH0000040 RCH0000054 RCH0000033 RCH000...

Страница 44: ...03 General Tools Piston Installer Dial Indicator and Magnetic Holder Outer Diameter Micrometer Vernier Caliper Precision Ruler RCH0000039 RCH0000023 0 10 20 3 0 4 0 50 60 70 80 9 0 0 01mm 75mm 50 50 1...

Страница 45: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 9 03 Feeler Gauge Cylinder Gauge Caliper Gauge Digital Multimeter Flexional Magnetic Rod RCH0000060 RCH0000065 RCH0000069 RCH0000002 RCH0000042...

Страница 46: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 10 03 Engine Hoist Engine Equalizer Transmission Carrier Fuel Pressure Gauge Cylinder Pressure Gauge RCH0000043 RCH0000026 RCH0000005 RCH0000048 RCH0000044...

Страница 47: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 11 03 Engine Service Platform RCH0000057...

Страница 48: ...td 03 PREPARATION 03 12 03 SQR484F FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM Tools Special Tool General Tools Fuel Tank Pressure Cap Remover RCH0000004 Digital Multimeter Fuel Pressure Gauge Transmission Carrier RCH0000002...

Страница 49: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 13 03 SQR484F EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM Tool General Tool Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Страница 50: ...obile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 14 03 SQR484F INTAKE SYSTEM Tools Special Tool General Tools X 431 3G Diagnostic Tester RCH0000001 Digital Multimeter Precision Ruler Feeler Gauge RCH0000002 RCH0000063...

Страница 51: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 15 03 SQR484F EXHAUST SYSTEM Tools General Tools Precision Ruler Feeler Gauge RCH0000063 RCH0000060...

Страница 52: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 16 03 SQR484F COOLING SYSTEM Tools General Tools Digital Multimeter Cooling System Pressure Tester Freezing Point Tester RCH0000002 RCH0000055 RCH0000007...

Страница 53: ...y Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 17 03 SQR484F LUBRICATION SYSTEM Tools Special Tools General Tool Oil Pan Remover and Scraper Oil Filter Remover RCH0000056 RCH0000054 Oil Pressure Tester RCH0000...

Страница 54: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 18 03 SQR484F IGNITION SYSTEM Tool General Tool Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Страница 55: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 19 03 SQR484F STARTING SYSTEM Tools Special Tool General Tool X 431 3G Diagnostic Tester RCH0000001 Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Страница 56: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 20 03 SQR484F CHARGING SYSTEM Tool General Tool Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Страница 57: ...03 PREPARATION 03 21 03 QR525MHE TRANSMISSION Tools Special Tools Input Shaft Oil Seal Installer Differential Oil Seal Installer Installer Joint Bearing Remover Punch RCH0000008 RCH0000009 RCH0000010...

Страница 58: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 22 03 General Tools Puller RCH0000059 Transmission Carrier Engine Equalizer Hydraulic Press RCH0000005 RCH0000026 RCH0000012...

Страница 59: ...tomobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 23 03 QR019CHB CVT Tools Special Tools General Tools Puller Differential Oil Seal Installer RCH0000059 RCH0000009 Engine Equalizer Transmission Carrier RCH0000026 RCH...

Страница 60: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 24 03 CLUTCH Tools Special Tool General Tools Clutch Pressure Plate Installer RCH0000018 Vernier Caliper Digital Multimeter RCH0000019 RCH0000002...

Страница 61: ...d 03 PREPARATION 03 25 03 DIFFERENTIAL Tools Special Tools General Tools Bearing Remover Punch RCH0000011 RCH0000015 Hydraulic Press Dial Indicator and Magnetic Holder RCH0000012 RCH0000023 0 10 20 3...

Страница 62: ...PREPARATION 03 26 03 AXLE Tools Special Tool General Tools Ball Pin Separator RCH0000024 Dial Indicator and Magnetic Holder Transmission Carrier Hydraulic Press RCH0000023 0 10 20 3 0 4 0 50 60 70 80...

Страница 63: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 27 03 Bearing Remover Engine Equalizer RCH0000011 RCH0000026...

Страница 64: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 28 03 SUSPENSION Tools Special Tool General Tools Spring Compressor RCH0000021 Transmission Carrier Engine Equalizer RCH0000005 RCH0000026...

Страница 65: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 29 03 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM Tools Special Tool General Tool X 431 3G Diagnostic Tester RCH0000001 Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Страница 66: ...TION 03 30 03 BRAKE Tools Special Tool General Tools Brake Caliper Piston Pressing Tool RCH0000053 Dial Indicator and Magnetic Holder Vernier Caliper Digital Multimeter RCH0000023 0 10 20 3 0 4 0 50 6...

Страница 67: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 31 03 PREPARATION PARKING BRAKE Tools General Tools Digital Multimeter Vernier Caliper RCH0000002 RCH0000019...

Страница 68: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 32 03 STEERING COLUMN Tools Special Tool General Tool Steering Wheel Remover RCH0000014 Electric Drill RCH0000013...

Страница 69: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 33 03 HYDRAULIC ASSIST STEERING Tool Special Tool Ball Pin Separator RCH0000024...

Страница 70: ...ery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 34 03 ELECTRONIC POWER STEERING Tools Special Tools General Tool Ball Pin Separator X 431 3G Diagnostic Tester RCH0000024 RCH0000001 Digital Multimeter RCH00000...

Страница 71: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 35 03 AIR CONDITIONING Tools General Tools Refrigerant Recycling Machine Digital Multimeter RCH0000046 RCH0000002...

Страница 72: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 36 03 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM Tools Special Tool General Tool X 431 3G Diagnostic Tester RCH0000001 Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Страница 73: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 37 03 SEAT BELT Tool General Tool Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Страница 74: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 38 03 ENGINE IMMOBILIZER Tools Special Tool General Tool X 431 3G Diagnostic Tester RCH0000001 Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Страница 75: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 39 03 LIGHTING SYSTEM Tools Special Tool General Tool X 431 3G Diagnostic Tester RCH0000001 Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Страница 76: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 40 03 WIPER AND WASHER Tool General Tool Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Страница 77: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 41 03 DOOR LOCK Tools Special Tool General Tool X 431 3G Diagnostic Tester RCH0000001 Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Страница 78: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 42 03 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Tools Special Tool General Tool X 431 3G Diagnostic Tester RCH0000001 Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Страница 79: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 43 03 AUDIO SYSTEM Tool General Tool Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Страница 80: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 44 03 REVERSING RADAR SYSTEM Tool General Tool Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Страница 81: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 45 03 HORN Tool General Tool Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Страница 82: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 46 03 WINDSHIELD WINDOW GLASS Tools Special Tool General Tool Interior Crow Plate RCH0000025 Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Страница 83: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 47 03 REAR VIEW MIRROR Tool General Tool Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Страница 84: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 48 03 INSTRUMENT PANEL Tools Special Tools Steering Wheel Remover Interior Crow Plate RCH0000014 RCH0000025...

Страница 85: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 49 03 SEAT Tool General Tool Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Страница 86: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 50 03 ENGINE HOOD DOOR Tool General Tool Interior Crow Plate RCH0000025...

Страница 87: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 51 03 EXTERIOR Tool General Tool Interior Crow Plate RCH0000025...

Страница 88: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 03 PREPARATION 03 52 03 INTERIOR Tool General Tool Interior Crow Plate RCH0000025...

Страница 89: ...ns 04 25 DRIVE SHAFT 04 26 Specifications 04 26 DIFFERENTIAL 04 27 Specifications 04 27 AXLE 04 28 Specifications 04 28 SUSPENSION 04 30 Specifications 04 30 TIRE AND WHEEL 04 33 Specifications 04 33...

Страница 90: ...AR VIEW MIRROR 04 53 Specifications 04 53 INSTRUMENT PANEL 04 54 Specifications 04 54 SEAT 04 56 Specifications 04 56 ENGINE HOOD DOOR 04 57 Specifications 04 57 EXTERIOR 04 59 Specifications 04 59 IN...

Страница 91: ...ANAGEMENT SYSTEM Specifications Torque Specifications Description Torque N m Coolant Temperature Sensor 11 16 Knock Sensor Fixing Bolt 20 5 Engine Speed Sensor Fixing Bolt 8 2 Camshaft Position Sensor...

Страница 92: ...ion Ignition Type Electrical control Ignition Sequence 1 3 4 2 Idle Speed r min 750 50 Rated Power kW 102 Rated Power Speed r min 5750 Max Torque N m 182 Max Torque Speed r min 4300 4500 Max Permissib...

Страница 93: ...ndary Dimension Length Width Height mm 641 613 644 Starting Performance With atmospheric temperature at 25 C engine can start smoothly within 30 seconds without taking special measures Starting test s...

Страница 94: ...47 7 Operating Preload Operating Height 260 11 N 41 mm Valve Guide Valve Guide Length mm 38 0 25 Inner Diameter mm 6 6 015 Outer Diameter mm 11 040 11 051 Depression Depth mm 16 0 3 Valve Stem Protrus...

Страница 95: ...0 15 0 40 Item Specification 0 0 019 0 0 016 Description Torque N m Accessory Drive Belt Upper Idler Pulley Assembly Fixing Bolt 40 5 Accessory Drive Belt Lower Idler Pulley Assembly Fixing Bolt 40 5...

Страница 96: ...acket and Transmission Case for MT Model 55 5 Coupling Bolt Between Rear Mounting Cushion Assembly and Front Sub Frame Welding Assembly for CVT Model 70 5 Locking Nut for Through Bolt Between Rear Mou...

Страница 97: ...y Bracket and Engine Block 50 5 Coupling Nut Between Shift Cable and Shift Arm for CVT Model 18 2 Coupling Plug Between Pipe II Assembly and Clutch Release Cylinder 16 2 Bracket II Fixing Bolt 15 2 Br...

Страница 98: ...40 Connecting Rod Bearing Shell and Crankshaft Connecting Rod Journal SM10W 40 Main Bearing Cap Bolt Head SM10W 40 Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Lip and Crankshaft Oil Seal Journal SM10W 40 Crankshaft Re...

Страница 99: ...n Crankshaft Frame and Cylinder Block Loctite 518 Crankshaft Frame and Oil Pan Loctite 5910 Cylinder Head Bowl Plug Loctite 11747 Cylinder Head Oil Passage Plug Loctite 577 First Bearing Cap Bottom Pl...

Страница 100: ...ilter Bracket Fixing Screw 3 5 0 5 Fuel Tank Pressure Cap 75 5 Coupling Bolt Between Filler Tube Assembly and Body 22 2 Filler Tube Assembly Fixing Nut 7 1 Fuel Tank Fixing Strap Fixing Bolt 25 3 Fuel...

Страница 101: ...ations Torque Specifications Description Torque N m Activated Charcoal Canister Solenoid Valve Bracket Fixing Bolt 7 1 Coupling Bolt Between Activated Charcoal Canister Assembly and Body 7 1 Exhaust M...

Страница 102: ...pper Housing and Lower Housing 1 3 0 2 Air Induction Pipe Assembly Fixing Bolt 7 1 Air Filter Assembly Left Fixing Bolt 7 1 Air Filter Assembly Right Fixing Bolt 7 1 Hot Wire Air Flow Meter Fixing Bol...

Страница 103: ...ft Coupling Bolt Between Precatalytic Converter Assembly Bracket and Cylinder Block 23 2 Right Coupling Bolt Between Precatalytic Converter Assembly Bracket and Cylinder Block 50 5 Coupling Nut Betwee...

Страница 104: ...1 Tank Upper Crossmember Assembly Fixing Bolt 7 1 Expansion Tank Fixing Bolt 7 1 Activated Charcoal Canister Solenoid Valve Bracket Fixing Bolt 7 1 Thermostat Housing Fixing Bolt 8 3 Engine Ground Wi...

Страница 105: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 04 SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS 04 17 04 Cooling System Test Pressure Item System Pressure bar Cooling System Test Pressure 1 3 0 2...

Страница 106: ...ne Type SQR484F Oil Capacity L 4 0 5 Oil Specifications Summer SAE 10W 40 SM grade or higher Winter SAE 5W 40 SM grade or higher Description Torque N m Drain Plug 35 3 Oil Filter 25 3 Coupling Bolt Be...

Страница 107: ...CATIONS 04 19 04 SQR484F IGNITION SYSTEM Specifications Torque Specifications Spark Plug Specifications Description Torque N m Spark Plug 30 3 Ignition Coil Fixing Bolt 8 3 Engine Type SQR484F Spark P...

Страница 108: ...Ltd 04 SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS 04 20 04 SQR484F STARTING SYSTEM Specifications Torque Specifications Description Torque N m Starter Power Cable Nut 13 1 Starter Fixing Bolt 35 5 ignition Starting Switc...

Страница 109: ...Plate Fixing Nut 7 1 Coupling Bolt Between Battery Pressure Plate and Tank Upper Crossmember 7 1 Coupling Bolt Between Battery Tray and Air Filter Bracket 7 1 5 Battery Tray Fixing Bolt 20 2 Battery...

Страница 110: ...se 25 2 Gear Shift Mechanism Locating Bolt 35 5 25 Back up Light Switch 20 2 Shift Shaft Locating Bolt 35 5 25 Gear Shift Control Mechanism Fixing Bolt 23 2 Drain Retaining Plug 40 6 Shift Arm Bracket...

Страница 111: ...ng Bolt 10 12 Gear Shift Arm Fixing Nut 18 25 Gear Shift Control Mechanism Fixing Bolt 18 22 Gear Shift Cable Dust Boot Fixing Bolt 8 10 TCU Fixing Bolt 6 8 Transmission Ground Wire Harness Fixing Bol...

Страница 112: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 04 SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS 04 24 04 Fluid Type SP III Transmission Fluid Capacity L 8 0 0 2 Item Parameter...

Страница 113: ...ications Clutch Driven Disc Specifications Description Torque N m Clutch Pedal Fixing Nut 25 2 Pipe Assembly II Joint 16 2 Clutch Release Cylinder Fixing Bolt 22 2 Clutch Pressure Plate 25 2 Measureme...

Страница 114: ...SHAFT Specifications Torque Specifications Description Torque N m Drive Shaft Fixing Nut 300 20 Coupling Nut Between Steering Knuckle and Control Arm Ball Pin 180 10 Coupling Bolt Between Front Left...

Страница 115: ...IONS 04 27 04 DIFFERENTIAL Specifications Torque Specification Clearance Specification Description Torque N m Final Drive Driven Gear Bolt 111 118 Description Acceptable Range mm Clearance Between Dif...

Страница 116: ...er Protector Assembly and Side Rail Welding Assembly 10 1 Coupling Bolt Between Rear Mounting Cushion Assembly and Rear Mounting Bracket 70 5 Coupling Nut Between Rear Mounting Cushion Assembly and Re...

Страница 117: ...Assembly and Rear Sub Frame Assembly 120 10 Coupling Nut Between Rear Suspension Upper Swing Arm Assembly and Rear Sub Frame Assembly 120 10 Coupling Bolt Between Rear Suspension Lower Swing Arm Assem...

Страница 118: ...elding Assembly 180 10 Coupling Nut Between Front Control Arm Ball Pin Assembly and Front Control Arm Assembly 150 10 Coupling Bolt Between Front Control Arm Ball Pin Assembly and Front Control Arm As...

Страница 119: ...rm Assembly and Rear Sub Frame Assembly 120 10 Coupling Nut Between Rear Suspension Upper Swing Arm Assembly and Rear Sub Frame Assembly 120 10 Coupling Bolt Between Rear Suspension Lower Swing Arm As...

Страница 120: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 04 SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS 04 32 04 Steering Tie Rod Locking Nut 55 5 Steering Wheel Locking Nut 35 5 Description Torque N m...

Страница 121: ...Specification Tire Type Rim Type Tire Pressure Specifications of Cold Tire Description Torque N m Wheel Mounting Bolt 110 10 Description Parameter Tire Type 225 65 R17 102H Description Parameter Rim T...

Страница 122: ...n Torque N m Wheel Mounting Bolt 110 10 Brake Pipe Coupling Plug 16 2 ABS Control Module Assembly Mounting Bracket Fixing Bolt 23 2 ABS Control Module Assembly Mounting Bracket Fixing Nut 23 2 ABS Con...

Страница 123: ...Front Brake Caliper Assembly and Front Brake Hose Assembly 27 2 Coupling Bolt Between Front Brake Caliper Assembly and Front Steering Knuckle Assembly 100 10 Front Brake Disc Positioning Screw 10 1 Fr...

Страница 124: ...ke Rear DIH Drum in hat Description Standard Thickness mm Minimum Thickness mm Maximum Runout mm Front Brake Disc 25 23 0 06 Front Brake Lining 9 2 2 Description Standard Thickness mm Minimum Thicknes...

Страница 125: ...mbly Fixing Bracket and Body 23 2 Coupling Bolt Between Parking Brake Rear Cable Assembly Fixing Bracket and Rear Trailing Arm Assembly 23 2 Coupling Bolt Between Parking Brake Rear Cable Assembly Fix...

Страница 126: ...Bracket Fixing Bolt 25 3 Coupling Bolt Between Steering Column with Intermediate Shaft Assembly and Steering Gear Input Shaft 30 3 Coupling Bolt Between Electronic Power Steering Column with Intermed...

Страница 127: ...Bracket Bolt 1 9 1 Fluid Return Pipe Bracket Nut 2 7 1 Fluid Return Pipe Bracket Bolt 3 7 1 Fluid Return Pipe Bracket Nut 4 7 1 High Pressure Fluid Pipe Joint Hollow Bolt 40 3 Cooling Pipe Bracket Nut...

Страница 128: ...04 ELECTRONIC POWER STEERING Specifications Torque Specifications Description Torque N m Ball Pin Locking Nut 35 3 Coupling Bolt between Steering Gear Input Shaft and Steering Column with Intermediat...

Страница 129: ...en Expansion Valve and Expansion Valve Mounting Pressure Plate 7 1 Blower Case Assembly Upper Fixing Screw 2 5 0 5 Blower Case Assembly Lower Fixing Screw 2 5 0 5 Evaporator Case Assembly Fixing Screw...

Страница 130: ...ut Between Right Mounting Cushion Assembly and Right Mounting Bracket 80 6 Coupling Bolt Between Right Mounting Cushion Assembly and Body 70 5 Coupling Bolt Between Compressor Assembly and Mounting Br...

Страница 131: ...43 04 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM Specifications Torque Specifications Description Torque N m Coupling Bolt Between Front Passenger Airbag and Instrument Panel Crossmember Assembly 10 1 Coupling Nu...

Страница 132: ...ew 3 0 5 Front Seat Belt Assembly Center Fixing Screw 1 5 0 5 Rear Seat Belt Assembly Fixing Bolt 50 5 Rear Seat Belt Assembly Fixing Screw 1 5 0 5 Center Seat Belt Assembly Fixing Bolt 50 5 Center Se...

Страница 133: ...ear Turn Signal Light PY21W Back up Light W16W Side Turn Signal Light LED Front Dome Light C10W Rear Dome Light 10W Luggage Compartment Light C5W Front Door Courtesy Light 3W Description Torque N m He...

Страница 134: ...otor and Link Rod Assembly Fixing Bolt 10 1 Front Wiper Motor Assembly Fixing Screw 10 1 Front Wiper Motor Assembly Fixing Nut 10 1 Rear Wiper Arm Assembly Upper Fixing Nut 10 1 Rear Wiper Motor Assem...

Страница 135: ...ew 5 8 0 7 Front Door Key Cylinder Cover Fixing Screw 5 1 Front Door Lock Striker Assembly Fixing Screw 10 1 Rear Door Lock Assembly Fixing Screw 5 8 0 7 Rear Door Lock Striker Assembly Fixing Screw 1...

Страница 136: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 04 SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS 04 48 04 NSTRUMENT CLUSTER Specification Torque Specification Description Torque N m Instrument Cluster Fixing Screw 1 5 0 5...

Страница 137: ...ing Screw 2 0 5 Tweeter Assembly Fixing Screw 3 0 5 Front Woofer Assembly Fixing Screw 2 5 0 5 Rear Woofer Assembly Fixing Screw 2 5 0 5 Antenna Assembly Fixing Nut 5 1 No Disc DVD Control Panel Fixin...

Страница 138: ...Automobile Co Ltd 04 SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS 04 50 04 REVERSING RADAR SYSTEM Specification Torque Specification Description Torque N m Fixing Bolt Between Reversing Radar Control Module Assembly and Bo...

Страница 139: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 04 SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS 04 51 04 HORN Specification Torque Specification Description Torque N m Horn Fixing Bolt 16 2...

Страница 140: ...Weather Bar Fixing Screw 1 3 0 2 Rear Door Outer Weather Bar Fixing Screw 1 3 0 2 Front Door Glass Rear Guide Rail Assembly Fixing Bolt 9 1 Rear Door Glass Rear Guide Rail Assembly Fixing Bolt 9 1 Rea...

Страница 141: ...Ltd 04 SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS 04 53 04 REAR VIEW MIRROR Specifications Torque Specifications Description Torque N m Outside Rear View Mirror Assembly Fixing Bolt 6 1 Inside Rear View Mirror Assembly F...

Страница 142: ...Left Protector Assembly Fixing Screw 2 0 5 Front Passenger Airbag Assembly Fixing Bolt 10 1 Instrument Panel Assembly Fixing Bolt 7 1 Face Air Duct Assembly Fixing Screw 1 5 0 5 Defroster Duct Assemb...

Страница 143: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 04 SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS 04 55 04 Instrument Panel Crossmember Assembly Fixing Screw 7 1 Instrument Panel Crossmember Bracket Assembly Fixing Bolt 25 3 Description Torque N m...

Страница 144: ...ixing Nut 50 5 Seat Inner Shield Assembly Fixing Screw 4 8 0 5 Seat Track Assembly Fixing Bolt 24 2 4 Rear Seat Assembly Fixing Bolt 50 5 Attachment Trim Cover Fixing Screw Between Rear Seat Cushion a...

Страница 145: ...Front Door Assist Grip Mounting Bracket Assembly Fixing Screw 1 5 0 5 Front Door Outside Handle Base Assembly Fixing Screw 5 1 Fixing Bolt Between Front Door Hinge Assembly and Door 70 3 Fixing Bolt...

Страница 146: ...een Back Door Hinge Assembly and Back Door 23 2 Back Door Hinge Assembly Fixing Nut 23 2 Back Door Lock Striker Assembly Fixing Screw 10 1 Back Door Upper Trim Board Assembly Fixing Screw 3 1 Back Doo...

Страница 147: ...te Cover Assembly Fixing Screw 3 1 Apron Plate Assembly Fixing Screw 3 1 Front Bumper Center Stiffener Bracket Assembly Fixing Bolt 10 1 Front Bumper Lower Stiffener Bracket Assembly Fixing Nut 10 1 F...

Страница 148: ...Nut 3 5 0 5 Back Door Locating Seat Fixing Bolt 1 5 1 Rear Bumper Energy Absorber Fixing Bolt 23 2 Rear Fog Light Fixing Screw 1 5 0 5 Back Door Upper Trim Board Assembly Fixing Screw 3 1 Back Door U...

Страница 149: ...Lower Protector Assembly Fixing Screw 1 5 1 C pillar Upper Protector Assembly Fixing Screw 1 5 1 Sun Visor Assembly Fixing Screw 3 0 5 Sun Visor Holder B Fixing Screw 3 0 5 Front Seat Belt Assembly L...

Страница 150: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 04 62...

Страница 151: ...able 05 3 REPLACEMENT INSTRUCTION 05 6 ADJUSTMENT ITEM 05 7 INSPECTION ITEMS 05 8 Off vehicle Inspection 05 8 On vehicle Inspection 05 8 Engine Compartment Inspection 05 10 Brake System Inspection 05...

Страница 152: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 05 2 05...

Страница 153: ...if necessary I I I Engine oil Replace R R R Engine oil filter Replace R R R Engine Check for fluid leakage engine oil coolant fuel etc I I I Air conditioning system Check for air conditioning line lea...

Страница 154: ...heck protection layer for damage I Seat belt Check seat belts for damage I I Toe in and camber Check and adjust if necessary I I Ball pin Check clearance of ball pin I I Rear axle rubber bush Check fo...

Страница 155: ...nt every 20000 km and adjust if necessary 8 It is recommended to clean the throttle valve body every 15000 km 9 It is recommended to check the air filter every 5000 km Clean or replace the filer eleme...

Страница 156: ...10 14 Fuel Filter Replacement 08 12 Engine Oil Replacement 13 11 Oil Filter Replacement 13 13 Transmission Oil Replacement 17 14 Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF Replacement 18 110 Power Steering Flui...

Страница 157: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 05 MAINTENANCE 05 7 05 ADJUSTMENT ITEM Adjustment Item See page Front Combination Light Adjustment 35 70...

Страница 158: ...ck the back door See page 47 55 On vehicle Inspection 1 Check the seat belt a Check the seat belt buckle and retractor Pull out the seat belt quickly and repeatedly when it is static If seat belt retr...

Страница 159: ...of operating range of each wiper on the windshield b Check wiper blades for cracks Replace the wiper blades if necessary See page 36 24 6 Check the windshield defroster a When the air conditioning de...

Страница 160: ...air or replace related parts if necessary f If crankshaft front oil seal leaks after repair it may be caused by the following 3 reasons Crankshaft thrust washer wear Crankcase ventilation system block...

Страница 161: ...5 Check the front disc brake assembly See page 26 32 6 Check the rear disc brake assembly See page 26 45 Power Steering System Inspection 1 Check the steering wheel free play See page 28 9 2 Check th...

Страница 162: ...ainly include Power steering pump assembly Steering fluid reservoir assembly Steering gear assembly Steering gear high pressure line Steering gear return line Steering gear suction line Chassis Inspec...

Страница 163: ...oors Door locks operate properly Doors close properly 3 Back door Door lock operates properly Back door closes properly 4 Seat Seat adjusts easily and locks securely in any position Front seatback loc...

Страница 164: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 05 14...

Страница 165: ...63 P0122 00 06 63 P0123 00 06 63 P0130 00 06 69 P0131 00 06 69 P0132 00 06 69 P0133 00 06 69 P0134 00 06 69 P2195 00 06 69 P2196 00 06 69 P0136 00 06 75 P0137 00 06 75 P0138 00 06 75 P0140 00 06 75 P...

Страница 166: ...or 06 247 Removal Installation Downstream Oxygen Sensor 06 247 Camshaft Position Sensor 06 248 Description 06 248 Operation 06 248 Removal 06 248 Installation 06 248 Engine Speed Sensor 06 249 Descrip...

Страница 167: ...nding electrical signals the function of ECM is to receive the input signals from sensors and perform calculation according to set procedure producing corresponding control signals and outputting them...

Страница 168: ...thus avoiding or reducing knocking Emission control The three way catalytic converter can convert engine exhaust gas into harmless gas and discharge it into atmosphere When engine temperature becomes...

Страница 169: ...ng Therefore be careful not to casually remove the fuel pipe during servicing when it is necessary to service the fuel system discharge the pressure in fuel system before removing fuel pipe The way to...

Страница 170: ...n Torque N m Coolant Temperature Sensor 11 16 Knock Sensor Fixing Bolt 20 5 Engine Speed Sensor Fixing Bolt 8 2 Camshaft Position Sensor Fixing Bolt 8 0 5 VVT Control Valve Fixing Bolt 8 2 Engine Cont...

Страница 171: ...bile Co Ltd 06 SQR484F ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 06 7 06 Digital Multimeter Cylinder Pressure Gauge Fuel Pressure Gauge Oscilloscope RCH0000002 RCH0000044 RCH0000048 RCH0000061 YES ENTER NO ESC 5 4 3 2...

Страница 172: ...Injector Bank 3 32 Engine Speed Sensor A 9 Upstream Oxygen Sensor Heater 33 Engine Speed Sensor B 10 Fuel Injector Bank 4 34 5 V Power Supply 1 11 Throttle Actuator 35 Ignition Coil Drive 2 12 36 Ign...

Страница 173: ...Switch Start MT 45 Electronic Accelerator Pedal Sensor 1 14 46 15 Noncontinuous Power Supply 47 Ground 16 Noncontinuous Power Supply 48 Downstream Oxygen Sensor Heater 17 CAN Bus Line Low 49 18 50 19...

Страница 174: ...RTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX IGNITION SWITCH ON OR START A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 F12 F24 F11 F23 F10 F22 F9 F21 F8 F20 F7 F19 F6 F18 F5 F17 F4 F16 F3 F15 F2 F14 F1 F13 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 Gr E 076 W E...

Страница 175: ...LR RL C9 10A EF26 C10 B C B A A C IGNITION COIL AIR FLOW METER CYL1 CYL4 CYL3 CYL2 3 1 36 1 35 1 38 1 21 1 27 1 45 1 30 1 2 3 1 2 2 1 2 1 4 5 ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1...

Страница 176: ...EC TOR 4 INJEC TOR 3 INJEC TOR 2 INJEC TOR 1 1 4 1 3 1 8 1 10 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 RL RL VARIABLE CAMSHAFT TIMING INTAKE VARIABLE CAMSHAFT TIMING EXHAUST 1 7 2 1 GR GW GR GB GBr RL GR RL 1 5 2 1 1 2 1 2 1...

Страница 177: ...ULATOR MICROPR OCESSOR OUTPUT M INPUT A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 F12 F24 F11 F23 F10 F22 F9 F21 F8 F20 F7 F19 F6 F18 F5 F17 F4 F16 F3 F15 F2 F14 F1 F13 Gr E 076 W E 069 B E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 1...

Страница 178: ...3 24 25 27 26 1 F1 F2 F3 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12 F13 F14 F15 F16 F17 F18 F4 F5 F6 F7 B E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43...

Страница 179: ...5 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 1 2 4 2 5 3 6 1 23 1 26 1 25 1 11 1 22 1 14 1 43 1 13 RG GY WY GY WY RL RB L WL RL RG RL RB R WL RL ELECTRONIC THROTTLE M 2 28 TO HVA...

Страница 180: ...9 10 11 12 13 14 2 1 1 37 1 20 1 34 1 29 1 31 1 41 2 6 2 19 2 24 2 47 2 3 1 Y LG LR WR Br W LR LR WR Br Br W Y LG COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 2 CLUTCH SWITCH A C PRESSURE SENSOR 3 2 1 OFF ON B V V L...

Страница 181: ...3 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 ECM 2 ECM 1 E 033 E 035 2 45 4 WR 2 37 6 LR 2 7 5 YR 2 30 1 WG 2 36 3 WL 2 59 2 32 2 WR WR LY LR WG RL RL RL WR 1 32 1 WR 1 33 2 GW WR GW 2 63 2 64 1...

Страница 182: ...t Look for the data that has changed or the DTC to reset during the wiggle test Look for broken bent protruded or corroded terminals Inspect sensors and mounting areas for damage foreign matter etc th...

Страница 183: ...n Timing Over Retarded P0013 00 B Camshaft Position Actuator Circuit Open P0015 00 B Camshaft Position Timing Over Retarded P0016 00 Crankshaft Position Camshaft Position Correlation Bank 1 Sensor A P...

Страница 184: ...etected P0170 00 Fuel Trim Bank1 Malfunction P0171 00 Fuel Trim Bank1 System too Lean P0172 00 Fuel Trim Bank1 System too Rich P0201 00 Cylinder 1 Injector Circuit P0271 00 Cylinder 4 Injector Circuit...

Страница 185: ...1 P0662 00 Intake Manifold Tuning Valve Control Circuit High Bank 1 P0688 00 EMC PCM Power Relay Sense Circuit Open P0691 00 Cooling Fan 1 Control Circuit Low P1106 00 Throttle Pos Contr Malfunction P...

Страница 186: ...P2188 00 System Too Rich at Idle P2195 00 O2 Sensor Signal Stuck Lean Bank 1 Sensor 1 P2196 00 O2 Sensor Signal Stuck Rich Bank 1 Sensor 1 P2270 00 O2 Sensor Signal Stuck Lean Bank 1 Sensor 2 P2271 00...

Страница 187: ...2 15 2 16 R R R 86 87 85 30 ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX IGNITION SWITCH ON OR START A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 F12 F24 F11 F23 F10 F22 F9 F21 F8 F20 F7 F19 F6 F18 F5 F17 F4 F16 F3 F15 F...

Страница 188: ...9 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 B E 033 B E 035 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38...

Страница 189: ...ion indicated by the datastream is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch off b Disconnect ECM connector E 033 c Check voltage between terminals of ECM connector E 033...

Страница 190: ...45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 RT21065002 Multimeter Connection Specified Condition E 033 20 E 076 A2 Continuity Multimeter Connectio...

Страница 191: ...Continuity when battery voltage is applied between terminals 85 and 86 Replace fuse or main relay NG OK 6 Check wire harness and connector ECM engine compartment fuse and relay box E 076 E 033 A1 A2...

Страница 192: ...43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 RT21065004 Multimeter Connection Specified Condition E 033 5 E 069 F14 Continuity Multimeter Connection Specified Condition E 0...

Страница 193: ...52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 RT21065006 Multimeter Connection Specified...

Страница 194: ...MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 06 30 06 10 Check ignition switch assembly See page 15 67 Replace ignition switch assembly Repair or replace engine compartment fuse and relay box or wire harness engine compartment...

Страница 195: ...R484F ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DTC P0030 00 O2 Sensor Heater Contr Circ Bank1 1 Sensor 1 DTC P0031 00 O2 Sensor Heater Contr Circ Bank1 1 Sensor 1 Low DTC P0032 00 O2 Sensor Heater Contr Circ Bank1 1...

Страница 196: ...A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 F12 F24 F11 F23 F10 F22 F9 F21 F8 F20 F7 F19 F6 F18 F5 F17 F4 F16 F3 F15 F2 F14 F1 F13 1 2 3 4 Gr E 076 W E 069 E 084 B E 084 E 076 E 069 B E 033 B E 035 49 50 51 63 64...

Страница 197: ...1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM grounds E 026 and E 028 See page 06 18 DTC C...

Страница 198: ...ON b Check voltage between terminal 4 of upstream oxygen sensor connector E 084 and body ground 2 Check upstream oxygen sensor connector RT21090110 Repair or replace connector NG 3 Check upstream oxyg...

Страница 199: ...terminals Check for Open Check for Short 4 Check upstream oxygen sensor power supply circuit E 076 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 E 084 1 2 3 4 RT21065009 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Co...

Страница 200: ...7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 RT21065010 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition E 084 3 E 035 9 Always Continuity Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition E 084 3 or E 035 9 Body gro...

Страница 201: ...to read the ECM DTC b Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure c Check if DTC P0030 00 P0031 00 P0032 00 or P0053 00 still exists 7 Check for DTCs Replace ECM OK NG System is operating normally Reassemble...

Страница 202: ...STEM 06 38 06 DTC P0036 00 O2 Sensor Heater Contr Circ Bank1 1 Sensor 2 DTC P0037 00 O2 Sensor Heater Contr Circ Bank1 1 Sensor 2 Low DTC P0038 00 O2 Sensor Heater Contr Circ Bank1 1 Sensor 2 High DTC...

Страница 203: ...X IGNITION SWITCH ON OR START A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 F12 F24 F11 F23 F10 F22 F9 F21 F8 F20 F7 F19 F6 F18 F5 F17 F4 F16 F3 F15 F2 F14 F1 F13 Gr E 076 W E 069 E 076 E 069 B E 033 49 50 51 63 64...

Страница 204: ...If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM grounds E 026 and E 028 See page 06 18 DTC Co...

Страница 205: ...Check voltage between terminal 4 of downstream oxygen sensor connector E 043 and body ground 2 Check downstream oxygen sensor connector RT21060040 Repair or replace connector NG 3 Check downstream ox...

Страница 206: ...terminals Check for Open Check for Short 4 Check downstream oxygen sensor power supply circuit E 076 E 043 1 2 3 4 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 RT21065012 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified C...

Страница 207: ...4 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 RT21065013 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition E 043 3 E 033 48 Always Continuity Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition E 0...

Страница 208: ...to read the ECM DTC b Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure c Check if DTC P0036 00 P0037 00 P0038 00 or P0054 00 still exists 7 Check for DTCs Replace ECM System is operating normally Reassemble vehicl...

Страница 209: ...Co Ltd 06 SQR484F ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 06 45 06 DTC P0101 00 Mass or Volume Air Flow Circ Range Performance DTC P0102 00 Mass or Volume Air Flow Circ Low Input DTC P0103 00 Mass or Volume Air Flow...

Страница 210: ...6 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 ECM 2 E 033 10A EF27 RL LR LG LG LR...

Страница 211: ...Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM grounds E 026 and E 028 See page 06 18...

Страница 212: ...er measure voltage between connector E 017 terminal 5 and body ground 2 Check air flow meter connector RT21060050 Repair or replace connector NG 3 Check air flow meter signal voltage OK E 017 1 2 3 4...

Страница 213: ...E 017 1 2 3 4 5 V RT21065014 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition E 017 4 Body ground IgnitionswitchON 5 V E 017 2 Body ground 11 to 14 V Go to step 6 OK 5 Check air flow meter power su...

Страница 214: ...017 2 or E 023 C9 Battery positive Always No continuity Replace wire harness or connector air flow meter ECM or engine compartment fuse and relay box 6 Check air flow meter signal circuit NG OK E 017...

Страница 215: ...to read the ECM DTC b Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure c Check if DTC P0101 00 P0102 00 or P0103 00 still exists 7 Check air flow meter Clean or replace air flow meter and go to next step 8 Check f...

Страница 216: ...E 069 E 076 E 069 B E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11...

Страница 217: ...urrent Go to the diagnosis procedure Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM gr...

Страница 218: ...ltimeter measure voltage between connector E 017 terminal 1 and body ground 2 Check air flow meter connector RT21060050 Repair or replace connector NG 3 Check intake temperature sensor signal OK E 017...

Страница 219: ...T21065018 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition E 017 1 Body ground Ignition switch ON 5 V Go to step 6 OK 5 Check intake temperature sensor signal circuit NG E 017 E 035 37 38 39 40 41...

Страница 220: ...13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 RT21065020 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition E 017 3 E 035 21 Always Continuity Multimeter Connection Condit...

Страница 221: ...t Temp Circ High Input ET21065005 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 B E 035 2 1 1 37 1 20 Y LG Y LG...

Страница 222: ...p 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM grounds E 026 and E 028 See page 06 18 DTC...

Страница 223: ...ion switch to ON b Check voltage between engine coolant temperature sensor terminal and body ground 2 Check engine coolant temperature sensor connector RT21060090 Repair or replace connector NG 3 Chec...

Страница 224: ...or power supply circuit E 021 E 035 1 2 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 RT21065022 Multimeter Con...

Страница 225: ...3 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 RT21065023 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition E 021 1 E 035 20 Always Continuity Multimeter Connection Condition Specifie...

Страница 226: ...ester to read the ECM DTC b Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure c Check if DTC P0116 00 P0117 00 or P0118 00 still exists 7 Check for DTCs Replace ECM System is operating normally Reassemble vehicle a...

Страница 227: ...r A Circ High Input ET21065006 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 B E 035 1 4 2 5 3 6 1 23 1 11 1 22...

Страница 228: ...C is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM grounds E 026 and E 028 See page 06 18 DTC Code DTC...

Страница 229: ...nnector NG 3 Check throttle position sensor 1 signal voltage OK RT21060120 sensor voltage from throttle potentiometer 1 sensor voltage from throttle potentiometer 2 additive correction of the mixture...

Страница 230: ...power supply voltage E 009 1 2 3 4 5 6 V RT21065024 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition E 009 3 Body ground Ignition switch ON 5 V Go to step 6 OK 5 Check throttle position sensor pow...

Страница 231: ...4 45 46 47 48 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 RT21065026 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition E 009 6 E 035 13 Always...

Страница 232: ...timeter Connection Condition Specified Condition Terminal 3 Terminal 2 At normal temperature 1 067 k Terminal 6 Terminal 2 Throttle valve is rotated Resistance increases as throttle valve opens Termin...

Страница 233: ...00 O2 Sensor Circ Bank1 Sensor1 Low Voltage DTC P0132 00 O2 Sensor Circ Bank1 Sensor1 High Voltage DTC P0133 00 O2 Sensor Circ Bank1 Sensor1 Slow Response DTC P0134 00 O2 Sensor Circ Bank1 Sensor1 No...

Страница 234: ...A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 F12 F24 F11 F23 F10 F22 F9 F21 F8 F20 F7 F19 F6 F18 F5 F17 F4 F16 F3 F15 F2 F14 F1 F13 1 2 3 4 Gr E 076 W E 069 E 084 B E 084 E 076 E 069 B E 033 B E 035 49 50 51 63 64...

Страница 235: ...agnosis procedure Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 DTC Code DTC Definitions DTC Detection Conditions Possible Cause P0130 00 O2 Sensor...

Страница 236: ...start the engine and idle it for about 3 minutes c Using multimeter measure voltage between terminals 2 and 1 of connector E 084 1 Check ECM ground point Repair or replace ground wire harness or grou...

Страница 237: ...47 48 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 RT21065027 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition E 084 2 E 035 40 Always...

Страница 238: ...rmation Procedure c Check if DTC P0130 00 P0131 00 P0132 00 P0133 00 P0134 00 P2195 00 or P2196 00 still exists Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition E 084 1 or E 035 16 Body ground Alwa...

Страница 239: ...ensor2 Malfunction DTC P0137 00 O2 Sensor Circ Bank1 Sensor2 Low Voltage DTC P0138 00 O2 Sensor Circ Bank1 Sensor2 High Voltage DTC P0140 00 O2 Sensor Circ Bank1 Sensor2 No Activity Detected DTC P2270...

Страница 240: ...X IGNITION SWITCH ON OR START A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 F12 F24 F11 F23 F10 F22 F9 F21 F8 F20 F7 F19 F6 F18 F5 F17 F4 F16 F3 F15 F2 F14 F1 F13 Gr E 076 W E 069 E 076 E 069 B E 033 49 50 51 63 64...

Страница 241: ...C is current Go to the diagnosis procedure Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 DTC Code DTC Definitions DTC Detection Conditions Possible...

Страница 242: ...voltage between terminals 2 and 1 of connector E 043 1 Check ECM ground point Repair or replace ground wire harness or ground point NG 2 Check downstream oxygen sensor connector OK RT21060040 Repair...

Страница 243: ...8 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 RT21065029 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition E 043 2 E 033 21 Alway...

Страница 244: ...nfirmation Procedure c Check if DTC P0136 00 P0137 00 P0138 00 P0140 00 P2270 00 or P2271 00 still exists Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition E 043 1 or E 033 43 Body ground Always No...

Страница 245: ...76 W E 069 E 076 E 069 B E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 1...

Страница 246: ...ot detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM grounds E 026 and E 028 See page 06 18 a Disconnect injec...

Страница 247: ...connector E 023 d Check wire harness between injector connector terminals and engine compartment fuse and relay box connector terminals Check for Open 3 Check injector power supply voltage of cylinder...

Страница 248: ...harness or connector injector of cylinder 1 engine compartment fuse and relay box NG 5 Check injector control circuit of cylinder 1 OK E 010 E 035 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 25 26 27 28 29 30...

Страница 249: ...DTC Confirmation Procedure c Check if DTC P0201 00 still exists 6 Check injector of cylinder 1 1 2 RT21080290 Multimeter Connection Specified Condition 1 2 12 at 20 C Replace injector of cylinder 1 NG...

Страница 250: ...13 Gr E 076 W E 069 E 076 E 069 B E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5...

Страница 251: ...detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM grounds E 026 and E 028 See page 06 18 a Disconnect injecto...

Страница 252: ...connector E 023 d Check wire harness between injector connector terminals and engine compartment fuse and relay box connector terminals Check for Open 3 Check injector power supply voltage of cylinder...

Страница 253: ...arness or connector injector of cylinder 4 engine compartment fuse and relay box NG 5 Check injector control circuit of cylinder 4 OK E 013 E 035 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 25 26 27 28 29 30...

Страница 254: ...DTC Confirmation Procedure c Check if DTC P0271 00 still exists 6 Check injector of cylinder 4 1 2 RT21080290 Multimeter Connection Specified Condition 1 2 20 at 20 C Replace injector of cylinder 4 NG...

Страница 255: ...INE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DTC P1106 00 Throttle Pos Contr Malfunction DTC P1110 00 Throttle Actuator Electrical Malfunction MT only DTC P1111 00 Idle Speed Control Throttle Position Mechanical Malfunction...

Страница 256: ...14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 B E 035 1 4 2 5 3 6 1 23 1 11 1 22 1 14 1 43 1 13 RG RL RB L WL RL RG RL RB R WL RL ELECTRONIC THROTTLE M 8 5 7 4 6 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10...

Страница 257: ...detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM grounds E 026 and E 028 See page 06 18 DTC Code DTC Definit...

Страница 258: ...tage from throttle potentiometer 1 sensor voltage from throttle potentiometer 2 additive correction of the mixture adaptation Voltage PWG potentiometer 1 Voltage PWG potentiometer 2 Doubled PWG potent...

Страница 259: ...6 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 RT21065037 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition E 035 23 E 009 1 Always Contin...

Страница 260: ...23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 RT21065038 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition E 035 22 E 009 2 Always Continuity E 035 14 E 009 5 Always Continuity E 035 43 E 009 3 Alway...

Страница 261: ...4 5 6 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition Terminal 3 Terminal 2 At normal temperature 1 067 k Terminal 6 Terminal 2 Throttle valve is rotated Resistance increases as throttle valve ope...

Страница 262: ...ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 06 98 06 DTC P0300 00 Random Multiple Cylinder Misfire Detected DTC P0301 00 Cyl 1 Misfire Detected DTC P0302 00 Cyl 2 Misfire Detected DTC P0303 00 Cyl 3 Misfire Detected DT...

Страница 263: ...10 F22 F9 F21 F8 F20 F7 F19 F6 F18 F5 F17 F4 F16 F3 F15 F2 F14 F1 F13 Gr E 076 W E 069 E 076 E 069 B E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36...

Страница 264: ...f DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM grounds E 026 and E 028 See page 06 18 DTC Code...

Страница 265: ...urns cracks or deposits c Check spark plug gap OK 0 8 0 9 mm a Connect ignition coil connector b Connect spark plug and ignition coil and ground spark plug housing c Start and run the engine for no mo...

Страница 266: ...y winding of ignition coil 5 Check compression of misfiring cylinder Check engine to confirm cause of low compression NG Check injectors valve clearance intake system and fuel pressure etc of misfirin...

Страница 267: ...Open Check for Short 8 Check ignition coil power supply voltage OK 1 2 3 4 E 018 V RT21065039 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition E 018 3 Body ground Ignition switch ON 11 to 14 V Go...

Страница 268: ...se and relay box NG 10 Check ignition coil control circuit OK E 035 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11...

Страница 269: ...ile Co Ltd 06 SQR484F ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 06 105 06 Replace ECM NG System is operating normally Reassemble vehicle and perform a road test to confirm that malfunction reported by customer has bee...

Страница 270: ...033 B E 035 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 ECM 2...

Страница 271: ...e DTC is current Go to the diagnosis procedure Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Ch...

Страница 272: ...nnector a Remove engine speed sensor b Check and clean engine speed sensor and installation area and check for damage foreign matter or excessive movement etc that cause signal incorrectness 2 Check e...

Страница 273: ...ed sensor 3 2 1 RT21060210 Replace engine speed sensor NG 6 Check engine speed sensor circuit OK E 016 E 035 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 13 14 15 16 17 18 1...

Страница 274: ...tness a Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester to read the ECM DTC b Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure c Check if DTC P0322 00 still exists Replace wire harness or connector engine speed sensor ECM NG 7 Ins...

Страница 275: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 06 SQR484F ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 06 111 06 DTC P0327 00 Knock Sensor 1 Circ Low Input DTC P0328 00 Knock Sensor 1 Circ High Input...

Страница 276: ...2 43 44 45 46 47 48 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 B E 033 B E 035 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54...

Страница 277: ...procedure Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM grounds E 026 and E 028 See...

Страница 278: ...or OK Clean installation area or replace knock sensor NG 4 Check resistance of knock sensor OK Replace knock sensor NG 5 Check knock sensor signal circuit OK E 035 E 005 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46...

Страница 279: ...knock sensor with multimeter at the same time a Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester to read the ECM DTC b Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure c Check if DTC P0327 00 or P0328 00 still exists 6 Check knock...

Страница 280: ...63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 34 1 29 1 31 1 41 2 3 1...

Страница 281: ...e Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM grounds E 026 and E 028 See page 06 1...

Страница 282: ...an oscilloscope a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Disconnect camshaft position sensor connectors E 020 and E 015 c Check camshaft position sensor connector 2 Check camshaft position sensor signal wavef...

Страница 283: ...n Condition Specified Condition E 020 3 or E 015 3 Body ground Ignition switch ON 5 V Go to step 6 OK 5 Check camshaft position sensor power supply circuit NG E 020 E 035 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46...

Страница 284: ...15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 3 2 1 E 015 RT21065046 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition E 020 2 E 035 29 Always Continuity E 015 2 E 035 41 E 020 1 E 015 1...

Страница 285: ...erve the signal waveform of camshaft position sensor with an oscilloscope a Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester to read the ECM DTC b Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure c Check if DTC P0341 00 or P0346 00...

Страница 286: ...is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Connect X 431 3G diagnostic tester to Data Link Connector DLC b Turn ignition switch to ON St...

Страница 287: ...ensor Voltage Quickly fluctuates between 0 1 to 0 9 V A Downstream Oxygen Sensor Voltage Fluctuates slightly at about 0 45 V B Average Injection Pulse Width 1 5 2 9 ms C Replace upstream oxygen sensor...

Страница 288: ...iagnostic tester to read the ECM DTC b Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure c Check if DTC P0420 00 still exists 5 Check for DTCs Replace ECM NG System is operating normally Reassemble vehicle and perf...

Страница 289: ...06 125 06 SQR484F ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM DTC P0444 00 Evaporative Emiss System Purge Control Valve Circ Open DTC P0458 00 Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit Low DTC P0459 00 Ev...

Страница 290: ...64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 ECM 2 E 033 RL C9 10A EF27 1...

Страница 291: ...agnosis procedure Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM grounds E 026 and E 0...

Страница 292: ...switch to ON b Measure voltage between canister solenoid valve connector terminal and body ground 2 Check canister solenoid valve connector RT21060240 Repair or replace connector NG 3 Check canister s...

Страница 293: ...ector terminals Check for Open Check for Short 4 Check canister solenoid valve power supply circuit E 024 1 2 E 023 C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 RT21065048 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified...

Страница 294: ...nfirmation Procedure c Check if DTC P0444 00 P0458 00 or P0459 00 still exists 5 Check canister solenoid valve control circuit E 024 E 035 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 3...

Страница 295: ...ile Co Ltd 06 SQR484F ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 06 131 06 Replace ECM NG System is operating normally Reassemble vehicle and perform a road test to confirm that malfunction reported by customer has bee...

Страница 296: ...hery Automobile Co Ltd 06 SQR484F ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 06 132 06 DTC P0480 00 Cooling Fan 1 Control Circuit DTC P0481 00 Cooling Fan 2 Control Circuit DTC P0691 00 Cooling Fan 1 Control Circuit Lo...

Страница 297: ...76 E 069 B E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14...

Страница 298: ...DTC is current Go to the diagnosis procedure Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Che...

Страница 299: ...engine compartment fuse and relay box b Check if fuse is normal c Check cooling fan relay 2 Check cooling fan controller connector Repair or replace connector NG 3 Check cooling fan fuse and relay OK...

Страница 300: ...ied Condition Terminal 87 Body ground Always 11 to 14 V Terminal 86 Body ground Ignition switch ON 11 to 14 V Terminal 85 Body ground Always 0 V Check engine compartment fuse and relay box repair or r...

Страница 301: ...nection Specified Condition E 059 2 E 046 1 Continuity E 046 3 Body ground Continuity Multimeter Connection Specified Condition E 059 2 or E 046 1 Body ground No continuity E 059 2 or E 046 1 Battery...

Страница 302: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 06 SQR484F ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 06 138 06 DTC P0560 00 System Voltage Malfunction DTC P0562 00 System Voltage Low Voltage DTC P0563 00 System Voltage High Voltage...

Страница 303: ...F23 F10 F22 F9 F21 F8 F20 F7 F19 F6 F18 F5 F17 F4 F16 F3 F15 F2 F14 F1 F13 Gr E 076 W E 069 E 076 E 069 B E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 6...

Страница 304: ...re Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Check if battery voltage is normal a Check if battery terminals are loose or...

Страница 305: ...CM ground point Repair or replace ground wire harness or ground point NG 4 Check ECM connector OK Repair or replace ECM connector NG 5 Check ECM power supply voltage battery voltage OK E 033 49 50 51...

Страница 306: ...ent fuse and relay box OK E 076 E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6...

Страница 307: ...resistance less than 1 8 Check ECM power supply voltage ignition switch voltage E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43...

Страница 308: ...45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 RT21065055 Multimeter Connection Specified Condition E 033 35 E 076 A4 Continuity Multimeter Connectio...

Страница 309: ...ry Automobile Co Ltd 06 SQR484F ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 06 145 06 DTC P0627 00 Fuel Pump A Control Circuit Open DTC P0628 00 Fuel Pump A Control Circuit Low DTC P0629 00 Fuel Pump A Control Circuit H...

Страница 310: ...64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 ECM 2 E 033 37 38 39 40 41 42...

Страница 311: ...1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM grounds E 026 and E 028 See page 06 18 DTC...

Страница 312: ...applied between terminals 1 and 2 Replace fuel pump relay NG 3 Check fuel pump relay control circuit OK E 033 E 069 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60...

Страница 313: ...T21060280 V 1 2 5 3 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition Fuel pump relay terminal 1 engine compartment fuse and relay box side Body ground Ignition switch ON 11 to 14 V Go to step 6 OK...

Страница 314: ...y Automobile Co Ltd 06 SQR484F ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 06 150 06 DTC P0645 00 A C Clutch Relay Circuit DTC P0646 00 A C Clutch Relay Control Circuit Low DTC P0647 00 A C Clutch Relay Control Circuit...

Страница 315: ...6 W E 069 E 076 E 069 B E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10...

Страница 316: ...he DTC is current Go to the diagnosis procedure Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b C...

Страница 317: ...2 1 5 3 1 2 3 5 RT21060270 Multimeter Connection Specified Condition 3 5 No continuity 3 5 Continuity when battery voltage is applied between terminals 1 and 2 Replace A C compressor relay NG 3 Check...

Страница 318: ...tion Condition Specified Condition E 033 42 MT or E 033 58 CVT or E 069 F1 Body ground Always No continuity E 033 42 MT or E 033 58 CVT or E 069 F1 Battery positive Always No continuity Repair or repl...

Страница 319: ...A7 A8 A9 A10 F12 F24 F11 F23 F10 F22 F9 F21 F8 F20 F7 F19 F6 F18 F5 F17 F4 F16 F3 F15 F2 F14 F1 F13 Gr E 076 W E 069 E 076 E 069 B E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53...

Страница 320: ...indicated by the DTC is current Go to the diagnosis procedure Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition swi...

Страница 321: ...nd body ground 2 Check main relay and fuse 85 86 30 87 RT21060020 87 30 85 86 Multimeter Connection Specified Condition 30 87 No continuity 30 87 Continuity when battery voltage is applied between ter...

Страница 322: ...8 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 RT21065058 Multimeter Connection Specified Condition E 033 5 E 069 F14 Continuity Multimeter Connection Specified...

Страница 323: ...Automobile Co Ltd 06 SQR484F ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 06 159 06 System is operating normally Reassemble vehicle and perform a road test to confirm that malfunction reported by customer has been repair...

Страница 324: ...See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM grounds E 026 and E 028 See page 06 18 a Disconnect ECM connector E 033 and E 035 b Check if connector is normal DTC P0604...

Страница 325: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 06 SQR484F ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 06 161 06 Replace ECM OK...

Страница 326: ...s not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM grounds E 026 and E 028 See page 06 18 a Disconnect EC...

Страница 327: ...M DTC b Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure c Check if DTC P1619 00 still exists 3 Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester to match ECM See page 34 7 and check for DTCs Replace ECM NG System is operating norma...

Страница 328: ...33 34 35 36 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 B E 033 B E 035 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 4...

Страница 329: ...rrent Go to the diagnosis procedure Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM gro...

Страница 330: ...41 3 2 1 V RT21065060 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition E 041 3 Body ground Ignition switch ON 5 V Go to step 5 OK 4 Check A C pressure sensor power supply circuit NG E 033 49 50 51...

Страница 331: ...6 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 E 041 3 2 1 RT21065062 Multimeter Co...

Страница 332: ...Automobile Co Ltd 06 SQR484F ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 06 168 06 System is operating normally Reassemble vehicle and perform a road test to confirm that malfunction reported by customer has been repair...

Страница 333: ...21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 TCU 2 1 2 17 41 CAN H1 CAN L1 CAN H1 CAN L1 42 OB O OB O E 030 B E 030 ECM 2 ECM 1 E 033 E 035 2 63 2 64 1 47 Br Br B B Br B 1 48 E 026 E 028 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 4...

Страница 334: ...ected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM grounds E 026 and E 028 See page 06 18 a Disconnect ECM connect...

Страница 335: ...41 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 RT21065063 Multimeter Connection Specified Condition E 033 1 E 030 41 Continu...

Страница 336: ...1 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 B E 033 B E 035 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53...

Страница 337: ...gnosis procedure Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM grounds E 026 and E 02...

Страница 338: ...7 6 5 4 3 2 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 1 38 25 RT21065064 Multimeter Connection Specified Condition E 033 1 E 085 26 Continuity E 033 17 E 085 14 Continuity M...

Страница 339: ...7 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 B E 033 B E 035 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36...

Страница 340: ...nosis procedure Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM grounds E 026 and E 028...

Страница 341: ...A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A27 A26 A25 A24 A23 A22 A21 A20 A19 A18 A17 RT21065065 Multimeter Connection Specified Condition E 033 1 I 005 A15 Continuity E 033 17 I 005 A14...

Страница 342: ...6 7 8 9 10 11 12 B E 033 B E 035 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9...

Страница 343: ...ected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM grounds E 026 and E 028 See page 06 18 a Disconnect ECM connect...

Страница 344: ...12 13 14 I 005 A32 A31 A30 A29 A28 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A27 A26 A25 A24 A23 A22 A21 A20 A19 A18 A17 RT21065065 Multimeter Connection Specified Condition E 033 1 I 00...

Страница 345: ...3 2 1 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 I 015 RT21065066 Multimeter Connection Specified Condition I 015 30 I 005 A31 Continuity I 015 29 I 005 A30 Continuity Multimeter Connection Specified Condition...

Страница 346: ...2 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 A32 A31 A30 A29 A28 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A1...

Страница 347: ...malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM grounds E 026 and E 028 See page 06 18 a Disconnect ECM connector E 033...

Страница 348: ...12 13 14 I 005 A32 A31 A30 A29 A28 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A27 A26 A25 A24 A23 A22 A21 A20 A19 A18 A17 RT21065065 Multimeter Connection Specified Condition E 033 1 I 00...

Страница 349: ...22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 RT21065067 Multimeter Connection Specified Condition K 012 13 I 005 A31 Continuity K 012 14 I 005 A30 Continuity Multimeter Connection Specifi...

Страница 350: ...38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 B E 033 B E 035 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1...

Страница 351: ...indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM grounds E 026 and E 028 See page 06 18 a Disconnect ECM connector E 033 b Disconnect...

Страница 352: ...28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 7 5 3 1 8 6 4 2 I 018 RT21065068 Multimeter Connection Specified Condition E 033 1 I 018 8 Continuity E 033 17 I 018 6 Continuity Multimeter Connection Specified C...

Страница 353: ...osis procedure Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM grounds E 026 and E 028...

Страница 354: ...ve intake exhaust VVT control valves c Check intake exhaust VVT control valves d When battery voltage is applied between terminals 1 and 2 control valve should move quickly 2 Check VVT control valve c...

Страница 355: ...ic tester to read the ECM DTC b Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure c Check if DTC P000A 00 or P000B 00 still exists 5 Check for DTCs OK Replace ECM NG System is operating normally Reassemble vehicle...

Страница 356: ...A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 F12 F24 F11 F23 F10 F22 F9 F21 F8 F20 F7 F19 F6 F18 F5 F17 F4 F16 F3 F15 F2 F14 F1 F13 Gr E 076 W E 069 E 076 E 069 B E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18...

Страница 357: ...procedure Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM grounds E 026 and E 028 See...

Страница 358: ...ctors a Turn ignition switch to ON b Check voltage between connector terminals and body ground RT21070530 Repair or replace connector NG 3 Check VVT control valve power supply voltage OK E 008 E 006 1...

Страница 359: ...ol valve power supply circuit and fuse EF08 E 008 E 006 1 2 E 023 C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 RT21065071 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition E 006 1 E 023 C3 Always Continuity E 008...

Страница 360: ...6 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 RT21065072 E 008 E 006 1 2 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition E 006 2 E 035 7 Always Continuity E 008 2 E 035 5 Multimeter Connect...

Страница 361: ...tic tester to read the ECM DTC b Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure c Check if DTC P0010 00 or P0013 00 still exists 7 Check for DTCs Replace ECM NG System is operating normally Reassemble vehicle an...

Страница 362: ...procedure Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM grounds E 026 and E 028 See p...

Страница 363: ...X 431 3G diagnostic tester to read the ECM DTC b Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure c Check if DTC P0012 00 or P0015 00 still exists 2 Check VVT control valve connector RT21070520 RT21070530 Repair o...

Страница 364: ...47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 34 1 29 1 31 1 41 2 3 1 LR WR Br W LR LR...

Страница 365: ...alfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent See page 06 18 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Check ECM grounds E 026 and E 028 See page 06 18 DTC Code DTC Definition DTC Detecti...

Страница 366: ...scope a Disconnect intake camshaft position sensor connector E 020 1 b Disconnect exhaust camshaft position sensor connector E 015 2 c Check camshaft position sensor connectors 2 Check camshaft positi...

Страница 367: ...n Condition Specified Condition E 020 3 or E 015 3 Body ground Ignition switch ON 5 V Go to step 6 OK 5 Check camshaft position sensor power supply circuit NG E 020 E 035 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46...

Страница 368: ...15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 3 2 1 E 015 RT21065046 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition E 020 2 E 035 29 Always Continuity E 015 2 E 035 41 E 020 1 E 015 1...

Страница 369: ...e the signal waveform of engine speed sensor with an oscilloscope a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Disconnect engine speed sensor connector E 016 c Check engine speed sensor connector 7 Check camshaft...

Страница 370: ...b Check wire harness between engine speed sensor connector terminals and ECM connector terminals Check for Open 10 Check installation of engine speed sensor Clean or replace engine speed sensor NG 11...

Страница 371: ...onnection Condition Specified Condition E 016 1 or E 035 32 Body ground Always No continuity E 016 1 or E 035 32 Battery positive E 016 2 or E 035 33 Body ground E 016 2 or E 035 33 Battery positive R...

Страница 372: ...tic tester to read the ECM DTC b Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure c Check if DTC P0016 00 or P0018 00 still exists 15 Check for DTCs Replace ECM NG System is operating normally Reassemble vehicle a...

Страница 373: ...he trouble areas first Otherwise it will affect the repair work for the following trouble diagnosis Diagnostic Help 1 Confirm that there are no trouble records for engine 2 Confirm that complained tro...

Страница 374: ...ottle Intake pipe Ignition timing Spark plug Engine mechanical Engine starts normally but idles roughly at anytime Water in fuel 06 223 Injector Spark plug Throttle Intake pipe Ignition timing Engine...

Страница 375: ...n accelerating Water in fuel 06 233 Air flow meter and throttle position sensor Spark plug Throttle Intake pipe Injector Ignition timing Exhaust pipe Slow response when accelerating Water in fuel 06 2...

Страница 376: ...of improper engine lubricant and gear oil selection a Check if engine internal mechanical resistance is too strong causing starter motor not to run or run slowly Engine does not crank or cranks slowl...

Страница 377: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 06 SQR484F ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 06 213 06 Go to Diagnostic Help OK...

Страница 378: ...ngine and check if spark is generated OK Spark is generated a Measure compression of misfiring cylinder See page 07 20 Engine cranks normally but cannot start successfully while starting 1 Check fuel...

Страница 379: ...and ground E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14...

Страница 380: ...s generated OK Spark is generated Difficult to start with hot engine 1 Check fuel pressure Condition Fuel System Pressure kPa Key ON 400 Engine Idling 400 Key LOCK 400 Repair or replace fuel system NG...

Страница 381: ...tion Replace fuel NG 6 Check ECM power supply and ground OK E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23...

Страница 382: ...OK Spark is generated Difficult to start with cold engine 1 Check fuel pressure Condition Fuel System Pressure kPa Key ON 400 Engine Idling 400 Key LOCK 400 Repair or replace fuel system NG 2 Check sp...

Страница 383: ...NG 6 Check fuel condition OK Replace fuel NG 7 Check pressure of cylinder OK Check engine to confirm cause of low compression NG 8 Check ECM power supply and ground OK E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32...

Страница 384: ...cylinder and ground spark plug housing Start the engine and check if spark is generated OK Spark is generated Engine speed is normal but it is difficult to start at anytime 1 Check air filter for blo...

Страница 385: ...start engine and observe if engine starts successfully at this time Check and repair wire harness or replace sensor OK 6 Depress accelerator pedal slightly and observe if it is easy to start NG Clean...

Страница 386: ...y and ground E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1...

Страница 387: ...ngine starts normally but idles roughly at anytime 1 Check air filter for blockage and intake pipe for air leakage Check and repair intake system NG 2 Check if throttle is stuck OK Repair or replace t...

Страница 388: ...onfirm cause of low compression NG 8 Check engine ignition sequence and ignition timing OK Check and repair ignition timing NG 9 Check ECM power supply and ground OK E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 4...

Страница 389: ...up 1 Check air filter for blockage and intake pipe for air leakage Check and repair intake system NG 2 Check spark plug OK Replace spark plug NG 3 Check throttle for carbon deposits OK Clean throttle...

Страница 390: ...engine to confirm cause of low compression NG 8 Check ECM power supply and ground OK E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 4...

Страница 391: ...p 1 Check air filter for blockage and intake pipe for air leakage Check and repair intake system NG 2 Check spark plug OK Replace spark plug NG 3 Check throttle for carbon deposits OK Clean throttle N...

Страница 392: ...engine to confirm cause of low compression NG 8 Check ECM power supply and ground OK E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 4...

Страница 393: ...at observe changes of ignition advance angle injection pulse width and intake air volume using diagnostic tester OK Go to step 4 OK 3 Connect ECM adapter and disconnect pin cable of ECM corresponding...

Страница 394: ...and ground E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14...

Страница 395: ...t or replace accelerator pedal NG 2 Check intake system and connected vacuum pipe for air leakage OK Check and repair intake system NG 3 Check throttle for carbon deposits OK Clean throttle NG 4 Disco...

Страница 396: ...and ground E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14...

Страница 397: ...stalls when accelerating 1 Check air filter for blockage and intake pipe for air leakage Check and repair intake system NG 2 Check fuel pressure OK Condition Fuel System Pressure kPa Key ON 400 Engine...

Страница 398: ...ition timing are as specified a Check exhaust system for leakage or blockage 6 Check injector for leakage or blockage OK Clean or replace injector NG 7 Check fuel condition OK Replace fuel NG 8 Check...

Страница 399: ...y and ground E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1...

Страница 400: ...when accelerating 1 Check air filter for blockage and intake pipe for air leakage Check and repair intake system NG 2 Check fuel pressure OK Condition Fuel System Pressure kPa Key ON 400 Engine Idlin...

Страница 401: ...ition timing are as specified a Check exhaust system for leakage or blockage 6 Check injector for leakage or blockage OK Clean or replace injector NG 7 Check fuel condition OK Replace fuel NG 8 Check...

Страница 402: ...y and ground E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1...

Страница 403: ...s generated OK Spark is generated Lack of power and poor performance when accelerating 1 Check if malfunctions that clutch slipping low tire inflation pressure brake dragging incorrect tire size and i...

Страница 404: ...m NG 6 Check throttle for carbon deposits OK Clean throttle NG 7 Check air flow meter and throttle position sensor and wire harness OK Check and repair wire harness or replace sensor NG 8 Check inject...

Страница 405: ...and ground OK E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13...

Страница 406: ...aust camshaft thus changing the timing of intake valve and exhaust valve Removal Use the same procedures of removal for exhaust VVT control valve and intake VVT control valve The procedures listed bel...

Страница 407: ...o control air fuel mixture ignition timing A C compressor and radiator fan on off timing Removal 1 Turn off all electrical equipment and ignition switch 2 Disconnect negative battery cable 3 Drain coo...

Страница 408: ...44 06 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Perform sealing with anaerobic seal gum Confirm that the sensor is tightened fully during installation After installing engin...

Страница 409: ...to an AC voltage signal to output it As intensity of vibration increases knock sensor output voltage increases accordingly Because frequency of vibration signal caused by engine knocking is far more...

Страница 410: ...of gasket and washer between sensor and engine block Only the metal part of sensor can contact with the engine block directly DO NOT apply lubricant grease or seal gum when installing knock sensor Ke...

Страница 411: ...conditions Upstream Oxygen Sensor The input signal from upstream heated oxygen sensor informs Engine Control Module ECM of the oxygen content in exhaust gas Based on this input signal Engine Control...

Страница 412: ...so that the compression top dead center and exhaust top dead center of crankshaft can be distinguished Removal 1 Turn off all electrical equipment and ignition switch 2 Disconnect negative battery ca...

Страница 413: ...to generate output voltage with a certain frequency that is sent to Engine Control Module ECM And the output signal can indicate the speed and position of crankshaft Removal 1 Turn off all electrical...

Страница 414: ...The control circuit outputs a certain heating current to hot wire resistance RH When there is mass flow the electrical axle is out of balance due to change of RH resistance cooling of RH resulting fr...

Страница 415: ...housing etc The primary and secondary windings form an induced circuit An instant induced voltage generated by turning primary circuit switch on and off and an instant high voltage generated by second...

Страница 416: ...ng Fuel is filled around the pump and motor in the housing and used for heat dissipation and lubrication Operation The battery supplies power to electric fuel pump via electric fuel pump relay which c...

Страница 417: ...ration The Engine Control Module ECM sends electric pulse to injector coil forming magnetic field force When magnetic field force increases enough to overcome the resultant force from return spring pr...

Страница 418: ...n and control intake air volume to meet the intake requirement for engine in different operating conditions and send back the position signals of throttle valve plate to control unit to achieve accura...

Страница 419: ...off Operation The canister solenoid valve consists of solenoid coil magnet armature valve etc The air volume through canister solenoid valve depends on electric pulse duty ratio that outputs from Engi...

Страница 420: ...ed control A C compressor and idle speed etc The Engine Control Module ECM enables the program to suit ever changing operation conditions Removal 1 Turn off all electrical equipment and ignition switc...

Страница 421: ...e Control Module ECM from bracket Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21060410 CAUTION Pay attention to static electricity protection when installing Take care to protect co...

Страница 422: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 06 258...

Страница 423: ...oval 07 39 Installation 07 40 Flywheel 07 42 Removal 07 42 Inspection 07 42 Installation 07 43 Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal 07 44 Removal 07 44 Installation 07 45 Cylinder Head Cover 07 46 Removal 07 46 I...

Страница 424: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 07 2 07...

Страница 425: ...d in the cylinder head Power output from the crankshaft drives the camshaft to rotate by crankshaft timing pulley and timing belt to make the camshaft interact with valve hydraulic lifter to open and...

Страница 426: ...splash lubrication Fuel Pressure bar 4 Cylinder Compression Pressure bar 180 250 r min 10 13 5 Oil Pressure kPa Low Idling Speed 700 50 r min Higher than 150 kPa when oil temperature is 90 C High Idle...

Страница 427: ...008 Grommet Width mm Intake Valve 2 263 Exhaust Valve 2 828 Clearance Between Valve Stem and Guide mm Intake Valve 0 012 0 043 Exhaust Valve 0 032 0 063 Grommet Cone Angle Intake Valve 90 90 5 Exhaus...

Страница 428: ...meter mm 54 Coaxially mm 0 04 Cylindricity mm 0 007 Roundness mm 0 004 Connecting Rod Journal Diameter mm 47 9 Parallelism to Main Journal 0 008 Cylinder Block Overall Height mm 293 Bore Roundness mm...

Страница 429: ...y Fixing Bolt 120 5 Crankshaft Timing Pulley Fixing Bolt 1st step 130 10 2nd step 65 5 Flywheel Fixing Bolt 1st step 35 5 2nd step 45 5 Engine Wire Harness Assembly Fixing Bolt 7 1 Intake Camshaft Pos...

Страница 430: ...Model 90 5 Fixing Nut Between Left Mounting Bracket and Transmission Case for MT Model 80 6 Left Mounting Cushion Assembly Locking Nut for CVT Model 80 6 Coupling Bolt Between Left Mounting Cushion A...

Страница 431: ...Knock Sensor Inner Torx Fixing Bolt 20 5 Small Circulation Metal Tube Fixing Bolt 20 5 Engine Accessory Bracket Fixing Bolt 40 5 Power Steering Pump Bracket Fixing Bolt 30 5 Oil Cooler Bracket Fixing...

Страница 432: ...W 40 Connecting Rod Bearing Shell and Crankshaft Connecting Rod Journal SM10W 40 Main Bearing Cap Bolt Head SM10W 40 Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Lip and Crankshaft Oil Seal Journal SM10W 40 Crankshaft R...

Страница 433: ...en Crankshaft Frame and Cylinder Block Loctite 518 Crankshaft Frame and Oil Pan Loctite 5910 Cylinder Head Bowl Plug Loctite 11747 Cylinder Head Oil Passage Plug Loctite 577 First Bearing Cap Bottom P...

Страница 434: ...NICAL 07 12 07 Tools Special Tools Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Guide Tool Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Installer Camshaft Oil Seal Installer Valve Spring Compression Adapter Valve Spring Compressor RCH0000...

Страница 435: ...484F ENGINE MECHANICAL 07 13 07 Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Installer Valve Oil Seal Installer Valve Oil Seal Guide Sleeve Clutch Pressure Plate Installer Valve Oil Seal Remover RCH0000031 RCH0000034 RCH...

Страница 436: ...bile Co Ltd 07 SQR484F ENGINE MECHANICAL 07 14 07 Valve Cotter Installer Flywheel Holding Tool Oil Filter Remover Camshaft Timing Tool Crankshaft Timing Tool RCH0000029 RCH0000040 RCH0000054 RCH000003...

Страница 437: ...L 07 15 07 General Tools Piston Installer Dial Indicator and Magnetic Holder Outer Diameter Micrometer Vernier Caliper Precision Ruler RCH0000039 RCH0000023 0 10 20 3 0 4 0 50 60 70 80 9 0 0 01mm 75mm...

Страница 438: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 07 SQR484F ENGINE MECHANICAL 07 16 07 Feeler Gauge Cylinder Gauge Caliper Gauge Digital Multimeter Flexional Magnetic Rod RCH0000060 RCH0000065 RCH0000069 RCH0000002 RCH0000042...

Страница 439: ...mobile Co Ltd 07 SQR484F ENGINE MECHANICAL 07 17 07 Engine Hoist Engine Equalizer Transmission Carrier Fuel System Pressure Tester Cylinder Pressure Gauge RCH0000043 RCH0000026 RCH0000005 RCH0000048 R...

Страница 440: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 07 SQR484F ENGINE MECHANICAL 07 18 07 Engine Service Platform RCH0000057...

Страница 441: ...ecting rod noise Engine oil low pressure 13 10 Engine oil lean 13 11 Connecting rod bearing cap loose fixing nut 07 98 Connecting rod misaligned 07 97 Connecting rod bearing shell excessive radial cle...

Страница 442: ...s fully charged and the engine starter is in good operating condition Otherwise the indicated compression pressure used for diagnosis may be invalid Measurement Procedures a Turn off all the electrica...

Страница 443: ...and the pressure difference between each cylinder should not be above 3 bar If cylinder pressure of engine is lower than the standard value it indicates that cylinder pressure is insufficient Add a s...

Страница 444: ...or from an oil passage to the external of engine Possible indications of cylinder head gasket leakage between adjacent cylinders are as follows Engine power loss Engine stall Low fuel economy Possible...

Страница 445: ...07 ON VEHICLE SERVICE Accessory Drive Belt Description 1 Alternator 2 Upper Idler Pulley 3 A C Compressor 4 Lower Idler Pulley 5 Accessory Drive Belt 6 Power Steering Pump Pulley 7 Crankshaft Pulley 8...

Страница 446: ...spection 1 Check belt surface for pilling oiliness and deterioration etc If any of the defects is found replace the accessory drive belt 2 Check the Internal and edge of belt for damage wear foreign m...

Страница 447: ...orce to center part of the belt between alternator pulley and tensioner with your thumb Check that the displacement of belt should be within 5 6 mm If the displacement is too large or too small adjust...

Страница 448: ...N m Inspection 1 Rotate idler pulley assembly by hands and check if the rotation is smooth and if abnormal noise occurs 2 Wiggle idler pulley assembly in the axial and radial direction to check the be...

Страница 449: ...abnormal noise occurs 2 Wiggle tensioner assembly in the axial and radial direction to check the bearing for looseness 3 Check if there is damage on tensioner assembly operating surface Installation I...

Страница 450: ...ke Phaser Cover 8 Intake Camshaft Phaser Assembly Fixing Bolt 9 Contacting Idler Pulley 10 Timing Belt Front Cover Upper Body 11 Timing Belt 12 Timing Belt Idler Pulley 13 Timing Belt Tensioner 14 Cra...

Страница 451: ...pulley and remove the crankshaft pulley 1 Tightening torque 1st step tighten to 25 5 N m 2nd step retighten by 30 5 HINT Shift the transmission into 5th gear for MT model or D position for CVT model...

Страница 452: ...the bottom of engine block Tightening torque 40 5 N m d Carefully screw in the crankshaft timing tool arrow until the crankshaft is stuck completely 481H EX 481H IN RT21070110 1 2 3 CAUTION After inst...

Страница 453: ...on the back of belt as shown in the illustration 1 b There are cracks at the bottom or cord fabric layer of belt as shown in the illustration 2 3 and 5 c Belt worn as shown in the illustration 6 d Be...

Страница 454: ...r assembly a While holding the hexagon surface on exhaust camshaft with an open wrench loosen the exhaust phaser cover 1 with a torque wrench in the direction of arrow as shown in the illustration Tig...

Страница 455: ...in the direction of arrow as shown in the illustration Tightening torque 120 5 N m 3 Install the timing belt HINT Install the timing belt and be sure that the exhaust camshaft phaser assembly 1 intake...

Страница 456: ...nsioner are aligned return to an angle after rotating by 5 10 then align the marks again 5 Tighten the timing belt tensioner fixing bolt arrow Tightening torque 20 5 N m 6 Tighten the intake camshaft...

Страница 457: ...aser assembly fixing bolt f Remove the camshaft locking special tool g Remove the crankshaft timing tool 11 Tighten the intake exhaust phaser covers Tightening torque 30 N m 12 Other installation proc...

Страница 458: ...ove the exhaust camshaft phaser assembly a While holding the hexagon surface on exhaust camshaft with an open wrench loosen the exhaust phaser cover 1 with a torque wrench in the direction of arrow as...

Страница 459: ...agon surface on intake camshaft with an open wrench loosen the fixing bolt of intake camshaft phaser assembly 1 with a torque wrench in the direction of arrow as shown in the illustration and remove t...

Страница 460: ...eal a Using a special tool camshaft oil seal installer 1 install the intake camshaft oil seal 2 to intake camshaft 3 2 Other installation procedures are in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Remove...

Страница 461: ...timing pulley fixing bolt arrow Tightening torque 1st step tighten to 130 10 N m 2nd step retighten by 65 5 HINT Shift the transmission into 5th gear for MT model or D position for CVT model when loos...

Страница 462: ...Install the lining 4 5 Using a brass bar install the semi circle key 5 in place HINT Protrusion height of semi circle key should be 2 2 2 3 mm 6 Install the crankshaft timing pulley 3 washer 2 and bo...

Страница 463: ...GINE MECHANICAL 07 41 07 7 Tighten the crankshaft timing pulley fixing bolt arrow Tightening torque 1st step tighten to 130 10 N m 2nd step retighten by 65 5 8 Other installation procedures are in the...

Страница 464: ...f crankshaft position signal gear is distorted or deformed If damaged replace the flywheel Clean the signal gear before installation 2 Check if starter drive gear ring is worn If excessively worn repl...

Страница 465: ...the flywheel fixing bolts with precoated seal gum with new ones 3 Install the flywheel fixing bolts arrow and then hold the flywheel securely with the flywheel holding tool 1 Tighten the flywheel fix...

Страница 466: ...14 5 Remove the flywheel See page 07 42 6 Remove the crankshaft rear oil seal a Using a screwdriver with the tip wrapped with tape remove the crankshaft rear oil seal 1 CAUTION Be sure to wear necess...

Страница 467: ...oil seal lip or crankshaft rear oil seal journal 3 Other installation procedures are in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Be sure to clean the dirt around oil seal retainer and on the inner wall b...

Страница 468: ...head cover e Remove the high voltage cables See page 14 8 f Disconnect the intake camshaft position sensor connector 1 and exhaust camshaft position sensor connector 2 g Remove the fixing bolt 1 from...

Страница 469: ...amshaft 1st bearing cap and cylinder head cover with a scraper 2 Replace the cylinder head cover gasket 3 Install the cylinder head cover gasket into the groove of cylinder head cover HINT Before inst...

Страница 470: ...ts to the specified torque in sequence shown in the illustration HINT First screw the bolts in order until they press against the cylinder head and fit closely with cylinder head then tighten them aga...

Страница 471: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 07 SQR484F ENGINE MECHANICAL 07 49 07 Camshaft Description RT21070390 4 4 4 4 8 8 4 6 3 2 1 5 11 10 9 8 19 7 18 20 17 12 13 15 16 14 4...

Страница 472: ...exhaust phaser cover Tightening torque 30 N m 1 Exhaust VVT Control Valve 2 Camshaft 1st Bearing Cap 3 Camshaft 1st Bearing Cap Fixing Bolt 4 Intake VVT Control Valve 5 Exhaust Camshaft Bearing Cap 6...

Страница 473: ...ench loosen the intake phaser cover 1 with the open wrench in the direction of arrow as shown in the illustration and remove the intake phaser cover Tightening torque 30 N m b While holding the hexago...

Страница 474: ...ts separately in the order shown in the illustration and place the romoved camshaft bearing caps in order Tightening torque 8 3 N m HINT During removal tighten the fixing bolts in steps in the order s...

Страница 475: ...diameter is not within the specified range replace camshaft c Check cam lift Measure cam lift with the outer diameter micrometer as shown in the illustration If camshaft cam lift is not within the sp...

Страница 476: ...e camshaft bearing cap fixing bolts by hand without tightening 4 Tighten the camshaft bearing cap fixing bolts in the order shown in the illustration 5 Install the camshaft oil seals See page 07 38 6...

Страница 477: ...tion 1 Valve Cotter 2 Valve Spring Upper Seat 3 Valve Spring 4 Valve Oil Seal 5 Valve Spring Lower Seat 6 Valve Guide 7 Cylinder Head Fixing Bolt 8 Cylinder Head Fixing Bolt Washer 9 Cylinder Head 10...

Страница 478: ...ssembly See page 08 26 11 Remove the exhaust manifold assembly See page 11 7 12 Disconnect the intake VVT control vavle connector arrow 13 Disconnect the exhaust VVT control vavle connector arrow 14 R...

Страница 479: ...and cylinder head gasket Disassembly 1 Remove the camshaft See page 07 52 2 Remove the rocker arm and hydraulic lifter See page 07 52 3 Using a special tool valve spring compressor 1 compress the val...

Страница 480: ...are scratches on the camshaft bearing journal Remove carbon deposits and varnish inside valve guide with the valve guide cleaner Make sure that valve cotter can move and rotate in cylinder bore freely...

Страница 481: ...sing a scraper remove the carbon deposited on valve head Using a wire brush clean the valve thoroughly b Check valve height Using a micrometer measure valve height If height is less than specified val...

Страница 482: ...Using a caliper gauge measure the inside diameter of valve guide Clearance between valve and valve guide Valve guide inner diameter Valve stem diameter If clearance is not within the specified range r...

Страница 483: ...ring lower seat should face the cylinder head 3 Install the valve oil seal HINT Apply a light coat of engine oil to the installation surface of valve oil seal end when assembling the valve oil seal a...

Страница 484: ...installer 2 5 Install the valve spring 1 and valve spring upper seat 2 6 Using a valve spring compressor compress the valve spring and install the valve cotter 3 in place 7 Tap valve cotter lightly wi...

Страница 485: ...without any chips and scratches The side stamped with part number of cylinder gasket should face upward Install cylinder gasket to flat surface of cylinder block with a dowel pin Clean the joint surfa...

Страница 486: ...ar mounting cushion assembly Tightening torque 70 5 N m c Remove the locking nut 1 for through bolt between rear mounting bracket and rear mounting cushion assembly and remove the through bolt 2 Tight...

Страница 487: ...h bolt between rear mounting bracket and rear mounting cushion assembly and remove the through bolt 2 Tightening torque 70 5 N m c Remove the engine rear mounting cushion assembly 7 Remove the engine...

Страница 488: ...m b Remove the locking nut arrow for through bolt between front mounting cushion assembly and front mounting bracket and remove the through bolt Tightening torque 70 5 N m c Remove the engine front mo...

Страница 489: ...t 1 for through bolt between left mounting cushion assembly and left mounting bracket and remove the through bolt 2 Tightening torque 105 10 N m b Remove 4 coupling bolts arrow between left mounting c...

Страница 490: ...coupling bolt 1 between left mounting bracket and transmission case Tightening torque 80 6 N m c Remove the left mounting bracket 11 Installation is in the reverse order of removal Removal Installati...

Страница 491: ...bracket Tightening torque 80 6 N m c Remove 3 coupling bolts arrow between right mounting cushion assembly and body Tightening torque 70 5 N m d Remove the engine right mounting bracket 7 Remove the e...

Страница 492: ...pe assembly See page 10 16 16 Remove the air filter assembly and its bracket See page 10 17 17 Remove the exhaust manifold assembly See page 11 7 18 Remove the brake fluid reservoir See page 26 14 19...

Страница 493: ...se c Remove 2 fixing bolts arrow from expansion tank Tightening torque 7 1 N m d Take out the expansion tank from expansion tank bracket and move the expansion tank to one side 25 Disconnect the conne...

Страница 494: ...9 Move away the engine outlet hose a Loosen the engine outlet hose elastic clamp arrow and disconnect the connection between engine inlet hose and thermostat housing b Move the engine outlet hose to o...

Страница 495: ...connect the gear shift cable from gear shift arm Tightening torque 18 2 N m b Push 2 locating claws on gear shift cable 1 in the direction of arrow as shown in the illustration and disengage the gear...

Страница 496: ...acket I from transmission Tightening torque 15 2 N m 33 Move away the transmission ground wire a Remove the transmission ground wire fixing bolt arrow and move away the transmission ground wire for MT...

Страница 497: ...e 2 fixing bolts arrow between A C high low pressure line and compressor assembly and disengage the A C high low pressure line from compressor assembly Tightening torque 25 2 5 N m 36 Disconnect the e...

Страница 498: ...onnect the second shaft speed sensor 2 c Disconnect the connector B 1 d Disconnect the connector A 2 e Disconnect the clutch speed sensor 3 f Disconnect the primary shaft speed sensor 4 g Disconnect t...

Страница 499: ...at all the components are disconnected from engine 45 Hang the engine with transmission out of engine compartment 46 Remove the engine wire harness and battery wire harness from engine 47 Separate the...

Страница 500: ...L 07 78 07 SQR484F ENGINE MECHANICAL Engine Block Description 1 Cylinder Head Gasket 2 Cylinder Block 3 Crankshaft Main Bearing Upper Shell 4 Thrust Washer 5 Crankshaft 6 Crankshaft Main Bearing Lower...

Страница 501: ...ating 3 Connecting Rod 4 Connecting Rod Bearing Upper Shell 5 Connecting Rod Bearing Lower Shell 6 Connecting Rod Bearing Cap 7 Connecting Rod Fixing Bolt 8 First Compression Ring 9 Second Compression...

Страница 502: ...7 26 10 Remove the compressor assembly See page 31 99 11 Remove the engine right mounting bracket a Remove 3 fixing bolts arrow from right mounting bracket Tightening torque 55 5 N m b Remove the engi...

Страница 503: ...move the oil cooler bracket with oil pressure switch assembly and intake manifold lower bracket a Remove 4 fixing bolts arrow from oil cooler bracket Tightening torque 40 5 N m b Remove the oil cooler...

Страница 504: ...1 Remove the crankshaft pulley bolt arrow and remove the crankshaft pulley 1 Tightening torque 1st step tighten to 25 5 N m 2nd step rotate for 30 5 22 Remove the cylinder head cover See page 07 46 23...

Страница 505: ...ar oil seal See page 07 44 33 Remove the oil deflector assembly a Remove 7 fixing bolts arrow from oil deflector assembly Tightening torque 8 3 N m b Remove the oil deflector assembly 34 Remove the pi...

Страница 506: ...the piston Piston pin is semi floating and cannot be assembled by general process after removal so it is not allowable to be removed in service If there are abnormal noises caused by improper piston p...

Страница 507: ...he crankshaft frame HINT If it is difficult to remove the crankshaft frame due to seal gum tap it gently with a rubber hammer to make it loose Be sure not to damage surrounding components d Take out t...

Страница 508: ...flatness of engine block upper surface It is not allowed to grind the block upper surface If the flatness of engine block upper surface exceeds the limit replace the engine block 3 Check cylinder a Cy...

Страница 509: ...al direction at point C minimum bore diameter measured in thrust direction and axial direction at point B 2 Compare maximum value roundness measured at A B and C with the standard cylinder roundness b...

Страница 510: ...e piston connecting rod assembly 5 Check clearance between piston ring and ring groove side Using a feeler gauge measure the clearance between new piston ring and ring groove side If piston ring side...

Страница 511: ...g shell is still not within the specified range after replacement replace the crankshaft b Calculate the crankshaft cylindricity by measured values measured area is shown in the illustration Roundness...

Страница 512: ...ssed feeler gauge The measured value is the crankshaft radial clearance If crankshaft radial clearance is not within the specified range install new main bearing shell Replace the crankshaft if necess...

Страница 513: ...ls with new ones and check the radial clearance of connecting rod bearing shell If radial clearance of connecting rod bearing shell is still not within the specified range after replacement replace th...

Страница 514: ...ecting rod bearing caps and tighten the connecting rod bearing cap fixing bolts to the specified torque b Install a dial indicator 2 with its measuring rod contacting the side of connecting rod cap 1...

Страница 515: ...AAABB on the first crankshaft front end balancer shown in the illustration the first letter A is for the lower shell type of crankshaft main bearing first journal and so on the fifth letter B is for...

Страница 516: ...ourth digit 1 is for the lower shell type of the fourth cylinder piston connecting rod 3 Precautions for connecting rod bearing shell assembly a The connecting rod upper and lower bearing shells witho...

Страница 517: ...e aligned with the crankshaft frame 2 Install the crankshaft thrust washer a Clean the crankshaft thrust washers and cylinder block inner wall before installation b Apply a coat of engine oil to the c...

Страница 518: ...ression ring should face downward b The oil ring is steel band combination oil ring and composed of upper rail 3 lower rail 5 and expander 4 When installing the oil ring first install the expander int...

Страница 519: ...assembly b Carefully install the connecting rod bearing lower shell 1 in the direction of arrow and keep the groove opening of each connecting rod bearing lower shell face the connecting rod bearing c...

Страница 520: ...cap fixing bolts arrow by hands then tighten the connecting rod bearing cap fixing bolts in two steps Tightening torque 1st step tighten to 25 3 N m 2nd step retighten for 90 5 8 Other assembly is in...

Страница 521: ...9 Fuel System Pressure Release 08 10 Fuel Supply System Pressure Test 08 11 ON VEHICLE SERVICE 08 12 Fuel Filter Assembly 08 12 Removal 08 12 Installation 08 13 Electric Fuel Pump Assembly 08 14 On v...

Страница 522: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 08 2 08...

Страница 523: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 08 SQR484F FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM 08 3 08 SQR484F FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM GENERAL INFORMATION Description RT21080010 3 5 7 4 9 1 2 3 5 6 8 17 16 13 15 14 11 12 10...

Страница 524: ...cations Torque Specifications Fuel Pressure Specifications 1 Fuel Pump Pressure Cap 2 Electric Fuel Pump Assembly 3 Fuel Tank Seal Ring 4 Fuel Level Sensor 5 Fuel Tank Cap Assembly 6 Filler Tube Assem...

Страница 525: ...Ltd 08 SQR484F FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM 08 5 08 Tools Special Tool General Tools Fuel Tank Pressure Cap Remover RCH0000004 Digital Multimeter Fuel System Pressure Tester Transmission Carrier RCH0000002 RCH...

Страница 526: ...ome fuel flows back to electric fuel pump assembly pressure regulator 2 directly When fuel supply system pressure is high diaphragm spring in the regulator is jacked up by pressure then valve opens an...

Страница 527: ...073 E 069 E 033 BATTERY R P RF23 10A INSTRUMENT CLUSTER 23 10A RF06 6 11 21 13 IGNITION SWITCH ON OR START INSTRUMENT PANEL FUSE AND RELAY BOX I 007 I 015 I 003 3 5 B Br Br B 032 1 2 Q 12 I 006 B 003...

Страница 528: ...2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 GW GR GB GBr 12 13 14 15 E 007 E 038 E 010 E 011 E 012 E 013 A 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 31 35 39 40 41 42 32 33 36 37 38 34...

Страница 529: ...tric fuel pump assembly strainer blocked 08 14 Fuel pressure in fuel supply system is too high Fuel injector clogged 08 26 Electric fuel pump assembly 08 14 Electric fuel pump assembly has loud operat...

Страница 530: ...upply system pressure to prevent fuel from spraying out accidentally Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury or death RT21080030 Fuse puller EF20 10A EF19 10A EF18 1...

Страница 531: ...d pressure value is too high it indicates that injector may be clogged or electric fuel pump assembly pressure modulating valve may be malfunctioning Replace injector See page 08 26 or electric fuel p...

Страница 532: ...work area should be in good ventilation and keep fire sources or open flames away from the work area in which the fire extinguisher should be equipped After performing procedures for fuel system press...

Страница 533: ...prevent foreign matter from entering ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION Removed fuel filter should be handled by the specialized department according to local laws and regulations Never discard it at will CAUTI...

Страница 534: ...tery voltage to terminals 3 and 4 Check if electric fuel pump assembly operates in 10 seconds HINT These tests must be finished within 10 seconds to prevent coils from being burnt Leave electric fuel...

Страница 535: ...joint with a piece of cloth or equivalent to prevent fuel from spraying out If fuel leakage occurs when operating fuel supply system please handle the leaked fuel in time CAUTION Be sure to wear nece...

Страница 536: ...the coupling joint 2 between electric fuel pump assembly and inlet and return pipe assembly e Using special tool fuel tank pressure cap remover remove the fuel tank pressure cap as shown in the illus...

Страница 537: ...ric fuel pump assembly under dry or water condition Otherwise it will reduce its service life In addition DO NOT connect battery positive and negative poles inversely CAUTION DO NOT connect the negati...

Страница 538: ...m fuel filler door hinge assembly in the direction of arrow as shown in the illustration WARNING Before operating fuel supply system please touch vehicle body to discharge static electricity failure t...

Страница 539: ...en the worm clamp 1 and disconnect the connection between fuel breather hose and filler tube assembly Tightening torque 3 5 0 5 N m b Loosen the worm clamp 2 and disconnect the connection between fuel...

Страница 540: ...SQR484F FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM 08 20 08 d Remove 3 fixing screws arrow from filler tube assembly Tightening torque 7 1 N m e Remove the filler tube assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse or...

Страница 541: ...operating fuel supply system work area should be in good ventilation and keep fire sources or open flames away from the work area in which the fire extinguisher should be equipped After performing pr...

Страница 542: ...e the fuel filter assembly See page 08 12 7 Remove the fuel tank a Loosen the worm clamp 1 and disconnect the connection between fuel breather hose and filler tube assembly Tightening torque 3 5 0 5 N...

Страница 543: ...the coupling joint arrow between fuel vapor pipe I assembly and fuel vapor pipe of fuel tank g Support the fuel tank with a transmission carrier h Remove 4 fixing bolts arrow from fuel tank fixing st...

Страница 544: ...Description 1 Fuel Vapor Valve Function of Fuel Vapor Valve When fuel vapor is produced in fuel tank the vapor will enter charcoal canister through fuel vapor valve 1 by fuel vapor pipe 2 When vehicl...

Страница 545: ...DO NOT break the float when installing the fuel level sensor RT21080251 1 2 CAUTION Fuel lines and ventilation pipes must be reinstalled to the original positions on fuel tank Otherwise the friction...

Страница 546: ...urces or open flames away from the work area in which the fire extinguisher should be equipped After performing procedures for fuel system pressure release there still remains some pressure in fuel li...

Страница 547: ...Inspection 1 Disconnect the injector connectors 2 Measure resistance between 2 terminals injector side of injector with a digital multimeter Installation Installation is in the reverse order of remov...

Страница 548: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 08 28...

Страница 549: ...ap Assembly Inspection 09 6 ON VEHICLE SERVICE 09 7 Activated Charcoal Canister Solenoid Valve and Bracket 09 7 Removal 09 7 Inspection 09 8 Installation 09 8 Activated Charcoal Canister Assembly 09 9...

Страница 550: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 09 2 09...

Страница 551: ...y plays an important role in the emission control system The activated charcoal canister assembly can be used to absorb and filter moisture and fuel vapor Fresh air enters the bottom of activated char...

Страница 552: ...ontent in exhaust gas and determine whether combustible air fuel mixture is completely burnt out or not so as to guarantee the maximum efficiency of catalyst assembly in converting the HC CO and NOx i...

Страница 553: ...MAIN RELAY ECM 10A EF19 10A EF40 10A EF39 A2 F14 2 20 RL 2 5 Br A6 A7 2 15 2 16 2 21 R R R R R R WG YL GW RL YL GL 86 30 85 87 REAR OXYGEN SENSOR 2 48 1 40 2 43 1 9 3 1 16 1 4 2 3 4 2 1 FRONT OXYGEN...

Страница 554: ...rt B check that air flows from port A If result is not as specified replace canister Fuel Tank Cap Assembly Inspection 1 Visually check that fuel tank cap assembly is not deformed or damaged 2 If resu...

Страница 555: ...er solenoid valve from the hose c Remove the canister solenoid valve from the bracket 5 Remove the activated charcoal canister solenoid valve bracket a Remove 2 fixing bolts arrow from the activated c...

Страница 556: ...09 Inspection Measure resistance between 2 pins of canister solenoid with a digital multimeter Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal 2 1 RT21090050 Multimeter Connection Measur...

Страница 557: ...rom body bracket in the direction of arrow as shown in the illustration d Loosen the elastic clamps arrow disconnect the connection between hose and activated charcoal canister assembly and remove the...

Страница 558: ...coal canister assembly and activated charcoal canister protection box Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21090080 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION Unneeded activated charcoal canis...

Страница 559: ...e the PCV valve rubber boot 2 from T joint Inspection 1 Install a clean hose to PCV valve 2 Check PCV valve operation a Blow air into the T joint side and check that air flows smoothly b Blow air into...

Страница 560: ...OL SYSTEM 09 12 09 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Press PCV valve rubber boot into T joint then press in the PCV valve End surface of PCV valve larger diameter is...

Страница 561: ...st manifold heat insulator and remove the exhaust manifold heat insulator Tightening torque 23 2 N m c Remove the upstream oxygen sensor arrow from precatalytic converter assembly Tightening torque 40...

Страница 562: ...r with a digital multimeter If result is not as specified replace upstream oxygen sensor Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21090140 A B C D Multimeter Connection Condition...

Страница 563: ...ygen sensor with a digital multimeter If result is not as specified replace downstream oxygen sensor Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal WARNING Temperature of exhaust system...

Страница 564: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 09 16...

Страница 565: ...Meter 10 13 Removal 10 13 Installation 10 13 Air Filter Element 10 14 Removal 10 14 Installation 10 15 Air Induction Pipe Assembly 10 16 Removal 10 16 Installation 10 16 Air Filter Assembly Bracket 1...

Страница 566: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 10 2 10...

Страница 567: ...Filter Upper Housing 5 Air Filter Element 6 Air Filter Lower Housing 7 Air Filter Assembly Bracket 8 Air Induction Pipe Assembly 9 Worm Clamp 10 Front Intake Hose 11 Electronic Throttle Assembly 12 E...

Страница 568: ...t intake requirement of engine in different operating conditions and sends back position signals of throttle valve plate to control unit to achieve accurate control Specifications Torque Specification...

Страница 569: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 10 SQR484F INTAKE SYSTEM 10 5 10 General Tools Digital Multimeter Precision Ruler Feeler Gauge RCH0000002 RCH0000063 RCH0000060...

Страница 570: ...5 F17 F4 F16 F3 F15 F2 F14 F1 F13 Gr E 076 W E 069 B E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25...

Страница 571: ...AUST 10 24 25 27 26 9 2 3 1 ECM E 035 E 007 E 038 E 021 E 015 E 020 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 31 35 39 40 41 42 32 33 36 37 38 34 27 28 29 30 B E 007 L E...

Страница 572: ...43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 W E 029 B B 053 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17...

Страница 573: ...mbly dirty 10 20 Intake manifold assembly broken leaked 10 24 Activated charcoal canister solenoid valve remains open 09 7 Hot wire air flow meter 10 13 Throttle gasket damaged 10 20 Fuel rail injecto...

Страница 574: ...the connection between rear intake hose and hot wire air flow meter Tightening torque 5 0 5 N m b Loosen the worm clamp arrow and disconnect the connection between front intake hose and engine trim co...

Страница 575: ...fixing bolt arrow and remove the trim cover front bracket Tightening torque 7 1 N m 6 Remove the trim cover rear right bracket a Remove the exhaust manifold heat insulator b Remove 2 fixing bolts arro...

Страница 576: ...10 7 Remove the trim cover rear left bracket a Remove 2 fixing bolts arrow from the trim cover rear left bracket and remove the trim cover rear left bracket Tightening torque 7 1 N m Installation Inst...

Страница 577: ...e hot wire air flow meter a Disconnect the hot wire air flow meter connector 1 b Remove 2 fixing bolts arrow from the hot wire air flow meter Tightening torque 4 5 0 5 N m c Remove the hot wire air fl...

Страница 578: ...0 5 N m b Disconnect the hot wire air flow meter connector 1 c Move the inlet pipe II assembly 1 and fuel vapor tube III assembly 2 from the pipe clamp on the air filter upper housing d Remove 2 coup...

Страница 579: ...ilter upper housing and lower housing 2 Install a new air filter element 3 Other installation procedures are in the reverse order of removal RT21100120 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION Unneeded air filter ele...

Страница 580: ...ipe assembly a Remove 2 fixing bolts arrow from the air induction pipe assembly Tightening torque 7 1 N m b Remove the air induction pipe assembly from the air filter assembly Installation Installatio...

Страница 581: ...bly 4 Remove the air filter assembly a Loosen the worm clamp arrow and disconnect the connection between rear intake hose and hot wire air flow meter Tightening torque 5 0 5 N m b Disconnect the hot w...

Страница 582: ...Tightening torque 7 1 N m f Remove the air filter assembly from the bracket HINT Make sure that connection between wire harness and air filter assembly is disconnected 5 Remove the hot wire air flow m...

Страница 583: ...ly bracket a Disconnect 3 wire harness clips from the air filter assembly bracket b Remove 3 fixing bolts arrow from the air filter assembly bracket Tightening torque 7 1 N m c Remove the air filter a...

Страница 584: ...ge PWG potentiometer 1 Voltage PWG potentiometer 2 Doubled PWG potentiometer 2 voltage multiplicative correction of the mixture adaptation lambda controller output Datastream name Value 1 00 1 03 0 00...

Страница 585: ...fixing bolts arrow from the electronic throttle assembly Tightening torque 8 3 N m f Remove the electronic throttle assembly and its gasket RT21100180 2 1 RT21100190 CAUTION After disconnecting throt...

Страница 586: ...ease use plastic wooden or bamboo thin stick Do not use metal thin stick avoiding scratching or deforming the valve plate 2 Clean cloth or paper towel RT21100210 RT21100211 1 2 3 4 5 6 Tester Connecti...

Страница 587: ...rform cleaning with the same procedures as above Repeat several times until it is clean 6 Push the valve plate by hand and check if valve plate rotates smoothly If it is stuck clean the valve plate ag...

Страница 588: ...bber boot in the direction of arrow as shown in the illustration b Loosen the elastic clamp 1 and disconnect the connection between vacuum booster hose and intake manifold assembly c Loosen the elasti...

Страница 589: ...he intake manifold assembly Tightening torque 8 3 N m i Move the engine wire harness away and remove the intake manifold assembly HINT While removing the intake manifold assembly disconnect the intake...

Страница 590: ...surface warpage of cylinder head intake side with precision ruler and feeler gauge diagonally as shown in the illustration If surface warpage is more than 0 04 mm replace the cylinder head Installatio...

Страница 591: ...isconnect the electronic accelerator pedal connector 1 b Remove 3 fixing bolts arrow from the electronic accelerator pedal Tightening torque 10 2 N m c Remove the electronic accelerator pedal Installa...

Страница 592: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 10 28...

Страница 593: ...m Gas Leakage Inspection 11 6 ON VEHICLE SERVICE 11 7 Exhaust Manifold Assembly 11 7 Removal 11 7 Inspection 11 8 Installation 11 9 Precatalytic Converter Assembly 11 10 Removal 11 10 Installation 11...

Страница 594: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 11 2 11...

Страница 595: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 11 SQR484F EXHAUST SYSTEM 11 3 11 SQR484F EXHAUST SYSTEM GENERAL INFORMATION Description 4 4 3 2 2 RT21110010 11 12 7 9 2 3 6 5 8 10 13 14 15 16 17 4 1...

Страница 596: ...ly 12 Spring Bolt 13 Sphere Flange Grommet 14 Muffler Assembly Heat Insulator I 15 Muffler Assembly Heat Insulator II 16 Hanger Block III Assembly 17 Muffler Assembly Description Torque N m Exhaust Ma...

Страница 597: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 11 SQR484F EXHAUST SYSTEM 11 5 11 Tools General Tools Precision Ruler Feeler Gauge RCH0000063 RCH0000060...

Страница 598: ...xhaust manifold and cylinder head is prohibited The judging standard is that engine does not shudder and no poof sound can be heard at the joints Symptom Suspected Area See page Excessive exhaust nois...

Страница 599: ...ifold heat insulator 5 Remove the exhaust manifold assembly a Remove 4 coupling nuts arrow disconnect the connection between exhaust manifold assembly and precatalytic converter assembly and take off...

Страница 600: ...e warpage on the surface of exhaust manifold assembly with a precision ruler and a feeler gauge If warpage on the surface is greater than 0 5 mm replace it 2 Measure warpage on the surface of cylinder...

Страница 601: ...SYSTEM 11 9 11 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION When installation is completed check that there is no exhaust gas leakage between exhaust manifold assembly and cyl...

Страница 602: ...connector arrow from the bracket b Remove 4 fixing bolts arrow from the exhaust manifold heat insulator and remove the exhaust manifold heat insulator Tightening torque 23 2 N m WARNING The temperatu...

Страница 603: ...downstream oxygen sensor connector arrow from the bracket e Remove 2 coupling nuts arrow between precatalytic converter upper body assembly and precatalytic converter lower body assembly Tightening t...

Страница 604: ...1 and downstream oxygen sensor 2 from the precatalytic converter upper body assembly Tightening torque 40 60 N m Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21110110 1 2 1 RT211101...

Страница 605: ...e connecting part Tightening torque 50 5 N m b Remove 2 coupling nuts arrow disconnect the connection between main catalytic converter assembly and center pipe assembly and take off the gasket in the...

Страница 606: ...it and remove foreign matter on joints and threads If there are any cracks or leakage in main catalytic converter assembly replace as necessary Keep sufficient distance between main catalytic converte...

Страница 607: ...ect the connection between center pipe assembly and muffler assembly and take off the sphere flange grommet in the connecting part Tightening torque 50 5 N m WARNING The temperature of exhaust system...

Страница 608: ...and threads If sphere flange grommet is damaged replace it and remove foreign matter on joints and threads If there are cracks or leaks replace the damaged parts During installation check that exhaust...

Страница 609: ...r block 1 between left side of muffler assembly and body hook c Detach the hanger block III 2 between left side of muffler assembly and body hook WARNING The temperature of exhaust system is very high...

Страница 610: ...50 5 N m b Remove the hanger block III assembly from the left side of muffler assembly c Remove 2 fixing bolts arrow from hanger block III assembly on the right side of muffler assembly Tightening to...

Страница 611: ...ged replace it and remove foreign matter on joints and threads If there are cracks or leaks replace the damaged parts During installation make sure that clearance between tailpipe of muffler pipe and...

Страница 612: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 11 20...

Страница 613: ...lant Draining 12 13 Coolant Adding 12 14 Tank Upper Crossmember Assembly 12 16 Removal 12 16 Installation 12 17 Expansion Tank 12 18 Removal 12 18 Installation 12 18 Thermostat 12 19 Removal 12 19 Ins...

Страница 614: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 12 2 12...

Страница 615: ...Ltd 12 SQR484F COOLING SYSTEM 12 3 12 SQR484F COOLING SYSTEM GENERAL INFORMATION Description RT21120010 33 34 35 36 37 21 25 26 23 22 24 18 17 6 3 1 2 4 5 8 7 10 9 13 14 15 16 11 12 27 28 29 30 31 32...

Страница 616: ...Tank Outlet Hose 4 Discharge Pipe I 5 Discharge Steel Pipe 6 Engine Discharge Hose 7 Engine Inlet Pipe 8 Engine Inlet Pipe for CVT Model 9 Throttle Body Glow Outlet Hose 10 Water Pump Assembly 11 Wat...

Страница 617: ...ssembly Fixing Bolt 7 1 Expansion Tank Fixing Bolt 7 1 Activated Charcoal Canister Solenoid Valve Bracket Fixing Bolt 7 1 Thermostat Housing Fixing Bolt 8 3 Engine Ground Wire Fixing Bolt 7 1 Engine S...

Страница 618: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 12 SQR484F COOLING SYSTEM 12 6 12 Tools General Tools Digital Multimeter Cooling System Pressure Tester Freezing Point Tester RCH0000002 RCH0000055 RCH0000007...

Страница 619: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 12 SQR484F COOLING SYSTEM 12 7 12 Cooling System Operation Flowchart RT21120020 13 20 14 15 19 17 6 7 8 9 4 1 2 3 5 10 11 16 18 12...

Страница 620: ...properly the cooling fan operates under the following conditions a If engine coolant temperature sensor malfunctions the cooling fan remains rotate when engine operates properly b When A C compressor...

Страница 621: ...30 85 87 MF02 60A FAN RELAY B BY R F22 1 2 2 56 B 3 VOTAGE REGULATOR MICROPR OCESSOR OUTPUT M INPUT ECM E 033 E 035 ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX E 076 E 078 E 069 E 046 E 051 BATTERY ECM MAI...

Страница 622: ...mostat seat cracked and damaged 12 22 Water pump bearing loose and leaked 12 31 Engine cylinder head gasket damaged 07 55 Engine cylinder head water jacket leaked 07 55 Engine block water jacket leake...

Страница 623: ...nsion tank cap or remove drain cock plug when engine is operating or cooling system overheats The overheated engine coolant and steam with high pressure may flow out and cause serious personal injury...

Страница 624: ...the ethylene glycol coolant freezing point value The freezing point value must be kept at 35 C or lower If the freezing point is beyond the specified value replace the coolant HINT Scale 1 is used to...

Страница 625: ...t stops flowing retighten the radiator drain cock plug WARNING Always make sure engine is cold before operating cooling system Never open expansion tank cap or remove drain cock plug when engine is op...

Страница 626: ...the cooling fan operates Item Capacity L Cooling System 7 5 G11 Additive Soft Water 50 50 WARNING If it is necessary to add coolant when engine is hot loosen expansion tank cap slightly first to relea...

Страница 627: ...lant level is below the MIN line repeat all above procedures If the coolant level is above the MAX line drain the coolant until the level is between MAX and MIN lines CAUTION If there is no coolant in...

Страница 628: ...ly a Press the clips on both sides of engine compartment contact switch in the direction of arrow as shown in the illustration and remove the engine compartment contact switch from tank upper crossmem...

Страница 629: ...te and remove the radiator left tension plate Tightening torque 7 1 N m e Remove 2 fixing bolts arrow from radiator right tension plate and remove the radiator right tension plate Tightening torque 7...

Страница 630: ...N m e Remove the expansion tank from expansion tank bracket Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal WARNING Always make sure engine is cold before operating cooling system Never o...

Страница 631: ...cket Tightening torque 7 1 N m 7 Remove the thermostat housing a Loosen the elastic clamp arrow and disconnect the connection between engine outlet hose and thermostat housing WARNING Always make sure...

Страница 632: ...n 1 As show in the illustration check if the protrusion 2 of thermostat grommet and chock 1 of thermostat are installed at an angle of 180 If the result is not as specified adjust the thermostat gromm...

Страница 633: ...at opens fully b Check that the thermostat closes when temperature is low 5 C lower than the opening temperature c If above conditions are not met replace the thermostat Installation Installation is i...

Страница 634: ...osen the elastic clamp 3 and disconnect the connection between oil cooling pipe assembly I and thermostat seat e Remove the fixing bolt 1 from engine ground wire and disconnect the engine wire harness...

Страница 635: ...between small circulation outlet hose and thermostat seat h Remove 4 fixing bolts arrow from thermostat seat Tightening torque 8 3 N m i Remove the thermostat seat and thermostat seat gasket 9 Remove...

Страница 636: ...12 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Check that coolant has been added to the specified level after installation Replace thermostat seat gasket with a new one durin...

Страница 637: ...troller Tightening torque 7 1 5 N m c Remove the fan controller from cooling fan assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal WARNING Perform removal procedures with engine co...

Страница 638: ...move the radiator grille assembly See page 48 8 6 Remove the water tank upper crossmember trim board See page 48 10 7 Remove the engine hood lock assembly See page 37 39 8 Remove the tank upper crossm...

Страница 639: ...e the fixing band 1 of engine outlet hose from cooling fan assembly d Remove 4 fixing bolts arrow from cooling fan assembly Tightening torque 7 1 N m e Remove the cooling fan assembly from radiator as...

Страница 640: ...y Automobile Co Ltd 12 SQR484F COOLING SYSTEM 12 28 12 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Check that the coolant has been added to the specified level after installat...

Страница 641: ...Remove the cooling fan assembly See page 12 26 11 Remove the radiator assembly a Loosen the elastic clamp arrow and disconnect the connection between engine outlet hose and radiator assembly WARNING...

Страница 642: ...and disconnect the connection between radiator discharge hose and radiator assembly c Loosen the elastic clamp 2 and disconnect the connection between engine inlet pipe and radiator assembly d Remove...

Страница 643: ...dler pulley and remove the timing belt idler pulley Tightening torque 40 5 N m b Remove 6 fixing bolts arrow from water pump assembly Tightening torque 8 3 N m WARNING Always make sure engine is cold...

Страница 644: ...ces of water pump assembly and cylinder block is uneven b Impeller of water pump assembly is damaged c Bearing of water pump assembly is loosened d There is abnormal noise when water pump assembly is...

Страница 645: ...SERVICE 13 11 Engine Oil Replacement 13 11 Engine Oil Draining 13 11 Engine Oil Adding 13 12 Oil Filter 13 13 Removal 13 13 Installation 13 14 Oil Dipstick Tube 13 15 Removal 13 15 Installation 13 15...

Страница 646: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 13 2 13...

Страница 647: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 13 SQR484F LUBRICATION SYSTEM 13 3 13 SQR484F LUBRICATION SYSTEM GENERAL INFORMATION Description RT21130010 4 4 7 2 6 18 9 6 7 8 2 3 10 5 4 1 12 13 11...

Страница 648: ...stick 3 Oil Dipstick Tube 4 Oil Cooler Bracket Shim 5 Oil Cooler Bracket 6 Oil Cooler Assembly 7 Oil Filter Joint 8 Oil Strainer Filter 9 Oil Pan 10 Oil Strainer 11 Oil Baffle Plate 12 Oil Pump Assemb...

Страница 649: ...84F Oil Capacity L 4 0 5 Oil Specifications Summer SAE 10W 40 SM grade or higher Winter SAE 5W 40 SM grade or higher Description Torque N m Drain Plug 35 3 Oil Filter 25 3 Coupling Bolt Between Oil Pa...

Страница 650: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 13 SQR484F LUBRICATION SYSTEM 13 6 13 Tools Special Tools General Tool Oil Pan Remover and Scraper Oil Filter Remover RCH0000056 RCH0000054 Oil Pressure Tester RCH0000006...

Страница 651: ...nt 2 Hollow arrow indicates the flow of low pressure lubricant 3 Dark area indicates the high pressure lubricant 4 Bright area indicates the low pressure lubricant 1 Oil Filler Cap 2 Cylinder Head 3 O...

Страница 652: ...aged 07 39 Crankshaft rear oil seal damaged 07 44 Oil pressure switch 13 16 Oil drain plug leaked Oil pan leaked 13 20 Each engine seal surface leakage Engine oil leakage Oil pressure warning light co...

Страница 653: ...oil level is proper 4 Pull out the oil dipstick again check if oil level is proper If engine oil level is low check for leakage and add oil up to the full level mark a If oil level is at or above the...

Страница 654: ...system pressure is still low it shows there is a malfunction in the oil pump and the oil pump must be replaced Oil pressure at idling speed 700 50 r min higher than 1 5 bar Oil pressure at high idling...

Страница 655: ...ntil engine cools down Prolonged and repeated contact with engine oil will be harmful to your skin If engine oil spills on your skin wash it off immediately with water In addition the used engine oil...

Страница 656: ...roximately 5 minutes Check if oil level is between MIN mark and MAX mark Refill oil if necessary 3 Check the vehicle for leakage after replacing oil ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION Wasted engine oil should b...

Страница 657: ...il engine cools down Prolonged and repeated contact with engine oil will be harmful to your skin If engine oil spills on your skin wash it off immediately with water In addition the used engine oil co...

Страница 658: ...acks If there are damages or cracks replace the grommet Check and clean the installation surface of oil filter and oil filter bracket Apply a layer of clean engine oil to new oil filter grommet Slight...

Страница 659: ...orque 8 3 N m b Remove the oil dipstick tube with oil dipstick assembly from the engine block frame c Separate the oil dipstick from the oil dipstick tube Installation Installation is in the reverse o...

Страница 660: ...n the illustration WARNING DO NOT remove oil pressure switch until engine cools down Prolonged and repeated contact with engine oil will be harmful to your skin If engine oil spills on your skin wash...

Страница 661: ...ine and oil pressure warning light 3 comes on then observe the pressure reading on tester If oil pressure warning light still comes on when oil pressure is higher than 75 kPa replace the oil pressure...

Страница 662: ...der WARNING DO NOT disconnect oil cooler inlet hose and oil cooler outlet hose until engine is in low temperature Otherwise overheated engine coolant and steam with high pressure may flow out and caus...

Страница 663: ...4F LUBRICATION SYSTEM 13 19 13 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Clean installation surface of oil cooler assembly Replace fuel filter Add engine oil to specified le...

Страница 664: ...il pan for MT model Tightening torque 50 5 N m WARNING DO NOT drain engine oil and remove oil pan until engine cools down Prolonged and repeated contact with engine oil will be harmful to your skin If...

Страница 665: ...o tap it during removal but it can be tapped slowly from left and right with a rubber hammer 6 Remove the residual seal gum on oil pan with oil pan remover and scraper 1 2 6 3 7 15 10 14 25 11 1 8 4 5...

Страница 666: ...the reverse order of removal CAUTION When applying seal gum check the type and expiration date of seal gum Remove impurities iron chips and residue of seal gum on oil pan Remove oil stain and residue...

Страница 667: ...of removal Pay attention to the following points during installation 1 Clean the oil strainer mesh 2 Replace the grommet Oil strainer grommet 1 Oil pump and oil pan connecting pipe grommet 2 Oil filt...

Страница 668: ...move the oil pump assembly a Remove 4 fixing bolts arrow from the oil pump assembly Tightening torque 17 23 N m b Using a proper tool 1 pry out the oil pump assembly 2 WARNING DO NOT remove oil filter...

Страница 669: ...oil pump assembly with plane A of crankshaft as shown in the illustration The relief valve flange on the pump 1 on oil pump assembly is facing the outlet direction of cylinder block frame and the side...

Страница 670: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 13 26...

Страница 671: ...l 14 4 Circuit Diagram 14 5 DIAGNOSIS TESTING 14 6 Problem Symptoms Table 14 6 Service Precautions 14 7 ON VEHICLE SERVICE 14 8 High voltage Cable 14 8 Removal 14 8 Inspection 14 9 Installation 14 9 I...

Страница 672: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 14 2 14...

Страница 673: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 14 SQR484F IGNITION SYSTEM 14 3 14 SQR484F IGNITION SYSTEM GENERAL INFORMATION Description RT21140010 4 MAX MAX MIN MIN 1 2 3 8 4 5 6 7 9...

Страница 674: ...ence from the ignition coil with distributor is that a spark plug is connected to the ignition coil secondary winding at each end which makes two spark plugs ignite simultaneously Two primary windings...

Страница 675: ...8 9 10 11 12 13 14 ECM E 033 E 035 ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX E 076 E 069 BATTERY ECM MAIN RELAY 10A EF19 10A EF40 A2 F14 2 20 RL 2 5 Br A6 2 15 2 16 R R R 86 30 85 87 E 023 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8...

Страница 676: ...VVT control valve 06 242 Wire harness Knock Ignition coil 14 10 Knock sensor 06 245 ECM 06 256 Difficult to start Battery 16 7 Ignition coil 14 10 Spark plug 14 12 Engine hesitation power drop unstab...

Страница 677: ...ors are inserted fully 6 Check if all electrical connectors are installed correctly and securely 7 Check the following electrical connections a Engine speed sensor b Oxygen sensor c Intake pressure te...

Страница 678: ...coil side to one side b Remove 3 high voltage cable clips arrow c Loosen the high voltage cables 1 in order and pull them upward to remove them from the spark plug holes d Remove the high voltage cab...

Страница 679: ...nstallation is in the reverse order of removal RT21140040 Measurement Item Condition Specification k Cylinder 1 High voltage Cable Normal temperature 7 5 11 2 Cylinder 2 High voltage Cable Normal temp...

Страница 680: ...oltage cables arrow for each cylinder and put them aside c Loosen and remove 4 fixing bolts arrow from the ignition coil assembly Tightening torque 8 3 N m d Remove the ignition coil CAUTION Be sure t...

Страница 681: ...secondary winding If result is not as specified replace the ignition coil Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21140070 1 2 3 4 Multimeter Connection Condition Specification...

Страница 682: ...a special spark plug socket wrench 1 loosen the spark plug 2 b Remove the spark plug 2 CAUTION Be sure to wear necessary safety equipment to prevent accidents when repairing Try to prevent body paint...

Страница 683: ...ing holes for pre tightening and then retighten the spark plugs with a torque wrench Tightening torque 30 3 N m 2 Other procedures are in the reverse order of removal RT21140100 CAUTION Check the spar...

Страница 684: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 14 14...

Страница 685: ...e Start PEPS Controller Terminal List 15 20 Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC Chart 15 22 B1500 13 15 23 B1501 13 15 23 B1516 19 15 23 B1517 23 15 23 B1502 13 15 30 B1503 13 15 30 B1504 13 15 30 B1506 00 15...

Страница 686: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 15 2 15...

Страница 687: ...GENERAL INFORMATION Description w o PEPS System Starting system equipped in the vehicle without Passive Entry Passive Start PEPS system consists of battery ignition switch and starter etc 1 Ignition S...

Страница 688: ...e Co Ltd 15 SQR484F STARTING SYSTEM 15 4 15 w PEPS System 1 Engine Switch 2 Passive Entry Passive Start PEPS Controller 3 Fuse and Relay Box 4 Battery 5 Starter RT21150020 MAX MAX MIN MIN 4 5 3 2 1 EN...

Страница 689: ...3 antennas are equipped in vehicle to position where the key is anti theft coil to back up starting door handle sensor built into front left right door handle back door opener switch and smart key Pa...

Страница 690: ...d switch can also short out the ignition coil additional resistance when starting 2 Drive train mechanism it makes the starter drive gear get engaged with the flywheel gear when engine starts and tran...

Страница 691: ...Specifications Torque Specifications Tools Special Tool General Tool Description Torque N m Starter Power Cable Nut 13 1 Starter Fixing Bolt 35 5 Ignition Starting Switch Fixing Screw 13 2 X 431 3G D...

Страница 692: ...E COMPARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX ECM E 014 1 L2 L1 B E 014 W E 022 E 022 W E 069 F12 F24 F11 F23 F10 F22 F9 F21 F8 F20 F7 F19 F6 F18 F5 F17 F4 F16 F3 F15 F2 F14 F1 F13 E 067 E 069 B E 033 49 50 51 63...

Страница 693: ...TMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX E 014 1 L2 L1 B E 014 W E 022 E 022 W E 069 F12 F24 F11 F23 F10 F22 F9 F21 F8 F20 F7 F19 F6 F18 F5 F17 F4 F16 F3 F15 F2 F14 F1 F13 E 067 E 069 W E 067 H8 H16 H7 H15 H6 H14 H5...

Страница 694: ...0 ENGINE SWITCH I 017 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 85 85 87 87 30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 B I 007 E20 E19 E18 E17 E12 E11 E10 E9 E4 E3 E2 E1 E8 E7 E6 E5 E16 E15...

Страница 695: ...J103 J104 J105 J106 J107 J108 J109 J110 J111 J112 J113 J114 J115 J116 Gr I 029 E 078 10 11 B W W R RY ACC RELAY ERLY13 85 30 86 F18 F17 J103 I2 87 EF48 20A E 078 8 4 B R R RW RW IGN1 RELAY ERLY10 85...

Страница 696: ...71 I 004 LW L J107 2 3 E 027 I 034 CONNECTOR A ABS CONTROL MODULE E 050 LR J201 1 RL J202 2 E 085 BACK DOOR SWITCH T 006 RB RB J112 J116 3 16 B 059 I 035 11 T 004 B 012 YB YB J301 2 1 15 T 004 B 012 B...

Страница 697: ...I 006 RW RW J303 2 12 LY LY J302 1 9 F 007 B 040 LEFT HANDLE SENSOR F 003 LB LB J307 2 18 BG BG J306 1 10 H 002 B 061 RIGHT HANDLE SENSOR H 004 LW J308 1 GW J304 2 REAR BUMPER LOW FREQUENCY ANTENNA B...

Страница 698: ...ol Module ECM 06 256 Engine switch indicator does not come on Engine switch 15 6 Wire harness or connector Passive Entry Passive Start PEPS controller 15 71 Symptom Suspected Area See page When igniti...

Страница 699: ...eck starter relay a Using a digital multimeter measure resistance according to the value s in the table below Standard Resistance If result is not as specified replace the starter relay RT21150040 30...

Страница 700: ...supply condition before the battery became depleted is not known 4 Make sure that battery is fully charged to reduce the repeat operating time of starter After the battery is disconnected and reconne...

Страница 701: ...mportant to ask the customer about the problem and the conditions at the time the malfunction occurred Standard voltage 11 to 14 V If voltage is below 11 V recharge or replace the battery before proce...

Страница 702: ...no DTC then go to step 10 8 Troubleshoot according to Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC chart then go to step 10 9 Troubleshoot according to Problem Symptoms Table then go to step 10 10 Confirm problem is...

Страница 703: ...ction Intermittent DTC Troubleshooting If malfunction is intermittent perform the followings Check if connectors are loose Check if wire harnesses are worn pierced pinched or partially broken Wiggle r...

Страница 704: ...add on accessories interfere with the ground circuit 6 If several wire harnesses are crimped into one ground terminal check if they are installed correctly Make sure all wire harnesses are clean secu...

Страница 705: ...or Amber J213 Engine Switch 2 J206 Low Frequency Antenna 1 Negative J214 Low Frequency Antenna 1 Positive J207 Low Frequency Antenna 2 Negative J215 Low Frequency Antenna 3 Negative J208 Low Frequency...

Страница 706: ...No Subtype Information B150D 00 Abnormality on ESCL LCK_GND No Subtype Information B150E 00 Abnormality on ESCL LCK_PS No Subtype Information B150F 00 ESCL Anti scanning No Subtype Information B1510...

Страница 707: ...QR484F STARTING SYSTEM 15 23 15 DTC B1500 13 Driver Door Outside LF Antenna Circuit Open DTC B1501 13 Passenger Door Outside LF Antenna Circuit Open DTC B1516 19 HSU Overload DTC B1517 23 HSU Switch C...

Страница 708: ...1 9 F 007 B 040 LEFT HANDLE SENSOR F 003 LB LB J307 2 18 BG BG J306 1 10 H 002 B 061 RIGHT HANDLE SENSOR H 004 J304 J303 J302 J301 J308 J307 J306 J305 B B 056 PEPS J3 B 056 1 4 7 10 13 16 2 5 8 11 14...

Страница 709: ...the PEPS controller connector B 056 e Disconnect the front left door wire harness connector F 007 and body wire harness connector B 040 f Disconnect the front right door wire harness connector H 002...

Страница 710: ...ontinuity B 056 J302 B 040 9 Always Continuity Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition B 056 J303 or B 040 12 Body ground Always No continuity B 056 J302 or B 040 9 Body ground Always No c...

Страница 711: ...7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 4 7 10 13 16 17 5 8 11 14 17 18 6 9 12 15 18 F 007 1 2 F 003 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition F 007 12 F 003 2 Always Continuity F 007 9 F 003 1 Always C...

Страница 712: ...r to Data Link Connector DLC again to check if any DTC is detected RT21150240 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 4 7 10 13 16 17 5 8 11 14 17 18 6 9 12 15 18 H 002 1 2 H 004 Multimeter Conne...

Страница 713: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 15 SQR484F STARTING SYSTEM 15 29 15 Repair or replace PEPS controller NG System operates normally OK...

Страница 714: ...tomobile Co Ltd 15 SQR484F STARTING SYSTEM 15 30 15 DTC B1502 13 Front Internal LF Antenna Circuit Open DTC B1503 13 Middle Internal LF Antenna Circuit Open DTC B1504 13 Rear Internal LF Antenna Circu...

Страница 715: ...UENCY ANTENNA 3 B 035 G G J208 1 13 Y Y J207 2 14 B 059 I 035 BG BG J216 1 16 RY RY J215 2 15 B 003 I 006 PEPS J2 I 030 1 2 B I 043 1 2 B B 035 1 2 B B 024 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1...

Страница 716: ...ency antenna connector I 043 middle internal low frequency antenna connector B 024 and rear internal low frequency antenna connector B 035 e Disconnect the instrument panel wire harness connectors I 0...

Страница 717: ...030 J206 I 043 2 Always Continuity Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition I 030 J214 or I 043 1 Body ground Always No continuity I 030 J206 or I 043 2 Body ground Always No continuity I...

Страница 718: ...207 J208 J209 J210 J211 J212 J213 J214 J215 J216 I 030 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 I 006 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition I 030 J216 I 006 16 Always Con...

Страница 719: ...ty Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition B 059 13 or B 024 1 Body ground Always No continuity B 059 14 or B 024 2 Body ground Always No continuity B 059 13 or B 024 1 Battery positive Al...

Страница 720: ...54 b Install new low frequency antenna c Connect X 431 3G diagnostic tester to Data Link Connector DLC again to check if any DTC is detected B 003 16 or B 035 1 Battery positive Always No continuity B...

Страница 721: ...of Engine Switch No Subtype Information ET21140080 CVT J211 1 WL J210 2 GW J213 3 L J204 4 LW J203 5 RW J205 8 R PEPS J2 I 030 ENGINE SWITCH I 017 J201 J202 J203 J204 J205 J206 J207 J208 J209 J210 J2...

Страница 722: ...9 Diagnosis Procedure a Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch b Disconnect the negative battery cable c Disconnect the PEPS controller connector I 030 d Disconnect the engine switc...

Страница 723: ...4 Always Continuity I 030 J203 I 017 5 Always Continuity I 030 J205 I 017 8 Always Continuity Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition I 030 J211 or I 017 1 Body ground Battery positive Alw...

Страница 724: ...a Connect related wire harness connectors b Connect the negative battery cable c Turn ignition switch ON d Connect X 431 3G diagnostic tester to Data Link Connector DLC to check if any DTC is detected...

Страница 725: ...2 ST2 ACC ON START PEPS J1 I 029 I 013 J101 J102 J103 J104 J105 J106 J107 J108 J109 J110 J111 J112 J113 J114 J115 J116 Gr I 029 E 078 10 11 B W W R RY ACC RELAY ERLY13 85 30 86 F18 F17 J103 I2 87 EF48...

Страница 726: ...tion switch b Disconnect the negative battery cable c Remove the fuses EF15 15 A EF48 20 A and EF43 20 A from engine compartment fuse and relay box d Remove the IGN1 relay IGN2 relay and ACC relay fro...

Страница 727: ...eck wire harness battery engine compartment fuse and relay box OK Repair or replace wire harness battery engine compartment fuse and relay box NG 4 Check engine compartment wire harness OK RT21150300...

Страница 728: ...6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 E 073 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition E 073 B1 E 071 11 Always Continuity Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition...

Страница 729: ...7 H15 H6 H14 H5 H13 H4 H12 H3 H11 H2 H10 H1 H9 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition E 067 H7 E 071 7 Always Continuity Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition E 067 H7 or E...

Страница 730: ...4 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition I 004 10 I 029 J104 Always Continuity I 004 8 I 029 J103 Always Continuity I 004 7 I 029 J102 Always Continuity Multimeter Connection Condition Sp...

Страница 731: ...a Link Connector DLC to check if any DTC is detected Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition I 004 11 or I 013 5 Body ground Battery positive Always No continuity I 004 4 or I 013 3 Body g...

Страница 732: ...ality in Brake Signal No Subtype Information ET21140090 CVT PEPS J1 I 029 J101 J102 J103 J104 J105 J106 J107 J108 J109 J110 J111 J112 J113 J114 J115 J116 Gr I 029 RB RB J112 3 16 B 059 I 035 BRAKE SWI...

Страница 733: ...electrical equipment and ignition switch b Disconnect the negative battery cable c Disconnect the brake switch connector B 052 and PEPS controller connector I 029 d Disconnect the instrument panel wir...

Страница 734: ...ntinuity B 052 3 or B 059 16 Battery positive Always No continuity Repair or replace body wire harness NG 3 Check instrument panel wire harness OK RT21150380 J101 J102 J103 J104 J105 J106 J107 J108 J1...

Страница 735: ...G diagnostic tester to Data Link Connector DLC to check if any DTC is detected 4 Check brake switch assembly RT21260300 1 2 3 4 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition Terminal 1 Terminal...

Страница 736: ...n ET21140100 CVT PEPS J1 I 029 J101 J102 J103 J104 J105 J106 J107 J108 J109 J110 J111 J112 J113 J114 J115 J116 Gr I 029 LW L J107 2 3 E 027 I 034 ABS CONTROL MODULE E 085 B E 085 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5...

Страница 737: ...trical equipment and ignition switch b Disconnect the negative battery cable c Disconnect the ABS module connector E 085 and PEPS controller connector I 029 d Disconnect the instrument panel wire harn...

Страница 738: ...ition E 085 2 or E 027 3 Body ground Always No continuity E 085 2 or E 027 3 Battery positive Always No continuity Repair or replace engine compartment wire harness NG 3 Check instrument panel wire ha...

Страница 739: ...tic tester to Data Link Connector DLC to check if any DTC is detected a Remove the ABS module See page 25 71 b Replace the ABS module c Connect X 431 3G diagnostic tester to Data Link Connector DLC ag...

Страница 740: ...2 F14 F1 F13 E 067 E 069 W E 067 H8 H16 H7 H15 H6 H14 H5 H13 H4 H12 H3 H11 H2 H10 H1 H9 E 078 B E 050 6 4 2 1 5 3 8 7 9 10 E 050 PSE CONNECTION J1 13 1 B E 071 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 E 071 I...

Страница 741: ...nd ignition switch b Disconnect the negative battery cable c Remove the fuse EF41 30 A and starter relay from engine compartment fuse and relay box d Remove the fuses RF07 7 5 A and RF47 10 A from ins...

Страница 742: ...round c Turn ignition switch ON d Check the voltage between terminal J111 of PEPS controller connector I 029 and body ground 3 Check battery wire harness OK Repair or replace battery wire harness NG 4...

Страница 743: ...J111 J112 J113 J114 J115 J116 I 029 E20 E19 E18 E17 E12 E11 E10 E9 E4 E3 E2 E1 E8 E7 E6 E5 E16 E15 E14 E13 I 031 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition I 031 E10 I 029 J101 Always Contin...

Страница 744: ...the CVT connector A Repair or replace related wire harness or connector instrument panel fuse and relay box PEPS controller NG 6 Check CVT connector A OK RT21150451 Gearshift Position Terminal No Spec...

Страница 745: ...H10 H1 H9 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition I 029 J110 E 067 H5 Always Continuity Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition I 029 J110 or E 067 H5 Body ground Always No co...

Страница 746: ...iagnostic tester to Data Link Connector DLC to check if any DTC is detected Repair or replace wire harness instrument panel engine compartment NG 8 Check starter field wire harness OK RT21150470 1 L2...

Страница 747: ...emove the starter See page 15 64 b Replace the starter c Connect X 431 3G diagnostic tester to Data Link Connector DLC again to check if any DTC is detected 10 Reconfirm DTCs after replacing starter R...

Страница 748: ...ect the starter power cable Tightening torque 13 1 N m b Remove 2 fixing bolts arrow from starter Tightening torque 35 5 N m c Remove the starter Inspection 1 Check starter clutch a As shown in the il...

Страница 749: ...embly a Perform pull in test Remove the nut and disconnect the field coil lead from terminal C As shown in the illustration connect battery to the solenoid switch and check that the starter clutch pin...

Страница 750: ...e starter clutch pinion does not return replace the starter assembly d Check if starter rotates smoothly Connect the field coil lead to terminal C and tighten it with a nut As shown in the illustratio...

Страница 751: ...nition starting switch a Move the wire harness connectors arrow away from ignition starting switch b Disconnect the ignition starting switch connector 1 c Remove the fixing screws arrow from ignition...

Страница 752: ...cified replace the ignition starting switch Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal 1 2 3 4 5 6 RT21150160 Multimeter Connection Switch Condition Specified Condition All terminals...

Страница 753: ...on switch cover See page 28 13 4 Remove the engine switch a Disconnect the engine switch connector arrow b Detach 2 claws on engine switch in the direction of arrow as shown in the illustration and re...

Страница 754: ...gine switch indicator does not come on If result is not as specified replace the engine switch Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21150190 ENGINE START STOP 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8...

Страница 755: ...is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Be sure to wear necessary safety equipment when repairing to prevent accidents Try to prevent vehicle protector from being scratched during removal and insta...

Страница 756: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 15 72...

Страница 757: ...s 16 4 Tool 16 4 Circuit Diagram 16 5 DIAGNOSIS TESTING 16 6 Problem Symptoms Table 16 6 Charging System Charging Voltage Inspection 16 6 ON VEHICLE SERVICE 16 7 Battery 16 7 Inspection 16 7 Removal 1...

Страница 758: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 16 2 16...

Страница 759: ...tem It is a device that converts mechanical energy into electrical energy and generates DC voltage through a rectifying circuit as one of main power sources of the vehicle The alternator operates as a...

Страница 760: ...generates alternating induced electromotive force producing alternating current The three phase alternating current generated by alternator is converted to direct current from alternating current by...

Страница 761: ...1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 85 85 87 87 30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 32 31 30 29 28 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 B I 0...

Страница 762: ...nd adjust blower speed to the highest Turn on A C switch Turn cold and hot switch to adjust temperature of outlet to the highest Standard voltage 14 1 14 7 V If result is not as specified replace alte...

Страница 763: ...Removal 1 Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch 2 Remove the battery a Loosen the negative battery cable locking nut and remove the negative battery cable 1 b Open the battery posi...

Страница 764: ...l to prevent metal tools from contacting both electrodes of battery at the same time or accidentally touching the positive electrode and vehicle body CAUTION Replace battery with a new one which confo...

Страница 765: ...b Remove 6 fixing bolts 2 from the battery tray Tightening torque 20 2 N m c Remove the battery tray 4 Remove the battery tray bracket a Remove 4 fixing bolts arrow from the battery tray bracket Tight...

Страница 766: ...ockwise firmly indicated by the arrow shown in the illustration Loosen the accessory drive belt 1 after it is slack 6 Remove the alternator a Move away the terminal cap remove the fixing nut 1 from al...

Страница 767: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 16 SQR484F CHARGING SYSTEM 16 11 16 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal...

Страница 768: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 16 12...

Страница 769: ...e 17 18 Removal 17 18 Installation 17 19 Gear Shift Control Mechanism 17 20 Removal 17 20 Installation 17 20 Transmission Assembly 17 21 Removal 17 21 Disassembly 17 22 Assembly 17 27 Installation 17...

Страница 770: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 17 2 17...

Страница 771: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 17 QR525MHE TRANSMISSION 17 3 17 QR525MHE TRANSMISSION GENERAL INFORMATION Description Input Shaft 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 RT21170010...

Страница 772: ...nchronizer Ring 7 5th Drive Gear 8 5th Gear Shaft Bushing 9 5th Needle Roller Bearing 10 4th Drive Gear 11 4th Needle Roller Bearing 12 4th Gear Gasket 13 4th Synchronizer Ring 14 Snap Ring 15 3rd 4th...

Страница 773: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 17 QR525MHE TRANSMISSION 17 5 17 Output Shaft 1 9 8 2 3 4 5 6 7 12 13 14 16 15 17 11 10 10 10 13 13 RT21170020...

Страница 774: ...en Gear 5 Gear Shaft Bushing 6 3rd Driven Gear 7 2nd Driven Gear 8 2nd Needle Roller Bearing 9 1st 2nd Synchronizer Outer Race 10 2nd Synchronizer Ring Set 11 Snap Ring 12 1st 2nd Synchronizer Gear Hu...

Страница 775: ...al 3 Bearing Outer Race 4 Bearing Outer Race 5 Oil Deflector 6 Input Shaft Oil Seal 7 Clutch Case 8 Oil Guide 9 Transmission Case 10 Washer 11 Transmission Retaining Bolt 12 Washer 13 Drain Plug 14 Be...

Страница 776: ...final drive and differential assembly thus propeller shaft is driven to turn wheels Specifications Torque Specifications Transmission Gear Ratio Table Description Torque N m Coupling Bolt Between Clu...

Страница 777: ...e lubricant filling capacity is also strictly specified Filling method Park vehicle on service platform or lifter levelly without removing the transmission Prepare a container to recover used lubrican...

Страница 778: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 17 QR525MHE TRANSMISSION 17 10 17 Bearing Remover Punch Puller RCH0000011 RCH0000015 RCH0000059...

Страница 779: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 17 QR525MHE TRANSMISSION 17 11 17 General Tools Transmission Carrier Engine Equalizer Hydraulic Press RCH0000005 RCH0000026 RCH0000012...

Страница 780: ...16 Joint surface damaged and not trimmed in time Hard shifting or impossible to shift Oil level too low 17 14 Gear worn or damaged Synchronizer ring worn or damaged Shift key spring worn or damaged J...

Страница 781: ...ion perform operations carefully and keep each component of transmission clean Select appropriate or special tools Transmission can achieve a good operation condition only when strictly performing ser...

Страница 782: ...ug arrow 5 Using a wrench loosen the transmission filler plug arrow Replace the drain plug washer and tighten the drain plug after draining transmission oil Tightening torque 40 6 N m 6 Fill transmiss...

Страница 783: ...transmission oil to the transmission filler until it overflows c Replace the retaining plug washer and tighten the retaining plug after filling Tightening torque 40 6 N m Transmission Oil Type RT21170...

Страница 784: ...d drain plug Tightening torque 40 6 N m 3 Remove the front left wheel See page 24 9 4 Remove the left drive shaft See page 20 5 5 Pull out the oil seal with a puller Installation 1 Apply an appropriat...

Страница 785: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 17 QR525MHE TRANSMISSION 17 17 17 3 Fill transmission oil Other procedures are in the reverse order of removal CAUTION DO NOT damage the oil seal during installation...

Страница 786: ...otter pins arrow connecting select and shift cable with transmission gear shift mechanism b Remove the flexible shaft clamps arrow and select and shift cable 6 Remove the auxiliary fascia console See...

Страница 787: ...y Automobile Co Ltd 17 QR525MHE TRANSMISSION 17 19 17 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION DO NOT install the select and shift cable in reverse position during installa...

Страница 788: ...iliary fascia console See page 45 9 4 Remove the gear shift control mechanism a Remove the flexible shaft clamps and cotter pins connecting select and shift cable with gear shift control mechanism b R...

Страница 789: ...elect and shift cable with gear shift mechanism 11 Disconnect the back up light switch connector ground wire and clutch line bracket II 12 Remove the crankshaft position sensor a Remove the fixing bol...

Страница 790: ...ide and pull the transmission to separate it from the engine Tightening torque 60 5 N m Disassembly 1 Remove the gear shift mechanism locating bolt a Remove the gear shift mechanism locating bolt arro...

Страница 791: ...rusion part of gear shift mechanism case side with a rubber hammer as the seal gum makes difficulty to remove gear shift mechanism 4 Remove the shift shaft locating bolt a Remove the shift shaft locat...

Страница 792: ...assembly c Separate the transmission case and clutch case and remove the transmission case HINT Tap the protrusion part of transmission case side with a rubber hammer or equivalent for easy removal a...

Страница 793: ...and reverse gear a Remove the reverse gear shaft 1 and reverse gear 2 together from clutch case 9 Remove the input shaft rear washer a Remove the input shaft rear washer 1 from input shaft 10 Remove t...

Страница 794: ...se HINT Gently jiggle them during removal 12 Remove the gear fork assembly a Remove the shift fork assembly 1 from input shaft and output shaft 2 1 RT21170310 CAUTION Prevent input shaft spline from d...

Страница 795: ...ch case in the direction of arrow 2 Install the shift fork assembly a Install the shift fork assembly 1 to the input shaft and output shaft 2 RT21170330 1 CAUTION Before assembling the components wash...

Страница 796: ...tall the reverse idler gear and reverse gear a Apply transmission oil to each slide part of reverse gear and reverse gear shaft and install the reverse idler gear 1 and reverse gear 2 together to the...

Страница 797: ...gnet a Install the magnet 1 to the clutch case in the direction of arrow 8 Install the transmission case a Install the transmission case to the clutch case 1 RT21170290 CAUTION Evenly put the input sh...

Страница 798: ...torque 25 2 N m 9 Install the reverse idler gear shaft locating bolt a Install the reverse idler gear shaft locating bolt arrow to the transmission case Tightening torque 40 4 N m 10 Install the gear...

Страница 799: ...ism locating bolt HINT Apply thread adhesive to thread before installation a Install the gear shift mechanism locating bolt arrow to the transmission case Tightening torque 35 5 25 N m 12 Install the...

Страница 800: ...INT Apply thread adhesive to thread before installation a Install the shift shaft locating bolts 1 to the transmission case Tightening torque 35 5 25 N m Installation Installation is in the reverse or...

Страница 801: ...3 Using snap spring calipers 2 remove the snap ring 3 4 Loosen the fixing bolts B of reverse gear lock mechanism Tightening torque 18 2 N m 5 Remove the reverse gear lock mechanism 4 6 Tap out the do...

Страница 802: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 17 QR525MHE TRANSMISSION 17 34 17 Assembly Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly CAUTION Tighten bolts to the specified torque Replace damaged dowel pins...

Страница 803: ...ove the reverse gear fork a Using snap spring calipers remove the snap ring 1 b Remove the reverse gear fork 1 and return spring 2 2 Remove the 3rd 4th gear shift fork a Using a punch 1 tap out the do...

Страница 804: ...3 Remove the 1st 2nd gear shift fork a Using a punch 1 tap out the dowel pin 3 from the gear shift shaft 2 b Separate the 1st 2nd gear shift fork 1 from gear shift shaft 2 4 Remove the fork a Using a...

Страница 805: ...1 Check gear shift shaft for excessive wear or damage Replace if it is damaged 2 Check release fork for excessive wear or damage Replace if it is damaged Assembly Assembly is in the reverse order of d...

Страница 806: ...and 3rd 4th synchronizer outer race 2 from input shaft 3 Remove the input shaft rear bearing snap ring a Using snap spring calipers remove the input shaft rear bearing snap ring 4 Remove the input sh...

Страница 807: ...1 press the 5th drive gear and 5th synchronizer gear hub 3 out of input shaft 2 and remove the 5th drive gear and 5th synchronizer gear hub 6 Remove the 5th needle roller bearing a Remove the 5th need...

Страница 808: ...drive gear needle roller bearing bushing and 4th drive gear 8 Remove the 4th needle roller bearing a Remove the 4th needle roller bearing arrow from input shaft 9 Remove the 3rd drive gear and 3rd 4th...

Страница 809: ...th synchronizer gear hub 3 out of input shaft 2 and remove the 3rd drive gear and 3rd 4th synchronizer gear hub 10 Remove the 3rd needle roller bearing a Remove the 3rd needle roller bearing 1 from in...

Страница 810: ...earing a Using a hydraulic press 1 press the input shaft front bearing 3 into input shaft 2 2 Install the 3rd needle roller bearing a Apply transmission oil to the needle roller bearing 1 and install...

Страница 811: ...stall the 3rd synchronizer ring a Apply transmission oil to the 3rd synchronizer ring arrow and install it to the input shaft 5 Install the 3rd 4th synchronizer gear a Using a hydraulic press 3 press...

Страница 812: ...g a Apply transmission oil to the 4th needle roller bearing arrow and install it to the input shaft 8 Install the 4th drive gear a Apply transmission oil to the 4th drive gear 1 and install it to the...

Страница 813: ...synchronizer ring a Apply transmission oil to the 5th drive gear 1 and 5th synchronizer ring 2 and install them to the input shaft 12 Install the 5th synchronizer gear hub a Using a hydraulic press 3...

Страница 814: ...ly transmission oil to the 5th synchronizer meshing key and spring 1 and 3rd 4th synchronizer meshing key and spring 2 and install them to the synchronizer gear hubs b Apply transmission oil to 5th sy...

Страница 815: ...measure clearance between 4th drive gear and synchronizer ring Standard value 1 35 mm Limit value 1 100 1 600 mm 3 Using a feeler gauge measure clearance between 2nd drive gear and 3rd drive gear Sta...

Страница 816: ...ure the output shaft rear bearing 2 b Using a hydraulic press 1 press the output shaft rear bearing 3 out of output shaft 2 and remove the output shaft rear bearing 3 Remove the 5th driven gear and 4t...

Страница 817: ...gear 4 Remove the gear shaft bushing a Remove the gear shaft bushing 1 from output shaft 5 Remove the 2nd driven gear and 3rd driven gear a Using a special tool 1 secure the 2nd driven gear 2 b Using...

Страница 818: ...ing 1 from output shaft 7 Remove the 1st driven gear and 1st 2nd synchronizer gear hub a Remove the 1st 2nd synchronizer ring set 2 b Remove the 1st 2nd synchronizer outer race 1 c Using snap spring c...

Страница 819: ...nchronizer 8 Remove the 1st needle roller bearing a Remove the 1st needle roller bearing 1 from output shaft 9 Remove the output shaft front bearing a Using a special tool 1 secure the output shaft fr...

Страница 820: ...needle roller bearing a Apply transmission oil to the 1st needle roller bearing 1 and install it to the output shaft 3 Install the 1st driven gear a Apply transmission oil to the 1st driven gear 1 an...

Страница 821: ...the 1st 2nd synchronizer gear hub and 1st driven gear a Place the 1st 2nd synchronizer gear hub 1 in place and then press it into the output shaft with a hydraulic press b Using snap spring calipers...

Страница 822: ...l the 2nd needle roller bearing a Apply transmission oil to the 2nd needle roller bearing arrow and install it to the output shaft 9 Install the 2nd driven gear a Apply transmission oil to the 2nd dri...

Страница 823: ...g 1 and install it to the output shaft 12 Install the 4th and 5th driven gears a Using a special tool 1 secure the 4th and 5th driven gears 2 b Using a hydraulic press 1 press the 4th and 5th driven g...

Страница 824: ...54 mm Limit value 1 240 1 840 mm 2 Using a feeler gauge measure clearance between 2nd driven gear and synchronizer ring Standard value 1 54 mm Limit value 1 240 1 840 mm 3 Using a feeler gauge measur...

Страница 825: ...from transmission case 3 Remove the back up light switch a Remove the back up light switch arrow from transmission case 4 Remove the gear shift mechanism locating bolt a Remove the gear shift mechanis...

Страница 826: ...2 Install the gear shift mechanism locating bolt HINT Apply thread adhesive to thread before installation a Install the gear shift mechanism locating bolt arrow to the transmission case Tightening to...

Страница 827: ...HE TRANSMISSION 17 59 17 4 Install the shift shaft locating bolt HINT Apply thread adhesive to thread before installation a Install the shift shaft locating bolts 1 to the transmission case Tightening...

Страница 828: ...joint 1 to the bearing outer race 2 b Install the puller 1 to the bearing outer race remover 2 and pull out bearing outer race 3 with the puller CAUTION Use the same removal procedures for the differe...

Страница 829: ...out the drive shaft oil seal 2 3 Remove the input shaft oil seal a Using a flat tip screwdriver 1 pry out the input shaft oil seal 2 4 Remove the output shaft bearing outer race a Secure the output s...

Страница 830: ...r 1 to bearing outer race remover 2 c Using the puller pull out the output shaft bearing outer race 3 5 Remove the oil deflector a Remove the oil deflector 1 from clutch case 6 Remove the magnet a Rem...

Страница 831: ...all the drive shaft oil seal a Using a drive shaft oil seal installer 1 install the drive shaft oil seal 2 to the transmission case 3 2 Install the oil deflector a Install the oil deflector 1 to the c...

Страница 832: ...nstall the input shaft oil seal 2 to the clutch case 3 4 Install the differential bearing outer race a Install the joint 1 to the bearing outer race 2 and install the bearing outer race 2 to the case...

Страница 833: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 17 QR525MHE TRANSMISSION 17 65 17 6 Install the oil guide a Install the oil guide 1 to the transmission case 1 RT21173030...

Страница 834: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 17 66...

Страница 835: ...5 Ground Circuit Test 18 41 P0705 18 44 P0715 18 48 P0716 18 48 P0720 18 52 P1745 18 52 P0730 18 56 P0791 18 58 P0792 18 58 P0811 18 62 P081E 18 62 P0894 18 62 P0842 18 64 P0843 18 64 P0847 18 68 P084...

Страница 836: ...allation 18 120 Valve Body Case 18 121 Removal 18 121 Installation 18 121 Valve Body 18 122 Removal 18 122 Installation 18 123 Gear Shift Control Mechanism 18 125 Removal 18 125 Installation 18 126 Ge...

Страница 837: ...etary gear system Drive and driven pulley system transmission system Steel belt steel belt consists of two groups of metal rings and hundreds of metal plates Oil pump Valve body QR019CHB CVT features...

Страница 838: ...2 Drive Clutch 3 Transmission Case 4 Torque Converter 5 Torque Converter Case 6 Input Shaft 7 Oil Pump Thrust Gasket 8 Oil Pump 9 Output Shaft 10 Differential 11 Steel Belt 12 Output Pulley Shaft 13...

Страница 839: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 18 QR019CHB CVT 18 5 18 1 Gear Shift Cable 2 Gear Shift Lever Knob 3 Gear Indicator Panel 4 Gear Shift Control Mechanism 5 Gear Shift Cable Dust Boot 2 3 4 5 1 RT21180020...

Страница 840: ...18 QR019CHB CVT 18 6 18 1 Turbine Speed Sensor 2 Secondary Shaft Speed Sensor 3 Secondary Shaft Pressure Sensor 4 Primary Shaft Speed Sensor 5 Primary Shaft Pressure Sensor 6 Transmission Range Sensor...

Страница 841: ...isassembling and assembling engine and transmission make sure that the torque converter does not drop down 10 When assembling engine and transmission make sure that the dust baffle is not ignored 11 W...

Страница 842: ...e life of the components of the engine and transmission system Transmission Control Unit TCU The transmission control unit TCU is installed on the battery tray It receives input signals of switches an...

Страница 843: ...ar shifting The engine can be started only when the gear shift lever is at parking P and neutral N gear thus avoiding misoperation Manual Mode Switch No matter whether the vehicle is static or running...

Страница 844: ...speed based on the impulse signals It is mainly used for the operations of torque converter locking clutch engagement and transmission control Turbine Secondary Shaft Speed Sensor The TCU calculates t...

Страница 845: ...nals then the TCU sends the operation requirements to start the clutch pressure control solenoid for changing clutch engagement Torque Converter Pressure Control Solenoid The torque converter pressure...

Страница 846: ...stem Control Logic R S RT21180180 TCU CAN Turbine speed sensor Primary shaft speed sensor Secondary shaft speed sensor Oil temperature sensor Transmission range sensor Mode select switch Oil pressure...

Страница 847: ...ery Automobile Co Ltd 18 QR019CHB CVT 18 13 18 Tools Special Tools General Tools Puller Differential Oil Seal Installer RCH0000059 RCH0000009 Engine Equalizer Transmission Carrier RCH0000026 RCH000000...

Страница 848: ...18 25 Gear Shift Control Mechanism Fixing Bolt 18 22 Gear Shift Cable Dust Boot Fixing Bolt 8 10 TCU Fixing Bolt 6 8 Transmission Ground Wire Harness Fixing Bolt 18 22 Engine to Upper Part of Transmi...

Страница 849: ...NVENTER CONTROL SOLENOID PRIMARY PRESSURE SOLENOID OIL TEMP OIL TEMP GND R 9 A EF17 10A EF19 10A EF46 20A A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 J2 J1 F12 F24 F11 F23 F10 F22 F9 F21 F8 F20 F7 F19 F6 F18 F5 F1...

Страница 850: ...26 27 28 GEAR LEVEL A 15 17 45 RW RW 43 GL GL 4 Y Y 10 30 YR YR 21 18 ILLUMINATION COMMAND GEAR SHIFT B RL RL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 85 85 87 87 30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21...

Страница 851: ...1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 85 85 87 87 30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 1...

Страница 852: ...17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 27 1 2 3 PRIMARY SHAFT SPEED SENSOR CLUTCH SPEED SENSOR SECONDARY SHAFT SPEED SENSOR PRIMARY SHAFT PRESSURE SENSOR 51 23 LB GR BGr 55 1 2 3 22 21 P WR LY 54 1 2 3 5...

Страница 853: ...3 7 ECM 2 BRAKE SWITCH 1 17 B RB RB RB GW GW GW GW RB B B 41 CAN H1 CAN L1 CAN H1 CAN L1 42 24 25 26 OB O OB O TO CAN SYSTEM 14 13 1 2 3 4 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 15 16 31 32...

Страница 854: ...Signal 38 12 Secondary Shaft Pressure Sensor Signal 39 13 Secondary Shaft Pressure Sensor Ground 40 14 Reverse Gear Switch 41 CAN High 15 P Gear Switch 42 CAN Low 16 Neutral Switch 43 Shift Up Switch...

Страница 855: ...king conditions If the fluid becomes milk white or cloudy or there is water in the fluid replace the automatic transmission fluid and check for the leaking location If the fluid becomes black with a l...

Страница 856: ...r is at the P or N gear Transmission Range Sensor Inspection 1 Turn off all the electrical devices and ignition switch 2 Disconnect the negative battery cable 3 Disconnect the transmission range senso...

Страница 857: ...the primary shaft speed sensor connector 3 Check for resistance between the terminals of primary shaft speed sensor as shown in the table below at normal temperature HINT The inner parts of the sensor...

Страница 858: ...of turbine secondary shaft speed sensor as shown in the table below at normal temperature HINT The inner parts of the sensor are triode and capacitor and will be affected greatly by the environment a...

Страница 859: ...rminals of primary secondary shaft pressure sensor as shown in the table below at normal temperature HINT The inner parts of the sensor are triode and capacitor and will be affected greatly by the env...

Страница 860: ...common ground circuit or power supply circuit applied to the DTC Symptoms Suspected Area See page With power on or ignited P gear is not released after applying brake Brake switch or circuit 26 26 Ge...

Страница 861: ...are as follows 1 Remove the ground bolt or nut 2 Check all contact surfaces for tarnish dirt and rust etc 3 Clean as necessary to ensure that contacting is in a good condition 4 Reinstall the ground b...

Страница 862: ...que Converter Clutch Circuit Performance P0742 Torque Converter Clutch Circuit Stuck On P0743 Torque Converter Clutch Circuit Electrical P0744 Torque Converter Clutch Circuit Intermittent P0745 Pressu...

Страница 863: ...t P0845 Transmission Fluid Pressure Sensor B Circuit P0846 Transmission Fluid Pressure Sensor B Circuit Range Performance P0847 Transmission Fluid Pressure Sensor B Circuit Low P0848 Transmission Flui...

Страница 864: ...enoid Control Circuit Range P0930 Gear Shift Lock Solenoid Control Circuit Low P0931 Gear Shift Lock Solenoid Control Circuit High P0932 Hydraulic Pressure Sensor Circuit P0933 Hydraulic Pressure Sens...

Страница 865: ...0 Pressure Control Solenoid C Control Circuit Low P0971 Pressure Control Solenoid C Control Circuit High P1900 Clutch Solenoid Control Circuit P1928 Shift Lock Solenoid Control Circuit P1785 Power Rel...

Страница 866: ...dle Speed P Transmission engagement gear P gear Drive pulley pressure 1 9 Bar Oil temperature 71 C Driven pulley pressure 10 Bar Driver request 0 00 Engine torque signal in CAN 5 00 Engine coolant tem...

Страница 867: ...coolant temperature 96 C M 1 Transmission engagement gear First gear Drive pulley pressure 0 9 Bar Oil temperature 76 C Driven pulley pressure 9 2 Bar Driver request 0 00 Engine torque signal in CAN...

Страница 868: ...pressure 2 063 Bar Driven pulley pressure 10 076 Bar Oil temperature 79 C Engine coolant temperature 92 25 C Data Stream Item Engine Idle Speed Driver request 0 00 Engine speed 702 75 rpm Turbine spee...

Страница 869: ...28 46 56 3 RL R L L RL R L EF17 10A EF19 10A EF46 20A A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 J2 J1 F12 F24 F11 F23 F10 F22 F9 F21 F8 F20 F7 F19 F6 F18 F5 F17 F4 F16 F3 F15 F2 F14 F1 F13 29 30 31 32 33 34 35...

Страница 870: ...f DTC is detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is current Go to the diagnosis procedure Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent Please refer to Inter...

Страница 871: ...or continuity between terminal 3 28 31 46 and 56 of connector E 030 and ground 4 Check engine wire harness RT21180800 V E 030 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14...

Страница 872: ...battery cable b Disconnect the connector E 066 E 069 and E 076 c Check if the output voltage of the terminal J2 of connector E 066 is normal d Check if the terminal J2 of connector E 066 and ground i...

Страница 873: ...69 and ground is conductive g Check if the output voltage of the terminal A2 and A4 of connector E 076 is normal RT21180840 V E 069 F12 F24 F11 F23 F10 F22 F9 F21 F8 F20 F7 F19 F6 F18 F5 F17 F4 F16 F3...

Страница 874: ...Co Ltd 18 QR019CHB CVT 18 40 18 h Check if the terminal A2 and A4 of connector E 076 and ground is conductive RT21180870 E 076 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 Replace compartment fuse and relay box NG...

Страница 875: ...18 Ground Circuit Test Ground Circuit ET21180070 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 2...

Страница 876: ...etected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is current Go to the diagnosis procedure Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent Please refer to Intermittent DT...

Страница 877: ...ttery cable d Check if there is voltage between the terminals 24 25 and 26 of TCU connector E 030 and ground 3 Check if there is voltage in ground circuit RT21180890 V E 030 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37...

Страница 878: ...7 49 4 3 2 8 1 B 18 BL 17 WR 16 Gr 14 Br 15 R SEL_PWR_FB SEL_POS_DS SEL_POS_D SEL_POS_N REV_FB SEL_POS_P 6 4 2 1 5 3 8 7 9 10 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1...

Страница 879: ...DTC Troubleshooting Diagnosis Procedure HINT After the fault is eliminated verify DTC and symptom again a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Disconnect the gear selector connector c Check if the gear sele...

Страница 880: ...onnector E 030 and terminals of 1 2 3 4 and 8 of connector E 050 a Using X 431 3G diagnostic tester select Read Code b Check if DTC P0705 still exists 3 Check wire harness connector U 010 RT21180900 E...

Страница 881: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 18 QR019CHB CVT 18 47 18 OK System is normal...

Страница 882: ...it DTC P0716 Input Turbine Speed Sensor Circuit Range ET21180090 TCU 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 15 16 17 18 19...

Страница 883: ...shooting Diagnosis Procedure HINT After the fault is eliminated verify DTC and symptom again a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Disconnect the turbine speed sensor connector c Check if the turbine speed...

Страница 884: ...y between the terminals 21 22 and 55 of wire harness connector E 030 and ground 2 Check engine compartment wire harness RT21180920 E 030 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10...

Страница 885: ...k whether the system is normal a Using X 431 3G diagnostic tester select Read Code b Check if DTC P0715 or P0716 still exists 4 Check if TCU wire harness connector E 030 is short to power RT21180940 V...

Страница 886: ...745 Second Speed Sensor Plausible ET21180100 TCU 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 2...

Страница 887: ...verify DTC and symptom again a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Disconnect the secondary speed sensor connector c Check if the secondary speed sensor connector is dirty oxidized loose or damaged DTC Cod...

Страница 888: ...heck for continuity between the terminals 19 50 and 54 of wire harness connector E 030 and ground 2 Check TCU wire harness RT21180950 E 030 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9...

Страница 889: ...gnostic tester check whether the system is normal a Using X 431 3G diagnostic tester select Read Code b Check if DTC P0720 or P1745 still exists 4 Check if TCU wire harness connector E 030 is short to...

Страница 890: ...TC Troubleshooting Diagnosis Procedure HINT After the fault is eliminated verify DTC and symptom again a Engine wire harness check for looseness dirt and other fault b Transmission sensor check for da...

Страница 891: ...r abnormality b Transmission system should be normal c Is the check result normal a Using X 431 3G diagnostic tester select Read Code b Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure c Is DTC P0730 still present...

Страница 892: ...2 Intermediate Shaft Speed Sensor A Circuit Range ET21180110 TCU 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 15 16 17 18 19 20...

Страница 893: ...minated verify DTC and symptom again a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Disconnect the primary shaft speed sensor connector c Check if the primary shaft speed sensor connector is dirty oxidized loose or...

Страница 894: ...0 c Check for continuity between the terminals 23 27 and 51 of wire harness connector E 030 and ground 2 Check TCU wire harness RT21180980 E 030 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7...

Страница 895: ...gnostic tester check whether the system is normal a Using X 431 3G diagnostic tester select Read Code b Check if DTC P0791 or P0792 still exists 4 Check if TCU wire harness connector E 030 is short to...

Страница 896: ...E Reverse Clutch B Slippage DTC P0894 Transmission Component Slipping DTC Code DTC Definition DTC Detection Condition DTC Set Condition Possible Cause P0811 Drive Clutch A Slippage Start engine and ke...

Страница 897: ...1 P081E P0894 a Use the diagnostic tester to read the data flow related to engine and transmission system for abnormality b Transmission system should be normal c Is the check result normal a Using X...

Страница 898: ...0843 Transmission Fluid Pressure Sensor A Circuit High ET21180120 TCU 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 15 16 17 18 1...

Страница 899: ...ated by the DTC is intermittent Please refer to Intermittent DTC Troubleshooting Diagnosis Procedure HINT After the fault is eliminated verify DTC and symptom again a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Di...

Страница 900: ...r E 030 c Check for continuity between the terminals 10 11 and 8 of wire harness connector E 030 and ground 2 Check TCU wire harness RT21181010 E 030 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4...

Страница 901: ...nostic tester check whether the system is normal a Using X 431 3G diagnostic tester select Read Code b Check if DTC P0842 or P0843 still exists 4 Check if TCU wire harness connector E 030 is short to...

Страница 902: ...8 Transmission Fluid Pressure Sensor B Circuit High ET21180130 TCU 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 15 16 17 18 19 2...

Страница 903: ...ed by the DTC is intermittent Please refer to Intermittent DTC Troubleshooting Diagnosis Procedure HINT After the fault is eliminated verify DTC and symptom again a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Disc...

Страница 904: ...r E 030 c Check for continuity between the terminals 12 13 and 36 of wire harness connector E 030 and ground 2 Check TCU wire harness RT21181040 E 030 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4...

Страница 905: ...ostic tester check whether the system is normal a Using X 431 3G diagnostic tester select Read Code b Check if DTC P0847 or P0848 still exists 4 Check if the TCU wire harness connector E 030 is short...

Страница 906: ...RL RL R EF19 10A EF46 20A A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 J2 J1 F12 F24 F11 F23 F10 F22 F9 F21 F8 F20 F7 F19 F6 F18 F5 F17 F4 F16 F3 F15 F2 F14 F1 F13 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4...

Страница 907: ...Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent Please refer to Intermittent DTC Troubleshooting Diagnosis Procedure HINT After the fault is eliminated verify DTC a...

Страница 908: ...e d Check if the output voltage of the terminals J2 of connector E 066 is normal e Check if the output voltage of the terminals F16 of connector E 069 is normal 3 Check if TCU relay 12 operates normal...

Страница 909: ...E 030 E 066 E 069 and E 076 c Check for continuity between the terminal 3 of connector E 030 and terminal J2 of connector E 066 RT21181090 V E 076 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 Replace fuse box NG 5...

Страница 910: ...9 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 E 069 F12 F24 F11 F23 F10 F22 F9 F21 F8 F2...

Страница 911: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 18 QR019CHB CVT 18 77 18 DTC P0900 Clutch Actuator Circuit Open DTC P0902 Clutch Actuator Circuit Low DTC P0903 Clutch Actuator Circuit High...

Страница 912: ...A9 A10 J2 J1 F12 F24 F11 F23 F10 F22 F9 F21 F8 F20 F7 F19 F6 F18 F5 F17 F4 F16 F3 F15 F2 F14 F1 F13 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50...

Страница 913: ...nt DTC Troubleshooting Diagnosis Procedure HINT After the fault is eliminated verify DTC and symptom again a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Disconnect the transmission wire harness connector c Check i...

Страница 914: ...s 3 and 32 of wire harness connector E 030 and ground Repair fault NG 2 Check engine compartment wire harness OK RT21181130 E 030 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1...

Страница 915: ...431 3G diagnostic tester select Read Code b Check if DTC P0900 P0902 or P0903 still exists 4 Check if transmission wire harness connector E 030 is short to power RT21181150 E 030 29 30 31 32 33 34 35...

Страница 916: ...tomobile Co Ltd 18 QR019CHB CVT 18 82 18 DTC P0928 Gear Shift Lock Solenoid Control Circuit Open DTC P0930 Gear Shift Lock Solenoid Control Circuit Low DTC P0931 Gear Shift Lock Solenoid Control Circu...

Страница 917: ...MAND GEAR SHIFT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 B 004 B 054 E 029 B 054 E 029 E 030 B E 030 1 8 9 10 11 2 3 4 5 6 7 W B 004 W B 054 BATTERY TCU RELAY ERLY12 A2 J2 F16 85 30 86...

Страница 918: ...nosis Procedure HINT After the fault is eliminated verify DTC and symptom again a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Disconnect the gear selector connector c Check if the gear selector connector is dirty...

Страница 919: ...erminal F16 of connector E 069 Repair fault NG 2 Check engine compartment wire harness OK RT21181100 E 030 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 43 44 45 46 47 48...

Страница 920: ...29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 E 076 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 RT2...

Страница 921: ...he wire harness connector E 030 c Check for continuity between terminal 30 of wire harness connector E 030 and ground 3 Check body wire harness RT21181170 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18...

Страница 922: ...ort to power a Using X 431 3G diagnostic tester select Read Code b Check if DTC P0928 P0930 or P0931 still exists 5 Check if transmission wire harness connector E 030 is short to power RT21181190 E 03...

Страница 923: ...Circuit Low DTC P0940 Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor Circuit High ET21180170 TCU 47 20 GR V 1 2 OIL TEMP OIL TEMP GND 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 43 44...

Страница 924: ...r to Intermittent DTC Troubleshooting Diagnosis Procedure HINT After the fault is eliminated verify DTC and symptom again a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Disconnect the transmission wire harness conn...

Страница 925: ...ween terminals 20 and 47 of wire harness connector E 030 and ground 2 Check engine compartment wire harness RT21181200 E 030 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14...

Страница 926: ...Using X 431 3G diagnostic tester select Read Code b Check if DTC P0938 P0939 or P0940 still exists 4 Check if transmission wire harness connector E 030 is short to power RT21181220 E 030 29 30 31 32 3...

Страница 927: ...Ltd 18 QR019CHB CVT 18 93 18 QR019CHB CVT DTC P0960 Pressure Control Solenoid A Control Circuit Open DTC P0962 Pressure Control Solenoid A Control Circuit Low DTC P0963 Pressure Control Solenoid A Co...

Страница 928: ...F23 F10 F22 F9 F21 F8 F20 F7 F19 F6 F18 F5 F17 F4 F16 F3 F15 F2 F14 F1 F13 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 15 16 1...

Страница 929: ...C Troubleshooting Diagnosis Procedure HINT After the fault is eliminated verify DTC and symptom again a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Disconnect the transmission wire harness connector DTC Code DTC D...

Страница 930: ...nnector E 030 c Check for continuity between terminals 3 and 35 of wire harness connector E 030 and ground Repair fault NG 2 Check engine compartment wire harness OK RT21181230 E 030 29 30 31 32 33 34...

Страница 931: ...31 3G diagnostic tester select Read Code b Check if DTC P0960 P0962 or P0963 still exists 4 Check if transmission wire harness connector E 030 is short to power RT21181250 E 030 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 3...

Страница 932: ...bile Co Ltd 18 QR019CHB CVT 18 98 18 DTC P0964 Pressure Control Solenoid B Control Circuit Open DTC P0966 Pressure Control Solenoid B Control Circuit Low DTC P0967 Pressure Control Solenoid B Control...

Страница 933: ...A7 A8 A9 A10 J2 J1 F12 F24 F11 F23 F10 F22 F9 F21 F8 F20 F7 F19 F6 F18 F5 F17 F4 F16 F3 F15 F2 F14 F1 F13 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 43 44 45 46 47 48...

Страница 934: ...nt DTC Troubleshooting Diagnosis Procedure HINT After the fault is eliminated verify DTC and symptom again a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Disconnect the wire harness connector DTC Code DTC Definitio...

Страница 935: ...connector E 030 c Check for continuity between terminals 3 and 34 of wire harness connector E 030 and ground Repair fault NG 2 Check engine compartment wire harness OK RT21181260 E 030 29 30 31 32 33...

Страница 936: ...31 3G diagnostic tester select Read Code b Check if DTC P0964 P0966 or P0967 still exists 4 Check if transmission wire harness connector E 030 is short to power RT21181280 E 030 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 3...

Страница 937: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 18 QR019CHB CVT 18 103 18 DTC P0970 Pressure Control Solenoid C Control Circuit Low DTC P0971 Pressure Control Solenoid C Control Circuit High...

Страница 938: ...A7 A8 A9 A10 J2 J1 F12 F24 F11 F23 F10 F22 F9 F21 F8 F20 F7 F19 F6 F18 F5 F17 F4 F16 F3 F15 F2 F14 F1 F13 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 43 44 45 46 47 48...

Страница 939: ...rmittent Please refer to Intermittent DTC Troubleshooting Diagnosis Procedure HINT After the fault is eliminated verify DTC and symptom again a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Disconnect the transmissi...

Страница 940: ...tween terminals 33 and 3 of wire harness connector E 030 and ground 2 Check engine compartment wire harness RT21181290 E 030 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14...

Страница 941: ...to power a Using X 431 3G diagnostic tester select Read Code b Check if DTC P0970 or P0971 still exists 4 Check if transmission wire harness connector E 030 is short to power RT21181310 E 030 29 30 31...

Страница 942: ...TC Troubleshooting Diagnosis Procedure HINT After the fault is eliminated verify DTC and symptom again a Transmission wire harness connector check for looseness dirt and other fault b Transmission wir...

Страница 943: ...ssion system oil pressure sensor for abnormality b Transmission system should be normal c Is the check result normal a Using X 431 3G diagnostic tester select Read Code b Refer to DTC Confirmation Pro...

Страница 944: ...rain ATF After draining replace the drain bolt gasket and tighten the bolt Tightening torque 29 34 N m Filling 1 Add new ATF along the oil dipstick pipe filling quantity is equal to that of the draine...

Страница 945: ...nd and pull the parking brake lever 3 Start engine to make it run at idle speed and then fully depress the brake pedal and move the shift lever for five times at each gear Finally place the lever at P...

Страница 946: ...l 1 to install the differential oil seal 2 to transmission 3 3 Other installation steps are in the reverse order of removal CAUTION After the oil seal is removed use a new one during installation 2 1...

Страница 947: ...te tools to plug the transmission fluid pipes after removing them to prevent transmission fluid leakage 5 Remove the transmission fluid cooler fixing bolts and remove the transmission fluid cooler Tig...

Страница 948: ...sconnect the primary shaft speed sensor wire harness connector 6 Remove the fixing bolt 1 of the primary shaft speed sensor and take out the primary shaft speed sensor 2 Tightening torque 10 12 N m In...

Страница 949: ...nsor wire harness connector arrow 5 Remove the fixing bolt 1 of the secondary shaft speed sensor and take out the secondary shaft speed sensor 2 Tightening torque 10 12 N m Installation Installation i...

Страница 950: ...Disconnect the turbine speed sensor wire harness connector arrow 6 Remove the fixing bolt 2 of the turbine speed sensor and take out the turbine speed sensor 1 Tightening torque 10 12 N m Installatio...

Страница 951: ...the wire harness connector of the primary shaft pressure sensor 6 Remove the primary shaft pressure sensor 1 Tightening torque 15 22 N m Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal R...

Страница 952: ...wire harness connector of the secondary shaft pressure sensor arrow 5 Remove the secondary shaft pressure sensor 1 Tightening torque 15 22 N m Installation Installation is in the reverse order of remo...

Страница 953: ...the emergency unlock hole 2 and press the mechanical key to hold down the emergency unlock switch and move the shift lever 1 to the N neutral position to release the shift lock 6 Remove the gear shif...

Страница 954: ...que 10 12 N m 12 Take out the transmission range sensor 4 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21180470 1 3 4 2 CAUTION After the spring gasket of the gear shift arm is remov...

Страница 955: ...ing torque 10 12 N m HINT When removing the valve body do not damage the joint surface of the transmission case Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal 1 RT21180480 CAUTION Before...

Страница 956: ...y bracket See page 16 7 4 Disconnect the wire harness connector of the transmission solenoid as shown in the illustration 5 Use a proper tool to remove the transmission solenoid wire harness assembly...

Страница 957: ...m 13 Remove the valve body 1 steel ball 3 and drive lever 2 14 Remove the transmission fluid temperature sensor 1 from the valve body 15 Remove the wire harness bracket fixing bolt 2 16 Remove the sol...

Страница 958: ...e and clean it up Keep the installation parts clean and avoid foreign matter entering the transmission During installation apply automatic transmission fluid on the O ring of solenoid wire harness ass...

Страница 959: ...e emergency unlock switch and move the shift lever 1 to the N neutral position to release the shift lock 5 Remove the auxiliary fascia console assembly See page 45 9 6 Disconnect the gear shift contro...

Страница 960: ...18 QR019CHB CVT 18 126 18 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION After installation inspect the gear shift lever for gear shift positions Adjust the gear shift cable as n...

Страница 961: ...1 to the N neutral position to release the shift lock 5 Disconnect the transmission gear shift cable from the gear shift control mechanism See page 18 125 6 Remove the air filter See page 10 17 7 Remo...

Страница 962: ...bolts from the vehicle body Tightening torque 8 10 N m 10 Take out the gear shift cable Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21180610 CAUTION After installation inspect the g...

Страница 963: ...2 Disconnect the negative battery cable 3 Remove the TCU and ECM connector protective cover 4 Disconnect the TCU and ECM connector 5 Remove the TCU mounting bracket 6 Remove the TCU fixing bolts arrow...

Страница 964: ...r See page 06 249 10 Disconnect the primary shaft pressure sensor wire harness connector arrow 11 Disconnect the wire harness connectors on the transmission Transmission range sensor connector Transmi...

Страница 965: ...transmission See page 18 127 13 Remove the transmission fluid coolant hose clamps arrow and detach the hoses 14 Use engine equalizer to fix the engine assembly 15 Remove the engine front rear and left...

Страница 966: ...e section of U slot to lock the crankshaft bolts Remove 4 connecting bolts of the flywheel and torque converter Tightening torque 50 60 N m HINT The crankshaft should rotate clockwise viewing from the...

Страница 967: ...Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21180740 2 1 RT21180750 RT21180760 CAUTION Turn crankshaft clockwise from the front of engine When installing torque converter temporaril...

Страница 968: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 18 134...

Страница 969: ...VEHICLE SERVICE 19 8 Clutch Switch 19 8 Removal 19 8 Inspection 19 8 Installation 19 8 Clutch Pedal 19 9 Removal 19 9 Installation 19 9 Clutch Master Cylinder Assembly 19 10 Removal 19 10 Installatio...

Страница 970: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 19 2 19...

Страница 971: ...INFORMATION Description 1 Clutch Switch 2 Clutch Pedal Assembly 3 Clutch Master Cylinder with Inlet Hose Assembly 4 Pipe Assembly I 5 Bracket I 6 Hose Assembly 7 Bracket II 8 Pipe Assembly II 9 Clutc...

Страница 972: ...ile Co Ltd 19 CLUTCH 19 4 19 1 Flywheel 2 Clutch Driven Disc 3 Clutch Pressure Plate 4 Release Bearing 5 Release Bearing Clip 6 Clutch Release Fork 7 Release Fork Ball Seat 8 Dust Boot RT21190020 2 3...

Страница 973: ...until it reaches the fulcrum This operation makes pressure plate move backward thus releasing clamping force from clutch driven disc Clutch master cylinder consists of piston cylinder block push rod a...

Страница 974: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 19 CLUTCH 19 6 19 Tools Special Tool General Tools Clutch Pressure Plate Installer RCH0000018 Vernier Caliper Digital Multimeter RCH0000019 RCH0000002...

Страница 975: ...sc torsion spring damaged 19 14 Clutch driven disc glazed 19 14 Diaphragm spring tip is out of alignment 19 14 Clutch is noisy Clutch release bearing worn dirty or damaged 19 14 Clutch driven disc tor...

Страница 976: ...y cable 3 Remove the clutch switch a Disconnect the clutch switch connector 1 and remove the clutch switch 2 Inspection Check for continuity between terminals when clutch switch is turned on or off In...

Страница 977: ...1 pull out the center pin 2 and disconnect the clutch master cylinder push rod 3 from clutch pedal b Remove 3 nuts arrow from clutch Tightening torque for nut 25 2 N m c Remove the clutch pedal Instal...

Страница 978: ...the fork retainer 1 and pull out the center pin 2 WARNING Brake fluid in master cylinder is harmful to your skin be sure to wear protective gloves before operation Once brake fluid contacts with your...

Страница 979: ...arrow from clutch master cylinder Tightening torque 25 2 N m Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21190110 CAUTION Add brake fluid to MAX Perform bleeding procedure for hydr...

Страница 980: ...nd then remove the clutch release cylinder Tightening torque 22 2 N m WARNING Brake fluid in release cylinder is harmful to your skin be sure to wear protective gloves before operation Once brake flui...

Страница 981: ...t of pipe assembly II to the clutch release cylinder assembly first then tighten it after installation Be sure to align the push rod of clutch release cylinder assembly with hole in transmission case...

Страница 982: ...the clutch pressure plate bolts 7 Remove the clutch pressure plate and clutch driven disc Inspection 1 Check clutch driven disc a Visually check clutch driven disc for dirt or glazing Clean or replace...

Страница 983: ...smoothly by rotating the sliding part of bearing the side contacting with clutch Replace release bearing assembly if necessary Installation 1 Insert a special tool into the clutch driven disc and ins...

Страница 984: ...f hose into the clear container which is full of new brake fluid 1 2 RT21190170 WARNING Brake fluid is harmful to your skin be sure to wear protective gloves before operation Once brake fluid contacts...

Страница 985: ...he hydraulic clutch system any more 11 Tighten the discharge port then remove the discharge hose and replace the discharge port dust cover 12 Check the brake fluid level add DOT4 brake fluid up to MAX...

Страница 986: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 19 18...

Страница 987: ...scription 20 3 Operation 20 4 Specifications 20 4 ON VEHICLE SERVICE 20 5 Drive Shaft Assembly 20 5 Removal 20 5 Installation 20 7 Inner Ball Cage 20 8 Disassembly 20 8 Inspection 20 9 Assembly 20 10...

Страница 988: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 20 2 20...

Страница 989: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 20 DRIVE SHAFT 20 3 20 DRIVE SHAFT GENERAL INFORMATION Description RT21200010 1 2 3 4 5 6 12 13 14 7 8 9 10 11...

Страница 990: ...the wheels to run vehicle Specifications Torque Specifications 1 Nut 2 Outer Ball Cage 3 Outer Dust Boot Clamp 4 Outer Dust Boot 5 Outer Dust Boot Clamp 6 Right Drive Shaft 7 Left Drive Shaft 8 Inner...

Страница 991: ...witch 2 Disconnect the negative battery cable 3 Remove the front wheel See page 24 9 4 Drain the transmission oil See page 17 14 5 Remove the fixing nut from front axle left drive shaft a Using a nut...

Страница 992: ...b Remove the coupling bolt arrow between front left wheel speed sensor and front left steering knuckle assembly and disengage the front left wheel speed sensor carefully Tightening torque 10 1 N m c R...

Страница 993: ...erse order of removal RT21200030 CAUTION DO NOT damage the constant velocity universal joint dust boot DO NOT use excessive force to pull the drive shaft to prevent the constant velocity universal joi...

Страница 994: ...t assembly See page 20 5 2 Remove the inner ball cage dust boot clamp a Using needle nose pliers remove the inner ball cage dust boot clamps 3 Remove the inner ball cage a Separate the dust boot from...

Страница 995: ...pod and drive shaft and remove the tripod 5 Remove the dust boot a Wrap tape on the spline of drive shaft and remove the dust boot Inspection 1 Check if spline of drive shaft is in good condition If i...

Страница 996: ...ery Automobile Co Ltd 20 DRIVE SHAFT 20 10 20 Assembly Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly CAUTION Refill grease during assembly Operate carefully to prevent the dust boot from being damag...

Страница 997: ...p and remove the outer ball cage dust boot outer clamp 3 Remove the outer ball cage dust boot inner clamp a Using a screwdriver pry out the striker of outer ball cage dust boot inner clamp and remove...

Страница 998: ...r ball cage dust boot a Wrap tape on the spline of drive shaft and remove the dust boot b Remove the tape Inspection 1 Check if spline of drive shaft is in good condition If it is deformed or damaged...

Страница 999: ...Tools 21 5 DIAGNOSIS TESTING 21 6 Differential Gear Clearance Inspection 21 6 ON VEHICLE SERVICE 21 7 Driven Gear of Final Drive 21 7 Removal 21 7 Installation 21 7 Differential Bearing 21 8 Removal...

Страница 1000: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 21 2 21...

Страница 1001: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 21 DIFFERENTIAL 21 3 21 DIFFERENTIAL GENERAL INFORMATION Description 8 7 6 5 14 1 2 3 4 RT21210010 9 10 11 12 13 8...

Страница 1002: ...difference between outside and inside wheels via drive shaft when turning It forces the planetary gears to rotate thus allowing the inside and outside wheels to spin at two different speeds in order t...

Страница 1003: ...e Co Ltd 21 DIFFERENTIAL 21 5 21 Tools Special Tools General Tools Bearing Remover Punch RCH0000011 RCH0000015 Hydraulic Press Dial Indicator and Magnetic Holder RCH0000012 RCH0000023 0 10 20 3 0 4 0...

Страница 1004: ...ntial 2 Check the clearance of differential drive shaft gear 2 with the dial indicator 1 Gear clearance 0 025 0 150 mm 2 1 RT21210020 CAUTION If the clearance is not as specified replace and adjust th...

Страница 1005: ...rive Removal 1 Remove the differential See page 17 22 2 Hold the differential in a vise 3 Remove the final drive driven gear bolts Tightening torque 111 118 N m Installation Installation is in the rev...

Страница 1006: ...ferential Bearing Removal 1 Remove the differential See page 17 22 2 Remove the differential bearing a Using a hydraulic press 1 separate the bearing 2 from the differential Installation 1 Install the...

Страница 1007: ...stallation is in the reverse order of removal Differential Parts Inspection 1 Clean all the components 2 Check the following components for wear Driven gear of final drive Planetary gear washer Drive...

Страница 1008: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 21 10...

Страница 1009: ...9 Front Hub Assembly 22 9 Removal 22 9 Installation 22 11 Front Steering Knuckle 22 12 Removal 22 12 Installation 22 13 Side Rail Welding Assembly 22 14 Removal 22 14 Installation 22 16 Front Sub Fra...

Страница 1010: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 22 2 22...

Страница 1011: ...onnecting Rod Assembly 6 Front Left Control Arm Assembly 7 Front Control Arm Ball Pin Assembly Locking Nut 8 Front control Arm Ball Pin Lock Pin 9 Front Left Control Arm Ball Pin Assembly 10 Front Rub...

Страница 1012: ...rame Welding Assembly 3 Rear Suspension Upper Left Swing Arm Assembly 4 Rear Left Connecting Rod Assembly 5 Rear Suspension Lower Left Swing Arm Assembly 6 Rear Stabilizer Bar 7 Rear Stabilizer Bar Ru...

Страница 1013: ...0 1 Coupling Bolt Between Rear Mounting Cushion Assembly and Rear Mounting Bracket 70 5 Coupling Nut Between Rear Mounting Cushion Assembly and Rear Mounting Bracket 70 5 Coupling Bolt Between Front M...

Страница 1014: ...Between Rear Suspension Upper Swing Arm Assembly and Rear Sub Frame Assembly 120 10 Coupling Bolt Between Rear Suspension Lower Swing Arm Assembly and Rear Sub Frame Assembly 120 10 Coupling Nut Betwe...

Страница 1015: ...22 AXLE 22 7 22 General Tools Dial Indicator and Magnetic Holder Transmission Carrier Hydraulic Press Bearing Remover Engine Equalizer RCH0000023 0 10 20 3 0 4 0 50 60 70 80 9 0 RCH0000005 RCH0000012...

Страница 1016: ...r worn 22 9 Rear hub bearing loose or worn 22 19 Steering gear misaligned or damaged 29 23 Suspension component worn 23 12 Front wheel shimmy Tire worn or improperly inflated 24 7 Wheel imbalanced 24...

Страница 1017: ...the front drive shaft assembly locking nut arrow while applying the brakes securely Tightening torque 300 20 N m WARNING Be sure to wear necessary safety equipment to prevent accidents Check if safety...

Страница 1018: ...steering knuckle assembly Tightening torque 70 75 N m b Remove the front left mudguard arrow and front left hub assembly 1 6 Remove the front left hub bearing a Place front left hub assembly on a hydr...

Страница 1019: ...ove the front left hub bearing Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21220100 CAUTION Always tighten coupling bolts and nut to the specified torque Check that hub assembly tur...

Страница 1020: ...ween front left wheel speed sensor and front left steering knuckle assembly and disengage the front left wheel speed sensor carefully Tightening torque 10 1 N m b Remove the locking nut arrow between...

Страница 1021: ...steering knuckle assembly Tightening torque 120 12 N m e Remove 2 coupling bolts and nuts arrow between front left shock absorber assembly and front left steering knuckle assembly Tightening torque 18...

Страница 1022: ...1 N m d Remove the coupling bolt and nut arrow between rear mounting cushion assembly and rear mounting bracket Tightening torque 70 5 N m WARNING Be sure to wear necessary safety equipment to preven...

Страница 1023: ...side rail welding assembly and body Tightening torque 80 6 N m g Remove 2 coupling bolts arrow between side rail welding assembly and front mounting cushion assembly Tightening torque 70 5 N m h Remov...

Страница 1024: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 22 AXLE 22 16 22 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Always tighten coupling bolts and nuts to the specified torque...

Страница 1025: ...il welding assembly and rear mounting cushion assembly Tightening torque 70 5 N m d Remove 2 coupling bolts arrow between front sub frame welding assembly and steering gear assembly Tightening torque...

Страница 1026: ...rear part of front sub frame welding assembly and body Tightening torque 180 10 N m g Support the front sub frame welding assembly with a transmission carrier and carefully remove it Installation Ins...

Страница 1027: ...oupling bolt arrow between rear left wheel speed sensor and rear left hub bearing unit and disengage the rear left wheel speed sensor Tightening torque 10 1 N m b Remove 4 coupling nuts arrow between...

Страница 1028: ...suspension lower left swing arm assembly and rear sub frame assembly Use the same procedure to remove the right side Tightening torque 120 10 N m c Remove 2 coupling bolts and 2 coupling nuts arrow be...

Страница 1029: ...Ltd 22 AXLE 22 21 22 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Always tighten the coupling bolts and nuts to the specified torque Check and adjust the rear wheel alignment...

Страница 1030: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 22 22...

Страница 1031: ...ock Absorber Assembly 23 29 Removal 23 30 Inspection 23 32 Installation 23 32 Disposal 23 33 Rear Coil Spring 23 34 Removal 23 34 Inspection 23 36 Installation 23 36 Rear Suspension Upper Swing Arm As...

Страница 1032: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 23 2 23...

Страница 1033: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 23 SUSPENSION 23 3 23 SUSPENSION GENERAL INFORMATION Description Front Suspension 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 10 3 4 6 11 1 9 8 2 14 15 12 13 16 RT21230010 5 7...

Страница 1034: ...frame is connected to body with bolts thus improving driving stability and safety 1 Front Right Link Assembly 2 Front Stabilizer Bar 3 Front Stabilizer Clamp 4 Front Stabilizer Bar Rubber Support 5 F...

Страница 1035: ...bilizer Bar Rubber Support 8 Rear Stabilizer Clamp 9 Rear Right Stabilizer Link Assembly 10 Rear Suspension Lower Right Swing Arm Assembly 11 Rear Right Trailing Arm Assembly 12 Bush Rubber 13 Rubber...

Страница 1036: ...ont Shock Absorber Assembly Locking Nut 82 5 Coupling Nut Between Front Control Arm Assembly Ball Pin and Front Steering Knuckle Assembly 120 12 Coupling Bolt Between Front Part of Front Control Arm A...

Страница 1037: ...Lower Swing Arm Assembly and Rear Trailing Arm Assembly 120 10 Coupling Nut Between Rear Suspension Lower Swing Arm Assembly and Rear Trailing Arm Assembly 120 10 Coupling Bolt Between Rear Suspensio...

Страница 1038: ...ing Bracket and Rear Trailing Arm Assembly 23 2 Coupling Bolt Between Rear Trailing Arm Assembly and Mounting Bracket 120 10 Coupling Nut Between Rear Trailing Arm Assembly and Mounting Bracket 120 10...

Страница 1039: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 23 SUSPENSION 23 9 23 Tools Special Tool General Tools Spring Compressor RCH0000021 Transmission Carrier Engine Equalizer RCH0000005 RCH0000026...

Страница 1040: ...aded Front coil spring too soft 23 15 Front shock absorber assembly worn or damaged 23 12 Front suspension components excessively worn or deformed 23 12 Sways pitches Front tire worn or improperly inf...

Страница 1041: ...sion components excessively worn or deformed 23 29 Sways pitches Rear tire worn or improperly inflated 24 7 Rear stabilizer bar bent or broken 23 43 Rear shock absorber assembly worn or deformed 23 29...

Страница 1042: ...Shock Absorber Upper Cover 2 Locking Nut 3 Front Shock Absorber Cushion 4 Connecting Bracket Assembly 5 Bearing Washer 6 Front Spring Upper Tray 7 Dust Boot 8 Front Buffer Block 9 Front Coil Spring 1...

Страница 1043: ...h volatilization so we can judge it as minor leaks This is a normal phenomenon and it is not necessary to replace the shock absorber assembly c If following conditions occur Oil traces in circumferent...

Страница 1044: ...t left brake hose assembly arrow from the front left shock absorber assembly c Remove 2 coupling bolts and nuts arrow between front left shock absorber assembly and front left steering knuckle assembl...

Страница 1045: ...pper cover a Remove the front shock absorber upper cover arrow from front left shock absorber assembly 3 Remove the locking nut from front shock absorber assembly a Install the spring compressor 1 and...

Страница 1046: ...que 82 5 N m 4 Remove the connecting bracket assembly a Remove the connecting bracket assembly arrow from upper part of front left shock absorber assembly 5 Remove the bearing washer a Remove the bear...

Страница 1047: ...ft shock absorber assembly b Slowly loosen the spring compressor and carefully remove the front left coil spring 9 Remove the front buffer block a Detach and remove the front buffer block arrow from f...

Страница 1048: ...sorber upper cover front shock absorber cushion bearing washer dust boot front buffer block and front spring lower cushion for cracks wear or deformation Replace as necessary b Check connecting bracke...

Страница 1049: ...dle the front shock absorber assembly properly after discharging the gas WARNING Shock absorber assembly contains nitrogen and oil which are under negative pressure Before handling be sure to wear gog...

Страница 1050: ...n front part of front left control arm assembly and front sub frame welding assembly Tightening torque 180 10 N m CAUTION Be sure to wear necessary safety equipment to prevent accidents Make sure that...

Страница 1051: ...N m d Remove the front left control arm assembly with ball pin Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21230210 CAUTION Always tighten coupling bolts and nuts to the specified t...

Страница 1052: ...rrow between front left control arm ball pin assembly and front left control arm assembly Tightening torque 150 10 N m CAUTION Be sure to wear necessary safety equipment to prevent accidents Make sure...

Страница 1053: ...arm assembly ball pin boot for wear cracks deformation damage or grease leakage Replace as necessary b Check if control arm assembly ball pin rotates smoothly Replace as necessary Installation Instal...

Страница 1054: ...orque 45 5 N m c Remove 2 coupling bolts and nut arrow between side rail welding assembly and rear mounting cushion assembly Tightening torque 70 5 N m d Remove 2 coupling bolts arrow between front su...

Страница 1055: ...ear part of front sub frame welding assembly and body Tightening torque 180 10 N m g Support the front sub frame welding assembly with front stabilizer bar assembly with a transmission carrier and low...

Страница 1056: ...on 1 Check front stabilizer bar assembly a Check front stabilizer bar assembly fixing clamps for wear cracks deformation or damage Replace as necessary b Check front stabilizer bar assembly rubber sup...

Страница 1057: ...n wrench and remove the coupling nut arrow between front left stabilizer link assembly and front left shock absorber assembly with a fixing wrench Tightening torque 45 5 N m c Remove the front left st...

Страница 1058: ...3 28 23 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Be sure to tighten coupling nuts to specified torque Make sure that the end of front stabilizer link assembly rotates smoot...

Страница 1059: ...rber Assembly 1 Rear Shock Absorber Assembly Fixing Nut 2 Rear Shock Absorber Insulator Shim 3 Rear Shock Absorber Upper Insulator 4 Rear Shock Absorber Insulator Sleeve 5 Rear Shock Absorber Lower In...

Страница 1060: ...ift up the rear floor carpet remove the rear left shock absorber assembly service hole cover c Remove the coupling nut arrow between upper part of rear left shock absorber assembly and body Tightening...

Страница 1061: ...left shock absorber insulator shim arrow e Remove the rear left shock absorber upper insulator arrow f Remove the rear left shock absorber insulator sleeve arrow g Remove the rear left shock absorber...

Страница 1062: ...und during operation If there is any abnormality replace the rear shock absorber assembly with a new one 2 Check the other components of rear shock absorber assembly a Check rear shock absorber upper...

Страница 1063: ...e rear shock absorber assembly c After discharging the gas inside the rear shock absorber assembly handle the rear shock absorber assembly properly RT21230360 A B CAUTION Be careful when drilling beca...

Страница 1064: ...N m c Remove 2 coupling bolts arrow between rear left shock absorber assembly fixing bracket and rear left trailing arm assembly Tightening torque 80 8 N m d Remove the coupling bolt and nut arrow be...

Страница 1065: ...Tightening torque 120 10 N m f Lower the transmission carrier slowly to the appropriate height and take off the rear coil spring arrow and rear spring upper cushion 1 carefully g Detach the rear buff...

Страница 1066: ...ry b Check rear coil spring upper cushion rear cushion and rear rubber cushion assembly for dirt wear cracks deformation or damage Replace as necessary Installation Installation is in the reverse orde...

Страница 1067: ...coupling bolt and nut arrow between upper part of rear suspension upper left swing arm assembly and rear sub frame assembly Tightening torque 120 10 N m c Remove the rear suspension upper left swing a...

Страница 1068: ...2 coupling bolts arrow between rear left shock absorber assembly fixing bracket and rear left trailing arm assembly Tightening torque 80 8 N m c Remove the coupling bolt and nut arrow between lower pa...

Страница 1069: ...eft swing arm assembly and rear sub frame assembly Tightening torque 120 10 N m e Remove the rear suspension lower left swing arm assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal...

Страница 1070: ...upling bolts arrow between rear left shock absorber assembly fixing bracket and rear left trailing arm assembly Tightening torque 80 8 N m b Remove the coupling bolt and nut arrow between lower part o...

Страница 1071: ...s arrow between rear left wheel speed sensor fixing bracket and rear left trailing arm assembly Tightening torque 23 2 N m e Remove the coupling bolt arrow between parking brake cable fixing bracket a...

Страница 1072: ...eft trailing arm assembly and mounting bracket Tightening torque 120 10 N m h Remove the rear left trailing arm assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21230470 CAUTION...

Страница 1073: ...removal procedure for the right side Tightening torque 16 2 N m CAUTION Be sure to wear necessary safety equipment to prevent accidents Make sure that safety lock of lifter has been locked when removi...

Страница 1074: ...bber support 2 and rear stabilizer bar assembly 3 Inspection 1 Check rear stabilizer bar assembly a Check rear stabilizer bar assembly fixing clamps for wear cracks deformation or damage Replace as ne...

Страница 1075: ...nk assembly and rear stabilizer bar assembly Tightening torque 45 5 N m c Remove the rear left stabilizer link assembly Inspection 1 Check rear stabilizer link assembly a Check rear stabilizer link as...

Страница 1076: ...3 46 23 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Be sure to tighten coupling nuts to specified torque Make sure that the end of rear stabilizer link assembly rotates smooth...

Страница 1077: ...shock absorber assembly Steering gear and steering tie rod Drive shaft Front sub frame welding assembly Rear suspension lower swing arm assembly Rear sub frame assembly Rear trailing arm assembly Spec...

Страница 1078: ...ning part as necessary 5 Check if shock absorber assembly operates normally 6 Check if tire pressure is within the specified range and adjust it to specified pressure as necessary Standard Inflation P...

Страница 1079: ...vice perform inspection procedures referring to operating instructions for four wheel alignment device 2 Manual check a Park vehicle on level ground check if front tire pressure is within the specifie...

Страница 1080: ...n the steering tie rod locking nut reinstall the elastic jacket snap ring Check if locking nut is tightened in place and if jacket position is correct Tightening torque 55 5 N m 4 After adjusting fron...

Страница 1081: ...gpin caster and kingpin inclination are assured by design structure and cannot be adjusted If measured value is not within the specified range check if other components that connect to steering knuckl...

Страница 1082: ...place the damaged or deformed components as necessary Adjustment 1 Make adjusting preparation for wheel alignment according to the requirement of tester 2 Loosen the coupling bolt arrow between rear s...

Страница 1083: ...d Replace the damaged or deformed components as necessary Adjustment 1 Make adjusting preparation for wheel alignment according to the requirement of tester 2 Loosen the coupling bolts arrow between r...

Страница 1084: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 23 54...

Страница 1085: ...Identification 24 3 Specifications 24 4 DIAGNOSIS TESTING 24 5 Problem Symptoms Table 24 5 Inspection 24 5 ON VEHICLE SERVICE 24 7 Tire Replacement 24 7 Wheel 24 9 Removal 24 9 Installation 24 9 Whee...

Страница 1086: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 24 2 24...

Страница 1087: ...g the wheel bolts firstly pre tighten the bolts by hand and then tighten them to the specified torque with a torque wrench Do not apply grease to the wheel bolts Some bad driving habits will shorten t...

Страница 1088: ...Tire Type Rim Type Tire Pressure Specifications of Cold Tire Description Torque N m Wheel Mounting Bolt 110 10 Description Parameter Tire Type 225 65 R17 102H Description Parameter Rim Type 17 7 J De...

Страница 1089: ...shown in the illustration Symptom Suspected Area See page Wear on one side of tire Wheel alignment wrong 23 47 Wear on both sides of tire Tire pressure insufficient 24 4 Tire center wear Tire pressur...

Страница 1090: ...row as shown in the illustration When tires are worn to the indicating mark replace them 5 Use tire pressure gauge to check if pressures of all tires including spare tire are normal Inflate tires to s...

Страница 1091: ...or soak air cock in glycerin fluid and then using a tool to pull or press locating ring of air cock with force to pass it through the coke hole and install it into place it is possible to use soapy wa...

Страница 1092: ...tire and rim for leakage 6 Using a dynamic balancer adjust the wheel balance See page 24 10 7 Install the wheel See page 24 9 Tightening torque 110 10 N m CAUTION Avoid scratching tires and rims when...

Страница 1093: ...c Using a torque wrench tighten the wheel mounting bolts evenly to the specified torque in the order shown in the illustration Tightening torque 110 10 N m RT21240060 RT21240070 4 5 3 1 2 CAUTION DO...

Страница 1094: ...r automatically and the wheel automatically brakes until it stops Do not open the protector before stopping Failure to do this may lead to accident 6 According to the measurement result corresponding...

Страница 1095: ...patterns These effects can be reduced by rotating the tires at regular time Advantages of tire rotation Improving tread life Maintaining traction levels Maintaining smooth and quiet driveability Rota...

Страница 1096: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 24 12...

Страница 1097: ...04 25 21 C1004 00 25 21 C0020 04 25 26 C0031 00 25 30 C0031 09 25 30 C0031 11 25 30 C0031 12 25 30 C0031 13 25 30 C0031 29 25 30 C0034 00 25 36 C0034 09 25 36 C0034 11 25 36 C0034 12 25 36 C0034 13 2...

Страница 1098: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 25 2 25...

Страница 1099: ...hydraulic control module and electronic control module Wheel speed sensors each wheel has one sensor The primary purpose of ABS is to prevent wheels from being locked during sudden braking It has the...

Страница 1100: ...The symptoms are as follows a If the electronic control module is malfunctioning fail safe function will be activated ABS system will not operate and ABS warning light will come on b After vehicle is...

Страница 1101: ...ces the pressure to brake pedal the brake fluid of each wheel returns to master cylinder and the brake pressure decreases Description Definition Description Definition MC1 Brake Master Cylinder Circui...

Страница 1102: ...l pressure to hydraulic control module In other words the normal open valve cuts off oil passage and the oil passage of normal close valve is open in order to reduce the wheel cylinder pressure At thi...

Страница 1103: ...rs maintaining pressure state In other words the normal open valve cuts off oil passage and the normal close valve also cuts off the oil passage the wheel cylinder pressure is maintained Solenoid Valv...

Страница 1104: ...valve opens oil passage and the normal close valve cuts off oil passage in order to increase the wheel cylinder pressure Brake fluid stored in the low pressure accumulator is supplied to each wheel c...

Страница 1105: ...Wheel Mounting Bolt 110 10 Brake Pipe Coupling Plug 16 2 ABS Control Module Assembly Mounting Bracket Fixing Bolt 23 2 ABS Control Module Assembly Mounting Bracket Fixing Nut 23 2 ABS Control Module...

Страница 1106: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 25 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM 25 10 25 Tools Special Tool General Tool X 431 3G Diagnostic Tester RCH0000001 Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Страница 1107: ...MENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX GR R RL O OB R L L 17 CAN L1 CAN H1 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 1 38 25 F1 F2 F3 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12 F13 F14...

Страница 1108: ...4 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53...

Страница 1109: ...GW VB V 9 20 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2 1 2 1 ABS CONTROL MODULE 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 1...

Страница 1110: ...N ABS warning light does not come on ABS fuse 51 34 Wire harness or connector ABS control module assembly 25 71 Instrument cluster 38 42 ABS warning light remains on ABS fuse 51 34 Wire harness or con...

Страница 1111: ...unction conditions and read DTCs again NEXT NEXT For current DTC go to step 7 For history DTC go to step 8 DTC occurs No DTC 6 Problem repair no DTC then go to step 9 7 Troubleshoot according to Diagn...

Страница 1112: ...ult in braking performance decreasing drift long braking distance etc HINT ABS interrupted due to no power supply or power supply abnormality will cause the ABS warning light remains on without storin...

Страница 1113: ...ed reinstall the ABS control module assembly to original vehicle If multiple trouble codes were set refer to the circuit diagrams to look for any common ground circuit or power supply circuit applied...

Страница 1114: ...23 5 24 6 25 Battery Power Supply Valve Relay 7 26 CAN H 8 Front Left Wheel Speed Sensor Signal 27 9 28 Power Supply Ignition Switch 10 29 Rear Right Wheel Speed Sensor Signal 11 30 Brake Light Switch...

Страница 1115: ...C0031 13 Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor C0031 29 Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor C0034 00 Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor C0034 09 Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor C0034 11 Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor C...

Страница 1116: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 25 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM 25 20 25 C1000 16 ECU Voltage Supply C1000 17 ECU Voltage Supply C1001 04 ECU C1009 00 ECU Hardware Related DTC Code DTC Definition...

Страница 1117: ...Left Front Outlet Control DTC C0014 04 Right Front Inlet Control DTC C0015 04 Right Front Outlet Control DTC C0018 04 Left Rear Inlet Control DTC C0019 04 Left Rear Outlet Control DTC C001C 04 Right R...

Страница 1118: ...25 ET21250040 BATTERY ABS CONTROL MODULE EF47 25A I1 25 ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX R 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 1 38 2...

Страница 1119: ...olenoid valve but no feedback 5 Solenoid valve itself is malfunctioning 6 Valve set relay is malfunctioning Valve relay power supply is abnormal ABS control module assembly has poor ground connection...

Страница 1120: ...pins are in good condition a Connect the negative battery cable b Turn ignition switch to LOCK c Disconnect the ABS control module assembly connector E 085 d Using a digital multimeter measure the vol...

Страница 1121: ...Start the engine c Drive the vehicle at 15 km h or more read the ABS control module assembly DTC again with X 431 3G diagnostic tester d Check if the same DTC is output 5 Check wire harness and connec...

Страница 1122: ...SYSTEM 25 26 25 DTC C0020 04 ABS Pump Motor Control ET21250050 BATTERY ABS CONTROL MODULE 1 MF01 40A R 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26...

Страница 1123: ...ection 2 Return pump monitor still cannot detect the voltage signal after return pump motor relay operates for 60 ms 3 Return pump monitor detects the voltage for more than 2 5 s when return pump moto...

Страница 1124: ...the negative battery cable b Turn ignition switch to LOCK c Disconnect the ABS control module assembly connector E 085 d Using a digital multimeter measure the voltage between ABS control module assem...

Страница 1125: ...Start the engine c Drive the vehicle at 15 km h or more read the ABS control module assembly DTC again with X 431 3G diagnostic tester d Check if the same DTC is output 5 Check wire harness and connec...

Страница 1126: ...e C0031 00 Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Code C0031 09 Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Code C0031 11 Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Code C0031 12 Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Code C0031 13 Left Front Wh...

Страница 1127: ...5 28 MF01 40A EF34 20A EF36 10A ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX R RL R 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 1 38 25 Gr E 074 Gr E 076...

Страница 1128: ...re is connecting with the power supply wire in reverse Wheel speed sensor signal wire is short to ground Wheel speed sensor line is open connector is loose or broken Wheel speed sensor signal wire is...

Страница 1129: ...vehicle straight ahead and read the data stream of front left wheel speed sensor with X 431 3G diagnostic tester c Check if the data change of front left wheel speed sensor matches the change of othe...

Страница 1130: ...ort to ground according to the table below Standard Condition 5 Check wire harness and connector front left wheel speed sensor ABS control module assembly RT21250230 E 085 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2...

Страница 1131: ...km h or more read the ABS control module assembly DTC again with X 431 3G diagnostic tester d Check if the same DTC is output RT21250250 E 085 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15...

Страница 1132: ...0034 00 Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Code C0034 09 Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Code C0034 11 Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Code C0034 12 Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Code C0034 13 Right Front...

Страница 1133: ...28 MF01 40A EF34 20A EF36 10A ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX R RL R 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 1 38 25 Gr E 074 Gr E 076 A...

Страница 1134: ...is connecting with the power supply wire in reverse Wheel speed sensor signal wire is short to ground Wheel speed sensor line is open connector is loose or broken Wheel speed sensor signal wire is sh...

Страница 1135: ...icle straight ahead and read the data stream of front right wheel speed sensor with X 431 3G diagnostic tester c Check if the data change of front right wheel speed sensor matches the change of other...

Страница 1136: ...hort to ground according to the table below Standard Condition 5 Check wire harness and connector front right wheel speed sensor ABS control module assembly RT21250260 E 085 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3...

Страница 1137: ...m h or more read the ABS control module assembly DTC again with X 431 3G diagnostic tester d Check if the same DTC is output RT21250280 E 085 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15...

Страница 1138: ...NTROL SYSTEM DTC C0037 00 Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor DTC C0037 09 Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor DTC C0037 11 Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor DTC C0037 12 Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor DTC C0037 13 Left R...

Страница 1139: ...RTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX R RL R 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 1 38 25 Gr E 074 Gr E 076 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 I2 I1 E 074 E...

Страница 1140: ...wire is connecting with the power supply wire in reverse Wheel speed sensor signal wire is short to ground Wheel speed sensor line is open connector is loose or broken Wheel speed sensor signal wire...

Страница 1141: ...he vehicle straight ahead and read the data stream of rear left wheel speed sensor with X 431 3G diagnostic tester c Check if the data change of rear left wheel speed sensor matches the change of othe...

Страница 1142: ...open in the wire harness and connector according to the table below Standard Condition 5 Check wire harness and connector rear left wheel speed sensor ABS control module assembly RT21250290 E 085 13 1...

Страница 1143: ...peed sensor is short to power supply according to the table below Standard Condition RT21250310 2 1 B 029 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 B 054 Multimeter Connection Terminal...

Страница 1144: ...icle at 15 km h or more read the ABS control module assembly DTC again with X 431 3G diagnostic tester d Check if the same DTC is output Repair or replace wire harness and connector between rear left...

Страница 1145: ...DTC C003A 00 Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor DTC C003A 09 Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor DTC C003A 11 Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor DTC C003A 12 Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor DTC C003A 13 Right Rear Whee...

Страница 1146: ...ARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX R RL R 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 1 38 25 Gr E 074 Gr E 076 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 I2 I1 E 074...

Страница 1147: ...re is connecting with the power supply wire in reverse Wheel speed sensor signal wire is short to ground Wheel speed sensor line is open connector is loose or broken Wheel speed sensor signal wire is...

Страница 1148: ...ehicle straight ahead and read the data stream of rear right wheel speed sensor with X 431 3G diagnostic tester c Check if the data change of rear right wheel speed sensor matches the change of other...

Страница 1149: ...open in the wire harness and connector according to the table below Standard Condition 5 Check wire harness and connector rear right wheel speed sensor ABS control module assembly RT21250340 E 085 13...

Страница 1150: ...speed sensor is short to power supply according to the table below Standard Condition RT21250360 2 1 B 009 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 B 054 Multimeter Connection Terminal...

Страница 1151: ...cle at 15 km h or more read the ABS control module assembly DTC again with X 431 3G diagnostic tester d Check if the same DTC is output Repair or replace wire harness and connector between rear right...

Страница 1152: ...SPEED SENSOR REAR LEFT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR REAR RIGHT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR R Br GY WY GR GW VB V GR GW VB V 9 20 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2 1 2 1 ABS CONTROL MODULE 13...

Страница 1153: ...ring gear e Check the installation position of wheel speed sensor for dirt DTC Code DTC Definitions DTC Detection Conditions Possible Cause C006B 00 Stability System Active Too Long The DTC occurs wh...

Страница 1154: ...sor connector E 060 and front right wheel speed sensor connector E 036 e Disconnect the rear left wheel speed sensor connector B 029 and rear right wheel speed sensor connector B 009 f Using a digital...

Страница 1155: ...r E 085 and the terminal 1 of connector B 009 to check if there is an open in the rear right wheel speed sensor signal wire according to the table below Standard Condition RT21250400 E 085 13 12 11 10...

Страница 1156: ...erminal 29 of connector E 085 and the terminal 2 of connector E 029 to check if there is an open in the rear right wheel speed sensor signal wire according to the table below Standard Condition RT2125...

Страница 1157: ...the DTC b Start the engine c Drive the vehicle at 15 km h or more read the ABS control module assembly DTC again with X 431 3G diagnostic tester d Check if the same DTC is output RT21250460 2 1 B 009...

Страница 1158: ...Supply ET21250110 ABS CONTROL MODULE IGNITION SWITCH ON OR START A10 28 EF34 20A EF36 10A ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX RL 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 37 36 3...

Страница 1159: ...e harnesses are worn pierced pinched or partially broken DTC Code DTC Definitions DTC Detection Conditions Possible Cause C1000 16 ECU Voltage Supply These DTCs occur when any of the following conditi...

Страница 1160: ...e between ABS control module assembly connector E 085 and body ground to check if the power supply circuit is normal according to the table below Standard Voltage Repair or replace ABS control module...

Страница 1161: ...he engine c Drive the vehicle at 15 km h or more read the ABS control module assembly DTC again with X 431 3G diagnostic tester d Check if the same DTC is output 5 Check wire harness and connector ABS...

Страница 1162: ...ET21250110 ABS CONTROL MODULE IGNITION SWITCH ON OR START A10 28 EF34 20A EF36 10A ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX RL 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 37 36 35 34 33...

Страница 1163: ...lated connector pins are in good condition DTC Code DTC Definitions DTC Detection Conditions Possible Cause C1001 04 ECU These DTCs occur when any of the following conditions is met 1 ABS control modu...

Страница 1164: ...or E 085 and body ground to check if the system ground circuit is normal according to the table below Standard Condition 3 Check wire harness and connector ABS control module assembly battery RT212504...

Страница 1165: ...c tester to clear the DTC b Start the engine c Drive the vehicle at 15 km h or more read the ABS control module assembly DTC again with X 431 3G diagnostic tester d Check if the same DTC is output 5 R...

Страница 1166: ...stem Otherwise low fluid level in the brake reservoir will cause additional air to enter the brake system Always check the brake fluid level at all times to ensure that brake fluid level in the brake...

Страница 1167: ...coupling plugs arrow Tightening torque 16 2 N m WARNING When repairing ABS system first release the pressure of high pressure brake fluid in the accumulator to prevent the high pressure brake fluid f...

Страница 1168: ...move the ABS control module assembly a Remove the coupling nuts arrow between the lower part of ABS control module assembly and mounting bracket Tightening torque 8 2 N m b Detach the rubber shock pad...

Страница 1169: ...aulic control module and electronic control module As a unit they cannot be repaired or replaced individually When installing fixing bolts and screws be sure to tighten them to specified torque Perfor...

Страница 1170: ...l speed sensor and front left steering knuckle assembly and disengage the front left wheel speed sensor carefully Tightening torque 10 1 N m b Detach the attachment part arrow of front left wheel spee...

Страница 1171: ...ft wheel speed sensor wire harness cover arrow from body f Remove the front left wheel speed sensor Inspection 1 Check the front wheel speed sensor a Check front wheel speed sensor surface for breakag...

Страница 1172: ...page 49 23 5 Remove the rear left wheel speed sensor a Remove the coupling bolt arrow between rear left wheel speed sensor and rear left hub bearing unit and disengage the rear left wheel speed senso...

Страница 1173: ...harness connector arrow f Remove the rear left wheel speed sensor Inspection 1 Check the rear wheel speed sensor a Check rear wheel speed sensor surface for breakage dents or notch b Check rear wheel...

Страница 1174: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 25 78...

Страница 1175: ...m Booster with Brake Master Cylinder Assembly 26 19 On vehicle Inspection 26 19 Removal 26 20 Inspection 26 22 Installation 26 22 Brake Pedal Assembly 26 23 On vehicle Inspection 26 23 Removal 26 24 I...

Страница 1176: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 26 2 26...

Страница 1177: ...6 3 26 BRAKE GENERAL INFORMATION Description Front Disc Brake Assembly 1 Front Steering Knuckle 2 Front Wheel Mudguard 3 Front Hub Bearing 4 Front Hub Assembly 5 Front Brake Disc 6 Front Brake Caliper...

Страница 1178: ...transmits the force to brake master cylinder assembly Hydraulic pressure produced in the brake master cylinder assembly is transmitted to ABS Hydraulic Control Unit HCU through brake tube and then di...

Страница 1179: ...Caliper Assembly and Front Brake Hose Assembly 27 2 Coupling Bolt Between Front Brake Caliper Assembly and Front Steering Knuckle Assembly 100 10 Front Brake Disc Positioning Screw 10 1 Front Brake Ca...

Страница 1180: ...IH Drum in hat Description Standard Thickness mm Minimum Thickness mm Maximum Runout mm Front Brake Disc 25 23 0 06 Front Brake Lining 9 2 2 Description Standard Thickness mm Minimum Thickness mm Maxi...

Страница 1181: ...BRAKE 26 7 26 Tools Special Tool General Tools Brake Caliper Piston Pressing Tool RCH0000053 Dial Indicator and Magnetic Holder Vernier Caliper Digital Multimeter RCH0000023 0 10 20 3 0 4 0 50 60 70 8...

Страница 1182: ...11 13 IGNITION SWITCH ON OR START INSTRUMENT PANEL FUSE AND RELAY BOX 3 5 B Br 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 85 85 87 87 30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 B I 007...

Страница 1183: ...oose 26 41 Front brake disc scored 26 32 Rear brake disc scored 26 45 Excessive brake disc runout 26 41 Brake shoe stopper spring damaged 27 17 Brake shoe return tension spring damaged or elasticity i...

Страница 1184: ...cracked or deformed 26 45 Front brake disc unevenly worn 26 32 Rear brake disc unevenly worn 26 45 Brake stuck Brake pedal free play minimum 26 23 Parking brake lever travel in need of adjustment 27 8...

Страница 1185: ...new fluid as necessary HINT It is normal that brake fluid will become dark after being used for a period of time Do not mistake this for contamination CAUTION Use well sealed brake fluid DOT4 or equiv...

Страница 1186: ...quickly Then release the brake pedal WARNING When bleeding brake system wear safety glasses Be careful when bleeding air as brake fluid at high pressure may spray out of bleeder plug CAUTION Before re...

Страница 1187: ...cedures again for brake system as necessary 8 Have the vehicle tested to confirm that brake operates properly and pedal feel is correct Brake Fluid Replacement 1 Drain the brake fluid a Start the engi...

Страница 1188: ...nges according to increasing or decreasing brake fluid level If result is not as specified replace brake fluid reservoir assembly d Add brake fluid to the MAX mark Removal 1 Drain the brake fluid See...

Страница 1189: ...the brake fluid tube fixing clamp arrow and disengage the brake fluid tube from brake fluid reservoir assembly d Remove the brake fluid reservoir assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse o...

Страница 1190: ...nly MT model CAUTION Remove the vacuum remained in vacuum booster before removing brake master cylinder assembly to avoid damaging brake master cylinder assembly and prevent booster from sucking in an...

Страница 1191: ...r Tightening torque 21 25 N m e Carefully and vertically slide the brake master cylinder assembly out of vacuum booster f Remove the coupling bolt arrow between brake fluid reservoir assembly and brak...

Страница 1192: ...r assembly piston If foreign matter adheres clean it off with a piece of clean cloth Then apply grease to entire outer edge contact surface of master cylinder piston Master cylinder should be handled...

Страница 1193: ...replace the vacuum booster assembly Start engine Depress and hold pedal then stop engine Make sure that booster is airtight Depress and hold pedal for 30 seconds and check that pedal reserve distance...

Страница 1194: ...e fluid reservoir assembly b Loosen the clutch hose fixing clamp arrow and disengage the clutch hose from brake fluid reservoir assembly for only MT model c Loosen 2 coupling plugs arrow between brake...

Страница 1195: ...emove the locking pin arrow and pushrod pin 1 from vacuum booster pushrod and detach the brake pedal assembly f Remove 4 coupling nuts arrow between vacuum booster assembly and brake pedal assembly Ti...

Страница 1196: ...and no airflow B from engine to vacuum booster If result is not as specified replace vacuum hose assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal B A RT21260220 CAUTION Make sure...

Страница 1197: ...step and pedal position when it is released Standard brake pedal free play 1 9 mm 2 Adjust brake pedal free play a As shown in the illustration loosen the vacuum booster pushrod locking nut arrow and...

Страница 1198: ...he specified value Removal 1 Remove the brake light switch assembly a Disconnect the brake light switch assembly wire harness connector arrow b Remove the brake light switch assembly by rotating it 90...

Страница 1199: ...between vacuum booster assembly and brake pedal assembly Tightening torque 25 3 N m c Remove 2 coupling nuts arrow between brake pedal assembly and body Tightening torque 25 3 N m d Remove the brake p...

Страница 1200: ...order of removal RT21260300 1 2 3 4 Multimeter Connection Switch Condition Specified Condition Terminal 1 Terminal 3 Brake pedal depressed switch pin released Continuity Terminal 2 Terminal 4 Brake p...

Страница 1201: ...Pin Rubber Dust Boot 4 Front Disc Brake Cylinder 5 Front Disc Brake Piston Seal Ring 6 Front Disc Brake Piston 7 Front Disc Brake Piston Dust Boot 8 Front Disc Brake Caliper Fixing Bracket 9 Upper Sup...

Страница 1202: ...d runout value and limit value Maximum runout for front brake disc 0 06 mm f If runout exceeds the maximum value replace the brake disc Removal HINT Use the same procedures for the right side and left...

Страница 1203: ...100 10 N m c Remove the front left brake caliper assembly 4 Remove the front left brake disc a Remove 2 positioning screws arrow from front left brake disc and remove the front left brake disc Tighte...

Страница 1204: ...g bracket and brake cylinder assembly b Detach the brake cylinder assembly and brake caliper fixing bracket 3 Remove the front brake caliper locating bolt guide pin w dust boot a Remove 2 brake calipe...

Страница 1205: ...5 Remove the brake lining support gasket a Remove 2 brake lining support gaskets arrow from brake caliper fixing bracket 6 Remove the brake cylinder dust boot a Using a flat tip screwdriver wrapped wi...

Страница 1206: ...ged replace it If piston is stuck or bore is worn or corroded replace entire brake caliper assembly Use polishing cloth to remove small corrosion points inside the bore 2 Check brake caliper fixing br...

Страница 1207: ...nor scratch or wear on brake disc surface is acceptable If severe scratch or deformation exists the brake disc must be replaced b Excessive wear of brake disc may cause poor contact between brake lini...

Страница 1208: ...boot as shown in the illustration b Apply a light coat of grease to the entire outer circumference part contacting with the brake cylinder dust boot and front disc brake cylinder of front disc brake p...

Страница 1209: ...Install the front brake lining a Securely install the inner brake lining and outer brake lining arrow onto the brake caliper fixing bracket Make sure they are clamped in place RT21260480 CAUTION Secur...

Страница 1210: ...racket 7 Install the brake cylinder assembly a Using brake cylinder piston pressing tool slightly retract the brake cylinder piston both sides b Align the brake caliper locating bolts arrow with the g...

Страница 1211: ...dal several times to secure the brake linings to brake disc in order to ensure safety after installing the brake linings and before moving vehicle Replace brake linings in pairs DO NOT replace it alon...

Страница 1212: ...pipe Tightening torque 16 2 N m CAUTION Be sure to wear necessary safety equipment to prevent accidents when repairing Try to prevent body paint surface from being scratched during removal and instal...

Страница 1213: ...lation is in the reverse order of removal RT21260510 RT21260330 CAUTION DO NOT allow brake fluid to be sprayed on your clothes or skin when removing brake hose as the brake fluid is corrosive CAUTION...

Страница 1214: ...ining 4 Rear Disc Brake Caliper Fixing Bracket 5 Rear Disc Brake Piston Dust Boot 6 Rear Disc Brake Piston 7 Rear Disc Brake Piston Seal Ring 8 Rear Brake Cylinder 9 Brake Caliper Locating Bolt Guide...

Страница 1215: ...ded runout value and limit value Maximum runout for front brake disc 0 06 mm f If the runout exceeds the maximum value replace the brake disc Removal HINT Use the same procedures for the right side an...

Страница 1216: ...htening torque 10 1 N m Disassembly HINT Use the same procedures for the right side and left side Procedures listed below are for the left side CAUTION DO NOT allow brake fluid to be sprayed on your c...

Страница 1217: ...r fixing bracket and brake cylinder assembly b Detach the brake cylinder assembly and brake caliper fixing bracket 3 Remove the rear brake caliper locating bolt guide pin w dust boot a Remove 2 brake...

Страница 1218: ...etween rear disc brake piston and rear disc brake cylinder b Use compressed air 2 to carefully press out the piston from rear disc brake cylinder through the attachment hole c Clean the piston bore wi...

Страница 1219: ...or deformation cracks worn and foreign matter which is difficult to remove c Install brake caliper guide pin and brake caliper guide pin rubber dust boot to brake caliper fixing bracket The brake cali...

Страница 1220: ...inimum thickness 8 mm b If it is less than the minimum thickness due to wear of brake disc replace brake disc Assembly HINT Use the same procedures for the right side and left side Procedures listed b...

Страница 1221: ...cylinder of the rear disc brake piston c Install the brake cylinder dust boot onto the rear disc brake piston 3 Install the brake cylinder dust boot a Install the rear disc brake piston to the rear di...

Страница 1222: ...askets onto the brake caliper fixing bracket 5 Install the rear brake lining a Securely install the inner brake lining and outer brake lining arrow onto the brake caliper fixing bracket Make sure they...

Страница 1223: ...ket 7 Install the brake cylinder assembly a Using brake cylinder piston pressing tool slightly retract the brake cylinder piston both sides b Align the brake caliper locating bolts arrow with the guid...

Страница 1224: ...dal several times to secure the brake linings to brake disc in order to ensure safety after installing the brake linings and before moving vehicle Replace brake linings in pairs DO NOT replace it alon...

Страница 1225: ...left brake hose assembly Tightening torque 20 2 N m CAUTION Be sure to wear necessary safety equipment to prevent accidents when repairing Try to prevent body paint surface from being scratched durin...

Страница 1226: ...nd or damage brake tube DO NOT allow any foreign matter such as dirt and dust to enter brake tube from joint parts After removing brake line perform sealing treatment to prevent foreign matter from en...

Страница 1227: ...SERVICE 27 8 Adjustment 27 8 Parking Brake Switch Assembly 27 9 On vehicle Inspection 27 9 Removal 27 9 Inspection 27 10 Installation 27 10 Parking Brake Control Mechanism Assembly 27 11 Removal 27 11...

Страница 1228: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 27 2 27...

Страница 1229: ...g Brake Assembly 1 Parking Brake Control Mechanism Assembly 2 Rear Right Parking Brake Cable Assembly 3 Rear Right Brake Assembly 4 Parking Brake Cable Fixing Clamp 5 Rear Left Parking Brake Cable Ass...

Страница 1230: ...ifications Rear DIH Drum in hat Description Tightening Torque N m Wheel Mounting Bolt 110 10 Coupling Bolt Between Parking Brake Control Mechanism Assembly and Body 23 2 Coupling Bolt Between Parking...

Страница 1231: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 27 PARKING BRAKE 27 5 27 Tools General Tools Digital Multimeter Vernier Caliper RCH0000002 RCH0000019...

Страница 1232: ...23 10A RF06 6 11 13 IGNITION SWITCH ON OR START 3 5 B Br 18 BG BG 14 1 APPLIED RELEASED PARKING BRAKE SWITCH 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 85 85 87 87 30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 2...

Страница 1233: ...ng brake control mechanism stroke incorrect 27 8 Parking brake shoe clearance incorrect 27 8 Parking brake shoe return tension spring damaged 27 15 Abnormal parking brake operation Parking brake shoe...

Страница 1234: ...stuck for the brake shoe 6 Adjust the parking brake control mechanism stroke a Fully release the parking brake control mechanism b Rotate the parking brake control mechanism adjustment nut until the p...

Страница 1235: ...ssembly 2 Remove the auxiliary fascia console assembly See page 45 9 3 Remove the parking brake switch assembly a Disconnect the parking brake switch assembly wire harness connector arrow as shown in...

Страница 1236: ...ssembly Inspection 1 Check parking brake switch assembly a Check parking brake switch assembly for wear or break Replace parking brake switch assembly as necessary b Check if parking brake switch asse...

Страница 1237: ...l mechanism assembly to release the tension of parking brake cable assembly as shown in the illustration c Remove 4 coupling bolts arrow between parking brake control mechanism assembly and body Tight...

Страница 1238: ...ure to check parking brake control mechanism stroke after installing parking brake control mechanism assembly Adjust parking brake control mechanism stroke to the proper position by adjusting parking...

Страница 1239: ...ow of parking brake control mechanism assembly to release the tension of parking brake cable assembly as shown in the illustration c Disengage the parking brake rear cable assembly from two grooves ar...

Страница 1240: ...INT Parking brake should be adjusted after replacing brake shoe or parking brake cable assembly Check if parking brake functions properly after adjustment is completed Fully pull up parking brake cont...

Страница 1241: ...Boot 5 Parking Pulling Arm 6 Parking Push Rod 7 Left Parking Brake Shoe Lining 8 Compressed Spring Tie Rod 9 Brake Shoe Compressed Spring 10 Compressed Spring Seat 11 Brake Shoe Return Tension Spring...

Страница 1242: ...Fully release the parking brake control mechanism b Remove the fixing clamp arrow and disengage the parking brake rear cable assembly from the fixing bracket c Disengage the parking brake rear cable a...

Страница 1243: ...rs press brake shoe compressed spring and rotate compressed spring tie rod to remove the stopper spring sets arrow on both sides as shown in the illustration 2 Remove the brake shoe return tension spr...

Страница 1244: ...nt mechanism assembly a Disengage the brake shoe linings on both sides and remove the clearance adjustment mechanism assembly as shown in the illustration 5 Remove the right brake shoe lining a Diseng...

Страница 1245: ...e the parking pulling arm a Remove the parking pulling arm from the parking pulling arm dust boot as shown in the illustration 9 Remove the parking pulling arm dust boot a Disengage the parking pullin...

Страница 1246: ...ximum value replace rear brake disc 3 Check other components a Check if brake shoe return tension spring upper is broken bent damaged or elasticity is weak Replace as necessary b Check if brake shoe r...

Страница 1247: ...se parking brake control mechanism and check if rear wheels rotate freely If wheels are difficult to rotate freely repeat adjustment procedures After driving for a period of time parking brake control...

Страница 1248: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 27 22...

Страница 1249: ...SERVICE 28 10 Steering Wheel Assembly 28 10 Removal 28 10 Inspection 28 11 Installation 28 12 Combination Switch Cover 28 13 Removal 28 13 Inspection 28 14 Installation 28 15 Steering Column with Inte...

Страница 1250: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 28 2 28...

Страница 1251: ...ing Wheel Assembly Fixing Nut 3 Steering Wheel Assembly 4 Spiral Cable 5 Combination Switch Upper Cover 6 Wiper and Washer Combination Switch 7 Light Combination Switch 8 Steering Column with Intermed...

Страница 1252: ...eering Wheel Assembly 4 Spiral Cable 5 Combination Switch Upper Cover 6 Wiper and Washer Combination Switch 7 Light Combination Switch 8 Steering Column 9 Combination Switch Lower Cover 10 EPS Control...

Страница 1253: ...ing Bolt 25 3 Coupling Bolt Between Steering Column with Intermediate Shaft Assembly and Steering Gear Input Shaft 30 3 Coupling Bolt Between Electronic Power Steering Column with Intermediate Shaft A...

Страница 1254: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 28 STEERING COLUMN 28 6 28 Tools Special Tool General Tool Steering Wheel Remover RCH0000014 Electric Drill RCH0000013...

Страница 1255: ...ge Front axle hub bearing seriously worn 22 10 Intermediate shaft with universal joint assembly seriously worn 28 23 Ball pin assembly worn or loose 29 19 Steering tie rod assembly 29 21 Steering gear...

Страница 1256: ...ing sound occurs when turning steering wheel while steering system is in operation Intermediate shaft with universal joint assembly 28 23 Control arm ball pin 23 22 Control arm 23 20 Steering gear ass...

Страница 1257: ...returnability inspection should be performed during road test 1 Perform the slow turn and sharp turn test Check for deviation of steering wheel steering force required during left right turn and cent...

Страница 1258: ...the steering wheel assembly fixing nut Tightening torque 35 3 N m b As shown in the illustration install the steering wheel remover and then tighten it with a wrench to loosen the steering wheel asse...

Страница 1259: ...the steering wheel assembly if necessary 2 Check the spline in the steering wheel assembly for damage Replace the steering wheel assembly if necessary 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 x1000 H 20 40 60 80 100 120 140...

Страница 1260: ...horn connector through the hole of steering wheel assembly and connect the steering wheel quick button connector Then align the matchmarks on steering wheel assembly and steering column assembly to i...

Страница 1261: ...urn the steering wheel to left and remove the left side fixing screw arrow from the combination switch cover Tightening torque 2 0 5 N m b Turn the steering wheel to right and remove the right side fi...

Страница 1262: ...teering column dust gasket and then remove the upper cover Inspection 1 Check the combination switch upper and lower covers for damage or deformation Replace the upper and lower covers if necessary 2...

Страница 1263: ...ppermost position 2 Insert steering column lower cover from right side of ignition switch at an angle and then install the adjusting handle into the cover hole 3 After adjusting lower cover install up...

Страница 1264: ...washer combination switch connector 2 b Loosen the combination switch clamp and pull the combination switch outward then disconnect the combination switch from the steering column to remove the combi...

Страница 1265: ...e shaft assembly and steering gear input shaft Tightening torque 30 3 N m d Remove 2 fixing nuts arrow from the upper bracket of steering column assembly Tightening torque 25 3 N m e Remove 2 fixing b...

Страница 1266: ...a Remove the ignition switch illumination light in the direction of arrow from the ignition switch lock body 3 Remove the ignition key cylinder a Turn the ignition switch key cylinder to ACC with key...

Страница 1267: ...sary 2 Check steering column assembly for wear cracks or deformation and welding or correction is not allowed Replace the steering column assembly if necessary 3 Check steering column bearing for loos...

Страница 1268: ...ration When the key is removed steering lock is locked when the key is inserted and ignition switch is turned to ACC or ON steering lock is unlocked Installation Installation is in the reverse order o...

Страница 1269: ...and wiper and washer combination switch connector 2 b Loosen the combination switch clamp and pull the combination switch outward then disconnect the combination switch from the steering column to re...

Страница 1270: ...nuts arrow from the upper bracket of steering column assembly and then remove the upper part of steering column Tightening torque 25 3 N m c Remove 2 fixing bolts arrow from the lower bracket of stee...

Страница 1271: ...r correction is not allowed Replace the steering column assembly if necessary 3 Check steering column bearing for looseness wear or sticking Replace the steering column assembly if necessary Assembly...

Страница 1272: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 28 24...

Страница 1273: ...mbly 29 10 Removal 29 10 Inspection 29 10 Installation 29 11 Steering Fluid Pipe 29 12 Removal 29 12 Inspection 29 16 Installation 29 16 Power Steering Pump Assembly 29 17 Removal 29 17 Disassembly 29...

Страница 1274: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 29 2 29...

Страница 1275: ...hery Automobile Co Ltd 29 HYDRAULIC ASSIST STEERING 29 3 29 HYDRAULIC ASSIST STEERING GENERAL INFORMATION Description RT21290010 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 7 20 21 23 24 22 19 11 12 15 16 18 17 13 10 1...

Страница 1276: ...Ferrule connection is adopted between steel pipe and hose of high pressure fluid pipe assembly The Joint bolt and O ring are used between steel pipe and component and the hose and clamp are used betwe...

Страница 1277: ...Fluid Return Pipe Bracket Nut 2 7 1 Fluid Return Pipe Bracket Bolt 3 7 1 Fluid Return Pipe Bracket Nut 4 7 1 High Pressure Fluid Pipe Joint Hollow Bolt 40 3 Cooling Pipe Bracket Nut 1 7 1 Cooling Pip...

Страница 1278: ...ire unevenly worn deformed or wheel out of balance 24 7 Front wheel alignment wrong 23 50 Ball pin assembly worn or loose 29 19 Steering tie rod assembly worn or loose 29 21 Intermediate shaft twisted...

Страница 1279: ...ns and repeat the operation several times to drain steering fluid in steering system Steering wheel turns heavily or steering effort is uneven Tire improperly inflated 24 7 Front wheel alignment wrong...

Страница 1280: ...m dropping excessively and avoid air entering power steering pump assembly 4 If bubbles occur in steering fluid reservoir perform bleeding procedures Check that level is between MAX and MIN marks when...

Страница 1281: ...ft and right to the limit positions do not stay at the limit positions more than 2 seconds Repeat several times to fully bleed air in system from the reservoir Observe the fluid level of fluid reservo...

Страница 1282: ...ation Replace fluid reservoir if necessary 2 Check if there is contamination in steering fluid reservoir assembly Clean or replace if necessary WARNING Be sure to wear necessary safety equipment to pr...

Страница 1283: ...Ltd 29 HYDRAULIC ASSIST STEERING 29 11 29 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Install fluid suction pipe clamp and fluid return pipe clamp in place Never tap or hit t...

Страница 1284: ...teering fluid reservoir and disconnect the connection between fluid suction pipe and steering fluid reservoir assembly b Remove the fluid suction pipe clamp arrow on the power steering pump assembly s...

Страница 1285: ...mbly Tightening torque 40 3 N m b Remove the high pressure fluid pipe clamping bolt from the steering gear assembly Tightening torque 30 3 N m c Remove the high pressure fluid pipe bracket bolt 1 arro...

Страница 1286: ...rom the steering gear assembly Tightening torque 30 3 N m b Remove the fluid return pipe bracket bolt 1 arrow Tightening torque 9 1 N m c Loosen the fluid return pipe 1 clamp and disconnect the fluid...

Страница 1287: ...return pipe bracket nut 4 arrow Tightening torque 7 1 N m g Remove the fixing bolt arrow and remove the guide pipe Tightening torque 7 1 N m h Remove the fluid return pipe 2 carefully 6 Remove the coo...

Страница 1288: ...que 7 1 N m e Remove the cooling pipe carefully Inspection 1 Check steering fluid pipe for cracks wear or blockage Replace steering fluid pipe assembly if necessary 2 Check steering fluid pipe joint a...

Страница 1289: ...nect the connection between fluid suction pipe and power steering pump assembly c Remove 3 fixing bolts 1 2 and 3 from the steering pump bracket and the fixing bolt arrow from the idler pulley Tighten...

Страница 1290: ...r blockage or damage and power steering pump bearing for looseness and abnormal noise Replace the power steering pump assembly if necessary 2 Check if power steering pump pulley is normal Replace the...

Страница 1291: ...l pin separator 1 and tighten the ball pin separator bolt with a wrench 2 to separate the steering tie rod ball pin and steering knuckle assembly c Loosen the steering tie rod adjustment nut 1 and tur...

Страница 1292: ...omobile Co Ltd 29 HYDRAULIC ASSIST STEERING 29 20 29 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION After installation it is necessary to perform wheel alignment procedure See pa...

Страница 1293: ...ie rod boot clamping ring 1 and remove the steering tie rod boot c Using a wrench remove the steering tie rod ball pin arrow Inspection 1 Check steering tie rod boot for damage and clamp for normality...

Страница 1294: ...IC ASSIST STEERING 29 22 29 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION It is necessary to apply thread seal gum to the ball pin It is necessary to fit the steering tie rod ba...

Страница 1295: ...res listed below are for the left side WARNING Be sure to wear necessary safety equipment to prevent accidents when servicing When removing and installing high temperature components and surrounding c...

Страница 1296: ...he steering gear with tie rod assembly a Remove the high pressure fluid pipe clamping bolt 1 and fluid return pipe clamping bolt 2 from the steering gear assembly and disconnect the connectionsbetween...

Страница 1297: ...teering gear assembly if necessary 2 Check if steering tie rod boot clamp and clamping ring are normal Replace if necessary to prevent water and micro dust from entering and causing parts failure prem...

Страница 1298: ...rrow 3 Turn steering wheel left and right If sound is heard from steering gear assembly adjust the adjustment bolt until no clattering noise is heard when turning the steering wheel 4 Tighten the adju...

Страница 1299: ...Ground Inspection 30 8 Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC Chart 30 9 C1301 30 10 C1302 30 10 C1307 30 10 C1323 30 10 C1332 30 10 C1351 30 10 C1352 30 10 C1901 30 12 C1902 30 12 C1910 30 17 ON VEHICLE SERVICE...

Страница 1300: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 30 2 30...

Страница 1301: ...steering wheel thus improving the operation convenience and driving safety 1 Right Steering Tie Rod Ball Pin 2 Tie Rod Ball Pin Locking Nut 3 Tie Rod Dust Boot Clamp 4 Right Steering Tie Rod Dust Boot...

Страница 1302: ...steering motor and the assisting current level based on the torque sensor signals to finish the steering assist When the vehicle is not turning the EPS controller does not send command to the steerin...

Страница 1303: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 30 ELECTRONIC POWER STEERING 30 5 30 General Tool Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Страница 1304: ...1 IGNITION SWITCH ON OR START INSTRUMENT PANEL FUSE AND RELAY BOX EPS B2 B3 A2 TO CAN SYSTEM YB GB CAN L1 CAN H1 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 85 85 87 87 30 87 30 30 86...

Страница 1305: ...inition Vehicle supply controller supply connector connector A Vehicle signal controller signal connector connector B RT21300030 1 2 3 4 5 B A 6 7 8 9 10 Pin Definition A supply positive B supply nega...

Страница 1306: ...Wiggle the related wire harness and connector and observe if the signal is interrupt in the related circuit 5 Try to duplicate the conditions under which the DTC is set 6 Check for the data that has...

Страница 1307: ...r Not Trimmed C1307 Sensor Supply Voltage Error C1308 Fail safety Relay Error C1315 W LAMP Fault C1323 ECU Hardware Fault C1332 Torque Sensor Error C1351 Motor Position Sensor Error C1352 Motor Error...

Страница 1308: ...Motor Error DTC DTC Definition Possible causes C1301 Steering Angle Sensor Electrical Error EPS booster assembly circuit EPS booster assembly fault C1302 Steering Angle Sensor Not Trimmed C1307 Sensor...

Страница 1309: ...read the EPS DTC b Check if DTC C1301 C1302 C1307 C1323 C1332 C1351 or C1352 still exists 2 Check for DTCs Replace EPS booster assembly NG The system is operating normally Reassemble the vehicle and p...

Страница 1310: ...ile Co Ltd 30 ELECTRONIC POWER STEERING 30 12 30 DTC C1901 Battery Under Voltage Error DTC C1902 Battery Over Voltage Error ET21300020 BATTERY R B MF09 80A A1 EPS A2 L E 077 A1 A2 E 077 E 081 E 064 EP...

Страница 1311: ...Under Voltage Error Fuse Wire harness or connector Battery Battery terminal EPS booster assembly C1902 Battery Over Voltage Error CAUTION When performing the circuit diagnosis and test always refer t...

Страница 1312: ...d a Check EPS power supply fuse MF09 80A outside the engine compartment fuse and relay box 4 Check EPS power supply connector Repair or replace EPS power supply connector NG 5 Check EPS power supply v...

Страница 1313: ...wer supply E 077 A1 A2 E 064 RT21305002 Multimeter Connection Specified Condition E 064 E 077 A1 Continuity Multimeter Connection Specified Condition E 077 A1 Body ground No continuity Repair or repla...

Страница 1314: ...agnostic tester read the EPS DTC b Check if DTC C1901or C1902 still exists 9 Check for DTCs Replace EPS booster assembly NG The system is operating normally Reassemble the vehicle and perform a road t...

Страница 1315: ...MF09 80A 7 5A RF07 7 A1 B1 IGNITION SWITCH ON OR START INSTRUMENT PANEL FUSE AND RELAY BOX EPS A2 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 85 85 87 87 30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 1...

Страница 1316: ...DTC Definition Possible causes C1910 IGN Voltage Error Fuse Wire harness or connector EPS booster assembly CAUTION When performing the circuit diagnosis and test always refer to the circuit diagram f...

Страница 1317: ...F07 7 5 A from instrument panel fuse and relay box b Check resistance of fuse Standard resistance less than 1 3 Check EPS ignition switch voltage E 081 I 057 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 V RT2130500...

Страница 1318: ...30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 I 007 I 057 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 RT21305005 Multimeter Connection Specified Condition I 007 7 I 057 B1 Continuity Multimete...

Страница 1319: ...G diagnostic tester read the EPS DTC b Check if DTC C1910 still exists 7 Check for DTCs Replace EPS booster assembly NG The system is operating normally Reassemble the vehicle and perform a road test...

Страница 1320: ...king nut arrow of front left steering knuckle assembly Tightening torque 35 3 N m b Install ball pin separator 1 and tighten ball pin separator bolt with wrench 2 then separate the tie rod ball pin fr...

Страница 1321: ...p 2 b Remove steering tie rod boot clamping ring 1 and remove steering tie rod boot c Using a wrench remove steering tie rod assembly arrow Inspection 1 Check tie rod dust boot for damage and clamp fo...

Страница 1322: ...IC POWER STEERING 30 24 30 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION It is necessary to apply thread seal gum to the tie rod ball pin It is necessary to fit the tie rod ball...

Страница 1323: ...tie rod assembly ball pin and locking nut arrow of front left steering knuckle assembly Tightening torque 35 3 N m b Install ball pin separator 1 and tighten ball pin separator bolt with wrench 2 the...

Страница 1324: ...enter and cause parts failure prematurely 2 Check the steering gear for damage Replace the power steering gear if necessary Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal HINT When insta...

Страница 1325: ...l to the right and left 3 If there is noise in the steering gear adjust the bolt arrow until the collision noise cannot be heard when turning the steering wheel 4 Retighten the bolt in 1 8 turn approx...

Страница 1326: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 30 28...

Страница 1327: ...Panel Assembly 31 70 Removal 31 70 Inspection 31 71 Installation 31 71 A C Element 31 72 Removal 31 72 Installation 31 72 Blower Assembly 31 73 Removal 31 73 Inspection 31 73 Installation 31 73 Blowe...

Страница 1328: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 31 2 31 Outside Temperature Sensor for Automatic A C 31 109 Inspection 31 109 Heater Core Sensor for Automatic A C 31 112 Inspection 31 112...

Страница 1329: ...RMATION Description 1 Condenser Assembly w Receiver Drier 2 O ring 3 Condenser to Evaporator Line Assembly 4 HVAC Assembly 5 A C Control Panel Assembly 6 Evaporator to Compressor Line Assembly 7 Compr...

Страница 1330: ...air inlet filter assembly through the cowl top opening at the right side of windshield base Fresh air flows through the evaporator core and heater core and then enters the vehicle through the outlets...

Страница 1331: ...ttons on the A C control panel are used to direct temperature adjusted air through selected outlets Specifications Torque Specifications Description Torque N m A C Control Panel Assembly Fixing Screw...

Страница 1332: ...unting Cushion Assembly and Front Mounting Bracket 70 5 Coupling Bolt Between Right Mounting Cushion Assembly and Right Mounting Bracket 80 6 Coupling Nut Between Right Mounting Cushion Assembly and R...

Страница 1333: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 31 AIR CONDITIONING 31 7 31 Tools General Tools Refrigerant Recycling Machine Digital Multimeter RCH0000046 RCH0000002...

Страница 1334: ...E12 E11 E10 E9 E4 E3 E2 E1 E8 E7 E6 E5 E16 E15 E14 E13 1 2 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 2...

Страница 1335: ...52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 F12 F24 F11 F23 F10 F22 F...

Страница 1336: ...GR 20 2 Br 1 W 18 M A B 6 GY 8 4 BY 6 3 RY 7 2 Br 1 BBL 5 1 LW 29 2 O 22 M A B EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 1 4 1 5 2 6 3 HVAC CONTROL PANEL K 002 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 2...

Страница 1337: ...27 26 E20 E19 E18 E17 E12 E11 E10 E9 E4 E3 E2 E1 E8 E7 E6 E5 E16 E15 E14 E13 1 2 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17...

Страница 1338: ...YB M BLOWER Lg ILLUMINATION 8 1 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 F12 F24 F11 F23 F10 F22 F9 F21 F8 F20 F7 F19 F6 F18 F5 F17 F4 F16 F3 F15 F2 F14 F1 F13 5 W E 069 E 063 E 063 E 069...

Страница 1339: ...31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 13 14 15 16 18 17 21 20 22 7 12 19 CVT 13 14 37 3 4 1 TO CAN SYSTEM O OB GW YR 36 G LG 30 V BlW GB PW CAN L2 CAN H2 38 Y VW 22 1 2 YW Y YW BlW LW 15...

Страница 1340: ...GY 8 4 BY 6 3 RY 7 2 Br 1 BBL 5 LW 29 2 1 O M A B B 33 2 1 B HEATER CORE SENSOR BrY 34 2 1 BlW WY 35 2 1 BlW 6 BlB 39 4 VB 16 3 GBr 40 2 Br 1 1 WG 15 M A B 2 1 4 1 5 2 6 3 B RIGHT MIXED DAMPER MOTOR...

Страница 1341: ...rol knob stuck or damaged 31 70 Warm air water pipe blocked or damaged 31 78 Heater core assembly blocked or damaged 31 80 Wire harness or connector open or short A C no cooling Leak in system 31 64 R...

Страница 1342: ...sembly mounting bolt loose 31 99 Cooling fan blade distorted Refrigerant oil too low 31 68 Pressure on low pressure side switches between normal and vacuum during operation Moisture in refrigerant exc...

Страница 1343: ...pressure side is too high Surface of condenser dirty 31 102 Cooling fan not operating Refrigerant overcharged 31 66 Air in refrigerant 31 67 Engine overheating Pressure on low pressure side is too hig...

Страница 1344: ...For current DTC go to step 7 For history DTC go to step 8 DTC occurs No DTC 6 Overall analysis and troubleshooting 7 Troubleshoot according to Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC chart then go to step 9 8 Tro...

Страница 1345: ...is 2 seconds If there are more than one malfunctions the ten digit and single digit indicators will display as the first DTC again 5 seconds after the single digit indicator turns off The ten digit an...

Страница 1346: ...he system will work based on the sensor failure alternative value Definition of sensor failure alternative value is as follows Code Content Code Content 00 No malfunction system operates properly 12 C...

Страница 1347: ...r etc that will cause incorrect signals Check and clean all wire harness connectors and grounding parts related to the current DTC Remove the A C control panel assembly from the malfunctioning vehicle...

Страница 1348: ...Ground or Open Circuit Left Side B2121 AC in Car Temperature Sensor Short to Ground or Open Circuit Right Side B2126 AC Ambient Temperature Sensor Short to Ground or Open Circuit B2127 AC Evaporator...

Страница 1349: ...13 85 85 87 87 30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 W K 012...

Страница 1350: ...heck if related connector pins are in good condition a Remove the sun sensor b Install the new sun sensor to vehicle c Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester to check if DTCs are still output DTC Code DTC Def...

Страница 1351: ...007 to check if there is an open in system according to the table below Standard Condition 3 Check wire harness and connector HVAC control panel assembly sun sensor RT21311000 K 012 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9...

Страница 1352: ...ondition RT21311020 1 2 3 4 I 021 22 21 20 18 19 17 16 15 13 14 12 11 10 8 9 7 6 5 3 4 2 1 I 039 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition I 039 5 I 021 3 Always Continuity I 039 6 I 021 1 A...

Страница 1353: ...431 3G diagnostic tester the latest software to record and clear DTCs stored in the HVAC control panel assembly e Turn ignition switch to LOCK and wait for a few seconds f Turn ignition switch ON g Us...

Страница 1354: ...30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 W K 012 22 21 20 18 19...

Страница 1355: ...a Remove the room temperature sensor b Install the new room temperature sensor to vehicle c Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester to check if DTCs are still output DTC Code DTC Definition DTC Detection Condi...

Страница 1356: ...012 and connector K 001 to check if there is an open in right room temperature sensor according to the table below Standard Condition 3 Check wire harness and connector HVAC control panel assembly roo...

Страница 1357: ...DTCs stored in the HVAC control panel assembly e Turn ignition switch to LOCK and wait for a few seconds f Turn ignition switch ON g Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester to read DTCs stored in the HVAC con...

Страница 1358: ...25 27 26 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 W K 012 22 21 20 18 19 17 16 15 13 14 12 11 10 8 9 7 6 5 3 4 2 1 B I 039 B I 007...

Страница 1359: ...protruded or corroded terminals h Check if related connector pins are in good condition a Remove the outside temperature sensor b Install the new outside temperature sensor to vehicle c Use X 431 3G...

Страница 1360: ...r check for continuity between terminals of connector K 012 and connector K 007 to check if there is an open in system according to the table below Standard Condition 3 Check wire harness and connecto...

Страница 1361: ...k if there is an open in system according to the table below Standard Condition RT21311090 22 21 20 18 19 17 16 15 13 14 12 11 10 8 9 7 6 5 3 4 2 1 I 039 1 2 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 3 4 5 6 7 8 I 034 Mult...

Страница 1362: ...e to record and clear DTCs stored in the HVAC control panel assembly e Turn ignition switch to LOCK and wait for a few seconds f Turn ignition switch ON g Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester to read DTCs s...

Страница 1363: ...30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 W K 012 22 21 20 18 19 17 16...

Страница 1364: ...a Remove the evaporator temperature sensor b Install the new evaporator temperature sensor to vehicle c Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester to check if DTCs are still output DTC Code DTC Definition DTC Det...

Страница 1365: ...is short to ground according to the table below Standard Condition 3 Check wire harness and connector HVAC control panel assembly evaporator temperature sensor RT21311120 K 012 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1...

Страница 1366: ...431 3G diagnostic tester the latest software to record and clear DTCs stored in the HVAC control panel assembly e Turn ignition switch to LOCK and wait for a few seconds f Turn ignition switch ON g Us...

Страница 1367: ...0 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 W K 012 22 21 20 18 19 17 16 15 1...

Страница 1368: ...are in good condition a Remove the heater core sensor b Install the new heater core sensor to vehicle c Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester to check if DTCs are still output DTC Code DTC Definition DTC De...

Страница 1369: ...is short to ground according to the table below Standard Condition 3 Check wire harness and connector HVAC control panel assembly heater core sensor RT21311140 K 012 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14...

Страница 1370: ...431 3G diagnostic tester the latest software to record and clear DTCs stored in the HVAC control panel assembly e Turn ignition switch to LOCK and wait for a few seconds f Turn ignition switch ON g Us...

Страница 1371: ...6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 W K 012 22 21 20 18 19 17 16 15 13 14 12 11 10 8 9 7 6 5 3 4 2 1 B I 039 B I 007 2 WB B...

Страница 1372: ...related connector pins are in good condition a Remove the mix damper motor b Install the new mix damper motor to vehicle c Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester to check if DTCs are still output DTC Code DT...

Страница 1373: ...ard Condition 3 Check wire harness and connector HVAC control panel assembly mix damper motor RT21311160 K 012 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33...

Страница 1374: ...y body ground OK RT21311180 K 012 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition K 0...

Страница 1375: ...1 3G diagnostic tester the latest software to record and clear DTCs stored in the HVAC control panel assembly e Turn ignition switch to LOCK and wait for a few seconds f Turn ignition switch ON g Use...

Страница 1376: ...0 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 W K 012 22 21 20 18 19 17 16 15 13 14 12 11 10 8 9 7 6 5 3 4 2 1 B...

Страница 1377: ...related connector pins are in good condition a Remove the mode damper motor b Install the new mode damper motor to vehicle c Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester to check if DTCs are still output DTC Code...

Страница 1378: ...rt to ground according to the table below Standard Condition 3 Check wire harness and connector HVAC control panel assembly mode damper motor RT21311200 K 012 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17...

Страница 1379: ...n ignition switch to LOCK and wait for a few seconds f Turn ignition switch ON g Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester to read DTCs stored in the HVAC control panel assembly again K 012 18 Body ground Always...

Страница 1380: ...F5 F17 F4 F16 F3 F15 F2 F14 F1 F13 5 W E 069 E 063 E 063 E 069 K 008 K 004 W K 012 W K 007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 4...

Страница 1381: ...d terminals g Check if related connector pins are in good condition a Remove the blower b Install the new blower to vehicle c Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester to check if DTCs are still output DTC Code...

Страница 1382: ...ontinuity between terminals of connector K 008 and connector K 004 to check if there is an open in system according to the table below Standard Condition 3 Check wire harness and connector HVAC contro...

Страница 1383: ...sing a digital multimeter check the voltage between terminal 3 of connector K 004 and body ground to check if power supply circuit is in good condition according to the table below Standard Condition...

Страница 1384: ...ry cable c Turn ignition switch ON d Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester the latest software to record and clear DTCs stored in the HVAC control panel assembly e Turn ignition switch to LOCK and wait for a...

Страница 1385: ...23 24 25 27 26 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 W K 012 22 21 20 18 19 17 16 15 13 14 12 11 10 8 9 7 6 5 3 4 2 1 B I 039...

Страница 1386: ...ndition a Remove the inner outer circulation damper motor b Install the new inner outer circulation damper motor to vehicle c Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester to check if DTCs are still output DTC Code...

Страница 1387: ...uter circulation damper motor according to the table below Standard Condition 3 Check wire harness and connector HVAC control panel assembly inner outer circulation damper motor RT21311220 K 012 1 2 3...

Страница 1388: ...VAC control panel assembly e Turn ignition switch to LOCK and wait for a few seconds f Turn ignition switch ON g Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester to read DTCs stored in the HVAC control panel assembly a...

Страница 1389: ...line is cool and temperature difference is noticeable between both 2 Using the pressure gauge set check the refrigerant pressure a Connect the manifold pressure gauge set After the following conditio...

Страница 1390: ...frigerant 12 If the slugging condition still exists after replacing the condenser replace the A C compressor assembly Refrigerant Leakage Inspection Check refrigerant for leakage 1 After recharging re...

Страница 1391: ...A C pressure sensor connector and use the same procedures to check the A C pressure sensor for leakage Replace the A C pressure sensor as necessary 5 Insert the air leakage tester into the evaporator...

Страница 1392: ...there is refrigerant under high pressure in the A C system it must be serviced by professional technician Otherwise a wrong service procedure may cause a serious danger or fatal injury If A C system...

Страница 1393: ...ging refrigerant oil then charge refrigerant 4 Choose the charging item on machine and set the amount of charging to the specified value then choose OK and make it start to operate 5 Open the suction...

Страница 1394: ...int 2 3 Open the high pressure valve and low pressure valve of refrigerant recycling machine 4 Recover the refrigerant oil according to the instructions on machine 5 Record the amount of recovered ref...

Страница 1395: ...m the refrigerant oil charging procedures 2 Open the suction valve and close the exhaust valve and then open the charge valve to allow the refrigerant oil to flow into the system 3 Close the charging...

Страница 1396: ...tip screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry out the console panel assembly carefully b Disconnect the audio system connectors arrow c Remove 2 fixing screws arrow from the A C control panel assem...

Страница 1397: ...panel assembly switch backlight comes on OK Light comes on If result is not as specified replace the A C control panel assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21310100...

Страница 1398: ...element cover and remove the A C element cover arrow from the air inlet assembly b Pull out the A C element arrow slowly from the air inlet assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order...

Страница 1399: ...ach the fixing claw arrow from the blower assembly c Rotate the blower assembly lightly to remove it Inspection 1 Check the blower motor a Remove the blower assembly b Connect the positive battery lea...

Страница 1400: ...the blower speed resistor c Remove the blower speed resistor Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal WARNING During normal operation the blower speed resistor may be very hot Tur...

Страница 1401: ...on damper motor a Disconnect the inner outer circulation damper motor connector arrow b Detach the fixing claw and remove the inner outer circulation damper motor arrow from the air inlet assembly car...

Страница 1402: ...the mode damper servo motor connector arrow b Detach the fixing claw and remove the mode damper servo motor arrow from the evaporator tank assembly carefully Installation Installation is in the revers...

Страница 1403: ...the mix damper servo motor connector arrow b Detach the fixing claw and remove the mix damper servo motor arrow from the evaporator tank assembly carefully Installation Installation is in the reverse...

Страница 1404: ...he HVAC assembly a Remove the fixing bolt arrow between A C high low pressure line and expansion valve and detach the A C high low pressure line Tightening torque 7 1 N m b Using snap spring calipers...

Страница 1405: ...y Tightening torque for nut 7 1 N m Tightening torque for bolt 4 1 N m d Remove 2 fixing bolts arrow between HVAC assembly and body Tightening torque 7 1 N m e Remove the instrument panel wire harness...

Страница 1406: ...blower speed resistor See page 31 74 4 Remove the inner outer circulation damper motor See page 31 75 5 Remove the mode damper servo motor See page 31 76 6 Remove the mix damper servo motor See page 3...

Страница 1407: ...Remove the inner outer circulation damper set a Remove the air inlet assembly grommet arrow and detach the fixing claw 1 on front part b Remove the air inlet assembly rear fixing screw arrow and detac...

Страница 1408: ...11 Remove the right foot fan shield a Remove the fixing screw arrow detach the fixing claw and detach the right foot fan shield 1 from the HVAC assembly Tightening torque 2 5 0 5 N m 12 Remove the ex...

Страница 1409: ...y 13 Remove the blower case assembly a Detach the A C wire harness and connector arrow from the blower case assembly b Detach the evaporator temperature sensor wire harness and connector arrow from th...

Страница 1410: ...part of evaporator tank assembly Tightening torque 2 5 0 5 N m f Remove 2 fixing screws arrow between blower case assembly and the lower part of evaporator tank assembly Tightening torque 2 5 0 5 N m...

Страница 1411: ...tening torque 2 5 0 5 N m c Take out the evaporator core arrow from the evaporator tank assembly carefully 15 Remove the evaporator temperature sensor a Disconnect the evaporator temperature sensor co...

Страница 1412: ...rrow b Remove the heater core line pressure plate fixing screw arrow Tightening torque 2 5 0 5 N m c Remove 2 fixing screws arrow from the evaporator case Tightening torque 2 5 0 5 N m d Remove 2 fixi...

Страница 1413: ...ore assembly carefully 17 Remove the A C drain pipe a Remove the A C drain pipe arrow from the bottom of evaporator tank assembly 18 Remove the mode damper adjustment mechanism set a Remove 4 fixing s...

Страница 1414: ...tor tank assembly carefully 19 Remove the temperature face defroster foot damper set a Detach the A C wire harness assembly arrow from the evaporator tank assembly b Remove 2 fixing screws arrow from...

Страница 1415: ...row from the lower part of evaporator tank assembly Tightening torque 2 5 0 5 N m e Detach the fixing clips separate the evaporator case and remove the temperature damper set f Remove the face damper...

Страница 1416: ...pecified Condition Temperature C Specified Condition Temperature C Specified Condition Terminal 1 Terminal 2 40 45636 8 8916 24 2294 Terminal 1 Terminal 2 39 43408 7 8516 25 2200 Terminal 1 Terminal 2...

Страница 1417: ...al 1 Terminal 2 21 16648 11 3857 43 1156 Terminal 1 Terminal 2 20 15742 12 3708 44 1116 Terminal 1 Terminal 2 19 15058 13 3558 45 1076 Terminal 1 Terminal 2 18 14374 14 3408 46 1043 Terminal 1 Termina...

Страница 1418: ...he heater core assembly a Check if the heater core assembly is cracked damaged or leaked If any problem is found replace the heater core assembly b Check the fin for bends If any fin is bent carefully...

Страница 1419: ...ode damper adjustment mechanism set to ensure that it can operate smoothly Always check that inner outer circulation damper mechanism assembly operates normally after installation is completed Always...

Страница 1420: ...ne Tightening torque 7 1 N m b Remove the coupling nut arrow between A C high low pressure line fixing bracket and body and disengage the A C low pressure line Tightening torque 7 1 N m c Remove the c...

Страница 1421: ...in the reverse order of removal RT21310770 RT21310780 CAUTION Tighten fixing bolts and fixing nuts to specified torque It is necessary to replace the refrigerant line O ring when installing the refri...

Страница 1422: ...pressure line and expansion valve and disengage the A C high pressure line I Tightening torque 7 1 N m b Remove the coupling nut arrow between A C high low pressure line fixing bracket and body and di...

Страница 1423: ...r assembly Tightening torque 7 1 N m f Remove the A C high pressure line I condenser to evaporator 6 Remove the A C high pressure line II compressor to condenser a Remove the fixing nut arrow between...

Страница 1424: ...ation is in the reverse order of removal RT21310830 RT21310840 CAUTION Tighten fixing bolts and fixing nuts to specified torque It is necessary to replace the refrigerant line O ring when installing t...

Страница 1425: ...e the idler pulley 1 WARNING Be sure to follow the safety precautions before performing the procedure Failure to do so may result in serious personal injury or even death CAUTION Special service equip...

Страница 1426: ...disengage the A C high low pressure line from the compressor assembly Tightening torque 25 2 5 N m e Remove the coupling bolt and nut arrow between rear mounting cushion assembly and rear mounting br...

Страница 1427: ...order of removal 1 2 RT21070690 1 RT21310870 CAUTION Tighten the fixing bolts to specified torque It is necessary to replace the refrigerant line O ring when installing the refrigerant line Failure t...

Страница 1428: ...line I from the condenser assembly Tightening torque 7 1 N m b Remove the fixing nut arrow between A C high pressure line II and condenser assembly and disengage the A C high pressure line II from the...

Страница 1429: ...oning holes arrow of tank lower crossmember assembly f Carefully remove the condenser assembly w receiver drier from above Inspection 1 Check the condenser fins a If the condenser fins are dirty wash...

Страница 1430: ...part of it with the positioning hole of tank lower crossmember It is necessary to replace the refrigerant line O ring when installing the refrigerant line Failure to do so may result in refrigerant l...

Страница 1431: ...ic A C a Disconnect the mix damper servo motor connector arrow b Detach the fixing claw and remove the mix damper servo motor arrow from the evaporator tank assembly carefully Installation Installatio...

Страница 1432: ...negative battery cable 3 Remove the room temperature sensor for automatic A C a Disconnect the room temperature sensor wire harness bands arrow b Disconnect the room temperature sensor wire harness co...

Страница 1433: ...10 56 1 54 6 57 65 Terminal 1 Terminal 2 5 42 82 41 78 43 88 Terminal 1 Terminal 2 0 32 97 32 24 33 7 Terminal 1 Terminal 2 5 25 59 25 1 26 08 Terminal 1 Terminal 2 10 20 02 19 68 20 35 Terminal 1 Te...

Страница 1434: ...e decreases as the temperature increases If result is not as specified replace the room temperature sensor Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION During measurement the s...

Страница 1435: ...40 332 1 2 29 76 44 4 527 Terminal 1 Terminal 2 39 310 9 3 28 29 45 4 353 Terminal 1 Terminal 2 38 291 2 4 26 9 46 4 186 Terminal 1 Terminal 2 37 272 8 5 25 59 47 4 027 Terminal 1 Terminal 2 36 255 7...

Страница 1436: ...erminal 1 Terminal 2 17 83 17 25 10 67 1 934 Terminal 1 Terminal 2 16 78 53 26 9 57 68 1 868 Terminal 1 Terminal 2 15 74 18 27 9 16 69 1 805 Terminal 1 Terminal 2 14 70 1 28 8 77 70 1 744 Terminal 1 T...

Страница 1437: ...1 25 Terminal 1 Terminal 2 3 38 53 39 5 53 81 1 211 Terminal 1 Terminal 2 2 36 56 40 5 31 82 1 172 Terminal 1 Terminal 2 1 34 71 41 5 101 83 1 135 Terminal 1 Terminal 2 0 32 97 42 4 901 84 1 1 Termina...

Страница 1438: ...1 289 1 351 1 415 71 C 0 424 0 454 0 486 Terminal 1 Terminal 2 39 C 1 242 1 303 1 366 72 C 0 411 0 441 0 472 Terminal 1 Terminal 2 40 C 1 198 1 258 1 319 73 C 0 398 0 428 0 458 Terminal 1 Terminal 2...

Страница 1439: ...04 0 748 90 C 0 242 0 262 0 284 Terminal 1 Terminal 2 58 C 0 641 0 681 0 724 91 C 0 236 0 254 0 277 Terminal 1 Terminal 2 59 C 0 621 0 660 0 702 92 C 0 229 0 247 0 269 Terminal 1 Terminal 2 60 C 0 601...

Страница 1440: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 31 114...

Страница 1441: ...3 B0010 1B 32 23 B0010 1C 32 23 B0070 11 32 31 B0070 12 32 31 B0070 1A 32 31 B0070 1B 32 31 B0070 1C 32 31 B0072 11 32 39 B0072 12 32 39 B0072 1A 32 39 B0072 1B 32 39 B0072 1C 32 39 B1231 12 32 46 B12...

Страница 1442: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 32 2 32...

Страница 1443: ...nsuring that steering wheel has enough steering angle Airbag malfunction indicator After ignition switch is turned to ON if the malfunction indicator goes off after coming on for approximately 3 secon...

Страница 1444: ...act When vehicle is subjected to severe collision the microprocessor in supplemental restraint system sends signals to the corresponding inflator units of airbag to deploy the airbags quickly thus pro...

Страница 1445: ...RESTRAINT SYSTEM 32 5 32 Specifications Torque Specifications Description Torque N m Coupling Bolt Between Front Passenger Airbag and Instrument Panel Crossmember Assembly 10 1 Coupling Nut Between SR...

Страница 1446: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 32 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM 32 6 32 Tools Special Tool General Tool X 431 3G Diagnostic Tester RCH0000001 Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Страница 1447: ...8 RF08 10A 23 11 R B OB O P R R OB O OB O 13 3 5 29 30 GND MICROPROCESSOR AIRBAG INSTRUMENT CLUSTER RF06 1 17 2 SRS CONTROL MODULE BATTERY 10A 6 RF23 TO CAN SYSTEM TO CAN SYSTEM INSTRUMENT PANEL FUSE...

Страница 1448: ...1 10 9 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 Gr I 046 SRS CONTROL MODULE I 046 B 072 W I 012 W I 035 I 035 B 059 Gr I 028 DRIVER SEAT BELT PRE TENSIONER B B 034 B 034 1 2 B I 055 R B R B R...

Страница 1449: ...BELT REMINDER 32 31 30 29 28 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 1 2 1 2 SRS CONTROL MODULE I 046 B 07...

Страница 1450: ...cted the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent Please refer to Intermittent DTC Troubleshooting Intermittent DTC Troubleshooting If malfunction is intermittent perform the followings Check...

Страница 1451: ...Ground Inspection Groundings are very important to the entire circuit system which are normal or not can seriously affect the entire circuit system Groundings are often exposed to moisture dirt and co...

Страница 1452: ...s and short spring plate to disconnect the connection During circuit troubleshooting for the airbag system make sure to cut off the battery power source and wait for at least 90 seconds to discharge t...

Страница 1453: ...32 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM 32 13 32 8 Clear DTCs current DTC and history DTC 9 Check for DTCs current DTC and history DTC NEXT Go to step 5 Go to next step DTC output No DTC output 10 Confirmati...

Страница 1454: ...e Below Threshold B0070 1B Belt Pretensioner Front Driver Loop Circuit Resistance Above Threshold B0070 1C Belt Pretensioner Front Driver Loop Circuit Voltage Out of Range B0072 11 Belt Pretensioner F...

Страница 1455: ...p Circuit Short to Ground DTC B0001 12 Front Airbag Driver Loop Circuit Short to Battery DTC B0001 1A Front Airbag Driver Loop Circuit Resistance Below Threshold DTC B0001 1B Front Airbag Driver Loop...

Страница 1456: ...055 IGNITION SWITCH ON OR START 10A RF08 INSTRUMENT PANEL FUSE AND RELAY BOX I 007 B I 045 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 85 85 87 87 30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 2...

Страница 1457: ...n switch to LOCK g Turn ignition switch ON and wait for at least 90 seconds h Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester to check if the DTCs are still output DTC Code DTC Definition DTC Detection Condition Warni...

Страница 1458: ...nnector terminal contact pins are in good condition a Turn ignition switch to LOCK disconnect the negative battery cable and wait for at least 90 seconds b Disconnect the SRS control module assembly c...

Страница 1459: ...ase the activation prevention mechanism built into the SRS control module assembly connector I 046 B 072 j Using a digital multimeter check for continuity between the terminals of driver airbag connec...

Страница 1460: ...he terminals of connector B 055 and connector B 072 according to the table below Standard Condition 4 Check airbag wire harness and connector SRS control module assembly body wire harness connector RT...

Страница 1461: ...B 072 according to the table below Standard Condition 5 Check airbag wire harness and connector SRS control module assembly spiral cable connector RT21320190 32 31 30 29 28 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7...

Страница 1462: ...n RT21320190 32 31 30 29 28 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 I 046 I 012 B 072 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified C...

Страница 1463: ...rcuit Short to Ground DTC B0010 12 Front Airbag Passenger Loop Circuit Short to Battery DTC B0010 1A Front Airbag Passenger Loop Circuit Resistance Below Threshold DTC B0010 1B Front Airbag Passenger...

Страница 1464: ...ART 10A RF08 INSTRUMENT PANEL FUSE AND RELAY BOX I 007 B I 045 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 85 85 87 87 30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 B I 007 1 2 Gr I 028 B 072...

Страница 1465: ...o LOCK g Turn ignition switch ON and wait for at least 90 seconds h Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester to check if the DTCs are still output DTC Code DTC Definition DTC Detection Condition Warning Light C...

Страница 1466: ...a Turn ignition switch to LOCK disconnect the negative battery cable and wait for at least 90 seconds b Disconnect the SRS control module assembly connector I 046 B 072 c Disconnect the front passeng...

Страница 1467: ...se the activation prevention mechanism built into the SRS control module assembly connector I 046 B 072 j Using a digital multimeter check for continuity between the terminals of front passenger airba...

Страница 1468: ...ween the terminals of connector B 055 and connector B 072 according to the table below Standard Condition 4 Check airbag wire harness and connector SRS control module assembly body wire harness connec...

Страница 1469: ...and connector I 028 according to the table below Standard Condition 5 Check airbag wire harness and connector SRS control module assembly front passenger airbag RT21320230 1 2 I 028 32 31 30 29 28 16...

Страница 1470: ...table below Standard Condition RT21320230 1 2 I 028 32 31 30 29 28 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 I 046 B 072 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condit...

Страница 1471: ...to Ground DTC B0070 12 Belt Pretensioner Front Driver Loop Circuit Short to Battery DTC B0070 1A Belt Pretensioner Front Driver Loop Circuit Resistance Below Threshold DTC B0070 1B Belt Pretensioner F...

Страница 1472: ...E AND RELAY BOX I 007 B I 045 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 85 85 87 87 30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 B I 007 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 W...

Страница 1473: ...switch ON and wait for at least 90 seconds h Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester to check if the DTCs are still output DTC Code DTC Definition DTC Detection Condition Warning Light Condition Possible Caus...

Страница 1474: ...ignition switch to LOCK disconnect the negative battery cable and wait for at least 90 seconds b Disconnect the SRS control module assembly connector I 046 B 072 c Disconnect the driver seat belt pre...

Страница 1475: ...Release the activation prevention mechanism built into the SRS control module assembly connector I 046 B 072 j Using a digital multimeter check for continuity between the terminals of driver seat belt...

Страница 1476: ...of connector I 035 and connector I 046 according to the table below Standard Condition 4 Check driver seat belt pretensioner wire harness and connector SRS control module assembly instrument panel wir...

Страница 1477: ...onnector I 046 B 072 according to the table below Standard Condition 5 Check wire harness and connector SRS control module assembly driver seat belt pretensioner RT21320271 32 31 30 29 28 16 15 14 13...

Страница 1478: ...the table below Standard Condition RT21320271 32 31 30 29 28 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 B 072 I 046 1 2 B 034 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Co...

Страница 1479: ...uit Short to Ground DTC B0072 12 Belt Pretensioner Front Passenger Loop Circuit Short to Battery DTC B0072 1A Belt Pretensioner Front Passenger Loop Circuit Resistance Below Threshold DTC B0072 1B Bel...

Страница 1480: ...OR START 10A RF08 INSTRUMENT PANEL FUSE AND RELAY BOX I 007 B I 045 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 85 85 87 87 30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 B I 007 VW VW V V 1 2...

Страница 1481: ...wait for at least 90 seconds h Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester to check if the DTCs are still output DTC Code DTC Definition DTC Detection Condition Warning Light Condition Possible Cause B0072 11 Belt...

Страница 1482: ...switch to LOCK disconnect the negative battery cable and wait for at least 90 seconds b Disconnect the SRS control module assembly connector I 046 B 072 c Disconnect the front passenger seat belt pret...

Страница 1483: ...ase the activation prevention mechanism built into the SRS control module assembly connector I 046 B 072 j Using a digital multimeter check for continuity between the terminals of front passenger seat...

Страница 1484: ...o the table below Standard Condition 4 Check front passenger seat belt pretensioner wire harness and connector SRS control module assembly instrument panel wire harness connector RT21320310 32 31 30 2...

Страница 1485: ...072 8 Always Continuity Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition RT21320311 32 31 30 29 28 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 B 072 I 046 1 2 B 002 Mul...

Страница 1486: ...tomobile Co Ltd 32 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM 32 46 32 DTC B1231 12 Buckle Switch Front Passenger BLFP Circuit Short to Battery DTC B1231 1C Buckle Switch Front Passenger BLFP Circuit Voltage Out o...

Страница 1487: ...I 007 B I 045 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 85 85 87 87 30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 B I 007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 W I 006 BR...

Страница 1488: ...the following procedures a Turn ignition switch to LOCK disconnect the negative battery cable and wait for at least 90 seconds b Disconnect the front passenger seat belt switch connector B 050 and SRS...

Страница 1489: ...circuit to power supply according to the table below Standard Voltage f Turn ignition switch to LOCK disconnect the negative battery cable and wait for at least 90 seconds g Using a digital multimeter...

Страница 1490: ...een the terminals of connector B 050 and connector I 046 B 072 according to the table below Standard Condition 4 Check front passenger seat belt switch wire harness and connector SRS control module as...

Страница 1491: ...tomobile Co Ltd 32 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM 32 51 32 DTC B1232 12 PDM Passenger Detection Mat Switch Circuit Short to Battery DTC B1232 1C PDM Passenger Detection Mat Switch Circuit Voltage Out o...

Страница 1492: ...5 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 Gr I 046 SRS CONTROL MODULE I 046 IGNITION SWITCH ON OR START 10A RF08 INSTRUMENT PANEL FUSE AND RELAY BOX I 007 B I 045 16 1 2 3 4...

Страница 1493: ...wing procedures a Turn ignition switch to LOCK disconnect the negative battery cable and wait for at least 90 seconds b Disconnect the front passenger seat belt reminder switch connector B 049 and SRS...

Страница 1494: ...circuit to power supply according to the table below Standard Voltage f Turn ignition switch to LOCK disconnect the negative battery cable and wait for at least 90 seconds g Using a digital multimeter...

Страница 1495: ...the terminals of connector B 049 and connector I 046 B 072 according to the table below Standard Condition 4 Check front passenger seat belt reminder switch wire harness and connector SRS control modu...

Страница 1496: ...rn ignition switch to LOCK and wait for a few seconds g Turn ignition switch ON and then select Read Code DTC B1210 00 Front Deployment DTC B1211 00 BT Deployment DTC B125A 00 Crash Counter Reached Ma...

Страница 1497: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 32 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM 32 57 32 DTC B1250 16 Battery Voltage Circuit Voltage Below Threshold DTC B1250 17 Battery Voltage Circuit Voltage Above Threshold...

Страница 1498: ...9 30 GND MICROPROCESSOR AIRBAG INSTRUMENT CLUSTER RF06 SRS CONTROL MODULE BATTERY 10A 6 RF23 TO CAN SYSTEM INSTRUMENT PANEL FUSE AND RELAY BOX I 003 CAN L2 CAN H2 CAN L1 CAN H1 32 31 30 29 28 16 15 14...

Страница 1499: ...ctor I 007 c Disconnect the body wire harness connector B 055 and instrument panel wire harness connector I 036 2 d Check if wire harnesses are worn pierced pinched or partially broken e Check for bro...

Страница 1500: ...sing a digital multimeter measure the ground circuit of SRS control module assembly connector I 046 B 072 to check if the system ground is normal according to the table below Standard Condition 3 Chec...

Страница 1501: ...le d Turn ignition switch ON e Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester the latest software to record and clear the DTCs stored in the supplemental restraint system f Turn ignition switch to LOCK and wait for a...

Страница 1502: ...ual vehicle configuration a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Disconnect the negative battery cable and wait for at least 90 seconds c Connect the negative battery cable d Turn ignition switch ON e Use X...

Страница 1503: ...tomobile Co Ltd 32 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM 32 63 32 g Turn ignition switch ON and then select Read Code Replace SRS control module assembly NG OK Malfunction has been solved and system operates...

Страница 1504: ...sion but airbag is not deployed a Perform a diagnosis system inspection b Perform visual inspection with the driver airbag removed from vehicle Check for cuts cracks or discoloration on the outer surf...

Страница 1505: ...er airbag wire harness connector 1 and horn wire harness connector 2 CAUTION Handle the airbag and airbag control module assembly carefully and never tap or strike them fiercely Removal inspection and...

Страница 1506: ...cal dangerous state Failure to handle it properly will cause personal injury Do not dispose of airbag by oneself and always contact the professional service department to perform the disposal WARNING...

Страница 1507: ...13 6 Remove the spiral cable a Disconnect the spiral cable wire harness connector arrow b Detach the fixing claws arrow between spiral cable and steering column c Remove the spiral cable Inspection 1...

Страница 1508: ...then turn it counterclockwise until yellow ball appears in the transparent neutral window and align with the arrow marks otherwise the spiral cable may be damaged RT21320090 RT21320100 CAUTION Always...

Страница 1509: ...ew one Removal 1 Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch 2 Disconnect the negative battery cable 3 Remove the glove box assembly See page 45 17 4 Remove the front passenger airbag RT...

Страница 1510: ...harness connector arrow c Remove the instrument panel body assembly See page 45 17 d Using a flat tip screwdriver wrapped with protective tape slightly pry the fixing claws arrow around the front pass...

Страница 1511: ...t in place Be sure to tighten fixing bolts to the specified torque during installation When installing front passenger airbag first slide the hook on one side into the locating hole in airbag box and...

Страница 1512: ...lation Installation is in the reverse order of removal WARNING Wait at least 90 seconds after disconnecting negative battery cable to disable supplemental restraint system WARNING DO NOT damage the ai...

Страница 1513: ...33 8 Removal 33 8 Inspection 33 9 Installation 33 10 Front Seat Belt Buckle Assembly 33 11 On vehicle Inspection 33 11 Removal 33 12 Installation 33 12 Height Adjuster Assembly 33 13 Removal 33 13 Ins...

Страница 1514: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 33 2 33...

Страница 1515: ...ORMATION Description Front Seat Belt Assembly 1 Height Adjuster Assembly 2 B pillar Upper Protector Assembly 3 Front Seat Belt Assembly 4 B pillar Lower Protector Assembly 5 Seat Belt Lower Bolt Prote...

Страница 1516: ...lt unfastened the reminder will continue flashing When vehicle speed exceeds 25 km h the buzzer will sound to inform driver and front passenger to fasten their seat belts Seat belt reminder will go of...

Страница 1517: ...ons Tool General Tool Description Torque N m Height Adjuster Fixing Bolt 23 2 Front Seat Belt Assembly Fixing Bolt 50 5 Front Seat Belt Retractor Fixing Screw 3 0 5 Front Seat Belt Assembly Center Fix...

Страница 1518: ...10A RF06 6 11 13 IGNITION SWITCH ON OR START INSTRUMENT PANEL FUSE AND RELAY BOX A I 003 3 5 B Br 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 85 85 87 87 30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25...

Страница 1519: ...lt assembly 3 Check seat belt for overstretch for example after accident If damaged replace the seat belt assembly or related components 4 Tighten and release seat belt and seat belt buckle repeatedly...

Страница 1520: ...y the lower bolt protective cap arrow of front seat belt assembly b Remove the fixing bolt arrow from the lower part of front seat belt assembly Tightening torque 50 5 N m c Remove the left B pillar l...

Страница 1521: ...he fixing bolt arrow from the front seat belt retractor Tightening torque 50 5 N m j Remove the front left seat belt assembly Inspection Check the front seat belt retractor HINT When the inclination o...

Страница 1522: ...der of removal CAUTION Keep seat belt assembly clean avoid attaching oil and check seat belt assembly for damage when installing the front seat belt assembly Make sure to tighten all fixing bolts and...

Страница 1523: ...gital multimeter measure the resistance between terminals 1 and 2 of front seat belt buckle assembly connector Under normal conditions the measured resistance is no continuity when front seat belt ass...

Страница 1524: ...nnector arrow c Remove the fixing nut arrow from front seat belt buckle assembly Tightening torque 50 5 N m d Remove the front seat belt buckle assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse ord...

Страница 1525: ...e the fixing bolt arrow from upper part of front seat belt assembly Tightening torque 50 5 N m b Remove the fixing bolt arrow from the height adjuster assembly Tightening torque 23 2 N m c Remove the...

Страница 1526: ...the lower part of rear seat belt assembly Tightening torque 50 5 N m b Remove the left C pillar lower protector assembly See page 49 23 c Remove the left C pillar upper protector assembly See page 49...

Страница 1527: ...from rear seat belt retractor When the inclination of rear seat belt retractor is over 45 check that rear seat belt locks If result is not as specified replace the rear seat belt assembly Installation...

Страница 1528: ...HINT It is unnecessary to completely remove the roof assembly but it is necessary to lower the rear part of roof assembly so that the center seat belt assembly can be removed 5 Remove the center seat...

Страница 1529: ...N m b Remove the center seat belt assembly Inspection Check the center seat belt retractor HINT When the inclination of center seat belt retractor is 15 or less check that the center seat belt can be...

Страница 1530: ...verse order of removal CAUTION Keep seat belt assembly clean avoid attaching oil and check seat belt assembly for damage when installing the center seat belt assembly Make sure to tighten all fixing b...

Страница 1531: ...seat belt buckle assembly a Remove the fixing bolt arrow from the rear center seat belt buckle assembly Tightening torque 50 5 N m b Pull out and remove the rear center seat belt buckle assembly from...

Страница 1532: ...Ltd 33 SEAT BELT 33 20 33 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Make sure to tighten all fixing bolts according to the specified torque when installing the rear seat be...

Страница 1533: ...TESTING 34 7 Problem Symptoms Table 34 7 Engine Immobilizer System Match 34 7 Diagnostic Help 34 10 Intermittent DTC Troubleshooting 34 11 Ground Inspection 34 11 Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC Chart 34...

Страница 1534: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 34 2 34...

Страница 1535: ...ty of being stolen Operation When the ignition key is inserted into the ignition switch the immobilizer coil can detect the data information of the ignition key and sends the data information to the i...

Страница 1536: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 34 ENGINE IMMOBILIZER 34 4 34 Tools Special Tool General Tool X 431 3G Diagnostic Tester RCH0000001 Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Страница 1537: ...9 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 Br W GND ANT A ANT B IMMOBILIZER COIL IMMOBILIZER COIL IMMOBILIZER CONTROL MODULE 7 5 3 1 8 6 4 2 1 2 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 4...

Страница 1538: ...R 34 6 34 Immobilizer Control Module Terminal List No Definition Description 1 2 GND Ground 3 4 IG SW Ignition Switch Power Supply 5 6 CAN L CAN Low Diagnosis 7 8 CAN H CAN High Diagnosis B1 ANT A Coi...

Страница 1539: ...nt of Chery International to get the safety code The operation procedures are as follows 1 Connect the X 431 3G diagnostic tester to the Data Link Connector DLC 2 Turn ignition switch to ON 3 Turn the...

Страница 1540: ...ing ECM Programming IMMO key match Erase keys Write PIN Programming ECM Match all the systems Programming IMMO learn SK from EMS Programming IMMO learn SK from TCU After sale function System Help File...

Страница 1541: ...the following steps a Input the VIN code to the diagnostic tester b Input the SC code to the diagnostic tester c Match the ECM with diagnostic tester d Input the service station code e Input program...

Страница 1542: ...test and repair procedures 3 If DTC cannot be deleted the malfunction is current 4 Only use a digital multimeter to measure the voltage of the electrical system 5 Refer to any Technical Bulletin that...

Страница 1543: ...y form additional resistance This additional resistance will change the way in which a circuit works Electronically controlled circuits are very sensitive to proper grounding A loose or corroded groun...

Страница 1544: ...few seconds Turn ignition switch to ON and then select Read Code If DTC is detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is current Go to the diagnosis procedure Step 1 If DTC is not detected the mal...

Страница 1545: ...current Go to the diagnosis procedure Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent Please refer to Intermittent DTC Troubleshooting Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ign...

Страница 1546: ...aged a Replace the immobilizer control module and match it with X 431 3G diagnostic tester See page 34 7 b Reconnect all the wire harness connectors that are disconnected c Check if DTC still exists R...

Страница 1547: ...n switch to ON and then select Read Code If DTC is detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is current Go to the diagnosis procedure Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the...

Страница 1548: ...is current Go to the diagnosis procedure Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent Please refer to Intermittent DTC Troubleshooting Diagnosis Procedure a Turn...

Страница 1549: ...ntrol module connector I 018 and immobilizer coil connector c Check if connectors are damaged a Turn the ignition switch to LOCK RT21380241 Repair or replace connector if necessary NG 3 Check immobili...

Страница 1550: ...for open RT21340110 7 5 3 1 8 6 4 2 I 018 E 033 49 50 51 63 64 15 16 31 32 47 48 33 34 35 17 18 19 1 2 3 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29...

Страница 1551: ...nt Go to the diagnosis procedure Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent Please refer to Intermittent DTC Troubleshooting Diagnosis Procedure a Try to restar...

Страница 1552: ...immobilizer coil connector c Check if connectors are damaged a Measure the immobilizer coil resistance 3 Check immobilizer control module connector and immobilizer coil connector RT21340100 Repair or...

Страница 1553: ...21 34 b Check for the continuity of immobilizer coil connector RT21340120 1 2 3 4 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition 2 4 Always No continuity 3 4 Always No continuity Replace immobili...

Страница 1554: ...ode If DTC is detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is current Go to the diagnosis procedure Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent Please refer to...

Страница 1555: ...Code If DTC is detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is current Go to the diagnosis procedure Step 1 If DTC is not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent Please refer to...

Страница 1556: ...not detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is intermittent Please refer to Intermittent DTC Troubleshooting Diagnosis Procedure a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Loosen and retighten the ground...

Страница 1557: ...bilizer control module connector I 018 and immobilizer coil connector c Check if the connectors are damaged RT21380241 Repair or replace connector if necessary NG 3 Check immobilizer control module co...

Страница 1558: ...2 Disconnect the negative battery cable 3 Remove the right lower instrument panel protector See page 45 17 4 Disconnect the connectors arrow and remove the fixing bolt 1 of the immobilizer control mo...

Страница 1559: ...n 35 68 Installation 35 68 Headlight Assembly 35 69 Removal 35 69 Installation 35 70 Adjustment 35 70 Rear Combination Light Assembly Fixed Part 35 74 Removal 35 74 Installation 35 75 Rear Combination...

Страница 1560: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 35 2 35...

Страница 1561: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 35 LIGHTING SYSTEM 35 3 35 LIGHTING SYSTEM GENERAL INFORMATION Light Position Diagram RT21350010 11 12 5 1 3 6 7 2 4 10 9 8...

Страница 1562: ...r Front Dome Light 3 Side Turn Signal Light 4 Front Door Courtesy Light 5 Front Fog Light 6 High Mounted Stop Light 7 Interior Rear Dome Light 8 Luggage Compartment Light 9 Rear Combination Light Fixe...

Страница 1563: ...trol Module BCM 3 Headlight Adjustment Switch Assembly 4 Hazard Warning Light Switch 5 Instrument Panel Fuse and Relay Box B 6 Headlight Leveling Switch 7 Backlight Adjustment Switch 8 Interior Rear D...

Страница 1564: ...t brake light and back up light rear fog light rear fog light and reflector license plate light high mounted stop light rear dome light and luggage compartment light The headlight assembly and rear co...

Страница 1565: ...w 1 5 0 5 Rear Combination Light Assembly Fixing Nut 4 5 1 Rear Combination Light Assembly Fixing Screw 1 5 0 5 Front Dome Light Assembly Fixing Screw 1 5 0 5 Rear Dome Light Assembly Fixing Screw 1 5...

Страница 1566: ...R A B C EF04 20A EF03 20A EF02 20A EF01 20A M 7 4 2 6 3 5 FRONT LEFT HEADLIGHT M 7 4 2 6 3 5 FRONT RIGHT HEADLIGHT BATTERY D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 H8 H16 H7 H15 H6 H14 H5 H13 H4 H12 H3 H11 H2 H...

Страница 1567: ...R2 R1 0 1 2 3 R0 HIGH BEAM 150 330 220 150 FLASH OFF PARK LOW BEAM 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 HEADLIGHT ADJUSTMENT SWITCH B I 007 I 007 A32 A31 A30 A29 A28 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3...

Страница 1568: ...9 7 5 3 1 10 8 6 4 2 R E1 BATTERY 60A MF03 3 WY WY WY C7 8 6 1 1 16 POSI TION LIGHT POSI TION LIGHT POSI TION LIGHT POSI TION LIGHT B B LG LG C8 8 1 15 B LG 6 1 B ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BO...

Страница 1569: ...E 070 REAR RIGHT COMBI NATION LIGHT B 016 B 022 WL WL 13 4 TURN SIGNAL LIGHT B B B 036 B 018 TURN SIGNAL LIGHT GR GR 13 4 B B B 062 E 031 E 058 W E 072 A32 A31 A30 A29 A28 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10...

Страница 1570: ...W E 072 E 072 E1 W E 068 E 068 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 85 85 87 87 30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 A32 A31 A30 A29 A28 A16 A15 A...

Страница 1571: ...5 5 3 FRONT FOG REAR FOG COMBINATION LIGHT SWITCH B GL LY F1 B B 046 B 046 C1 C10 C11 C12C13 C14 C15 C16 C17 C18 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C20 C19 W B 043 B 043 A32 A31 A30 A29 A28 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A...

Страница 1572: ...7 87 30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 A32 A31 A30 A29 A28 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A27 A26 A25 A24 A23 A22 A21 A20 A19 A18 A17 BCM C1 C10...

Страница 1573: ...EFT LICENSE PLATE LIGHT 1 2 B 018 F1 3 B B 046 B 046 E 061 E 061 W E 072 E 072 E1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 85 85 87 87 30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 A32 A31 A3...

Страница 1574: ...19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 A32 A31 A30 A29 A28 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A27 A26 A25 A24 A23 A22 A21 A20 A19 A18 A17 BCM F1 C1 C10 C11 C12C13 C14 C15 C16 C17 C18 C2 C3 C4...

Страница 1575: ...6 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22 B23 B24 B25 B26 B27 B28 B29 B30 B31 B32 1 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 C8 LR 1 2 CLOSE OPEN 35 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 31...

Страница 1576: ...9 1 2 3 4 5 6 10 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22 B23 B24 B25 B26 B27 B28 B29 B30 B31 B32 1 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1...

Страница 1577: ...RB INSTRUMENT PANEL FUSE AND RELAY BOX F18 RF35 10A F1 F2 F3 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12 F13 F14 F15 F16 F17 F18 F4 F5 F6 F7 BRAKE SWITCH REAR LEFT COMBINATION LIGHT REAR RIGHT COMBINATION LIGHT 8 1 2 W B 060...

Страница 1578: ...OMPARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX 7 3 RG A9 13 B F1 B 045 E 061 I 007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 85 85 87 87 30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 A32 A31 A30 A29 A28 A16 A1...

Страница 1579: ...7 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 A32 A31 A30 A29 A28 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A27 A26 A25 A24 A23 A22 A21 A20 A19 A18 A17 3 E 061 E 061 B I 0...

Страница 1580: ...th sides Fuse 51 34 Low beam bulb Headlight adjustment switch assembly 35 64 Low beam relay 51 34 Wire harness or connector Body Control Module BCM High beam does not come on one side Fuse 51 34 High...

Страница 1581: ...tor Body Control Module BCM Symptom Suspected Area See page Hazard warning light and turn signal light do not come on Bulb Wire harness or connector Hazard Warning Light Switch 35 90 Headlight adjustm...

Страница 1582: ...bulb Wire harness or connector Body Control Module BCM Symptom Suspected Area See page Brake light does not come on all Brake light bulb Brake light switch 26 26 Wire harness or connector Only one bra...

Страница 1583: ...t has changed or the DTC to be reset during the wiggle test Look for broken bent protruded or corroded terminals Inspect the mounting areas of headlight adjustment switch assembly and light assemblies...

Страница 1584: ...d DTCs 2 Clear DTCs a Connect X 431 3G diagnostic tester to Data Link Connector DLC b Turn ignition switch to ON and turn X 431 3G diagnostic tester on c Enter the following menus T21 BCM Erase fault...

Страница 1585: ...signal Off Inactive Front Fog Light Front fog light signal On or Off Front fog light signal On Active Front fog light signal Off Inactive Rear Fog Light Rear fog light signal On or Off Rear fog light...

Страница 1586: ...proceeding to next step Welcome Lamp Active Inactive Security Indicator Active Inactive 1 Vehicle brought to workshop 2 Check battery voltage 3 Check for DTCs current DTC and history DTC Tester Part C...

Страница 1587: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 35 LIGHTING SYSTEM 35 29 35 8 Check for DTCs current DTC and history DTC NEXT Go to step 4 Go to next step DTC output NO DTC output 9 Confirmation test 10 End NEXT...

Страница 1588: ...Circuit Circuit Open B100219 Right Side Turn Lamp Control Circuit Circuit Current Above Threshold B100311 Left Park Light Output Control Circuit Circuit Short to Ground B100313 Left Park Light output...

Страница 1589: ...EM 35 31 35 LIGHTING SYSTEM DTC B100111 Left Side Turn Lamp Control Circuit Circuit Short to Ground DTC B100113 Left Side Turn Lamp Control Circuit Circuit Open DTC B100119 Left Side Turn Lamp Control...

Страница 1590: ...E 061 E 061 I 011 HAZARD SWITCH I 001 E 072 I 005 B 043 B 021 FRONT LEFT HEADLIGHT E 056 B 048 E 070 B 022 WL WL 13 4 TURN SIGNAL LIGHT B B B 036 E 058 W E 072 A32 A31 A30 A29 A28 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12...

Страница 1591: ...y wire harness connectors B 048 and B 041 front left door wire harness connector F 007 and engine compartment wire harness connector E 070 e Check if wire harnesses are worn pierced pinched or partial...

Страница 1592: ...check for continuity between terminal C16 of BCM connector B 043 and body ground to check if it is short to ground according to the table below Standard Condition 3 Check left turn signal light contr...

Страница 1593: ...the table below Standard Condition g Using a digital multimeter check for continuity between terminal 11 of engine compartment wire harness connector E 070 and terminal 10 of front left headlight wir...

Страница 1594: ...combination light wire harness connector B 021 according to the table below Standard Condition RT21350500 C1 C10 C11 C12C13 C14 C15 C16 C17 C18 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C20 C19 B 043 1 4 7 10 13 16 2...

Страница 1595: ...software to record and clear the DTCs stored in the Body Control Module BCM e Turn ignition switch to LOCK and wait for a few seconds f Turn ignition switch to ON g Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester to r...

Страница 1596: ...G SYSTEM 35 38 35 DTC B100211 Right Side Turn Lamp Control Circuit Circuit Short to Ground DTC B100213 Right Side Turn Lamp Control Circuit Circuit Open DTC B100219 Right Side Turn Lamp Control Circui...

Страница 1597: ...61 E 061 I 011 HAZARD SWITCH I 001 E 072 I 005 B 043 FRONT RIGHT HEADLIGHT E 034 B 048 E 070 REAR RIGHT COMBI NATION LIGHT B 016 B 018 TURN SIGNAL LIGHT GR GR 13 4 B B B 062 E 031 W E 072 A32 A31 A30...

Страница 1598: ...wire harness connectors B 048 and B 061 front right door wire harness connector H 002 and engine compartment wire harness connector E 070 e Check if wire harnesses are worn pierced pinched or partiall...

Страница 1599: ...r check for continuity between terminal C6 of BCM connector B 043 and body ground to check if it is short to ground according to the table below Standard Condition 3 Check right turn signal light cont...

Страница 1600: ...o the table below Standard Condition g Using a digital multimeter check for continuity between terminal 12 of engine compartment wire harness connector E 070 and terminal 10 of front right headlight w...

Страница 1601: ...ht combination light wire harness connector B 016 according to the table below Standard Condition RT21350570 C1 C10 C11 C12C13 C14 C15 C16 C17 C18 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C20 C19 B 043 1 4 7 10 13 16...

Страница 1602: ...software to record and clear the DTCs stored in the Body Control Module BCM e Turn ignition switch to LOCK and wait for a few seconds f Turn ignition switch to ON g Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester to r...

Страница 1603: ...YSTEM 35 45 35 DTC B100311 Left Park Light Output Control Circuit Circuit Short to Ground DTC B100313 Left Park Light output Control Circuit Circuit Open DTC B100319 Left Park Light Output Control Cir...

Страница 1604: ...B B 021 W B 048 B E 056 9 7 5 3 1 10 8 6 4 2 R E1 BATTERY 60A MF03 3 WY WY WY C7 8 6 1 1 16 POSI TION LIGHT POSI TION LIGHT B B ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX E 061 B 048 E 070 REAR LEFT COMBI...

Страница 1605: ...e harness connector B 021 d Disconnect the body wire harness connector B 048 and engine compartment wire harness connector E 070 e Check if wire harnesses are worn pierced pinched or partially broken...

Страница 1606: ...ter check for continuity between terminal C7 of BCM connector B 043 and body ground to check if it is short to ground according to the table below Standard Condition 3 Check left position light contro...

Страница 1607: ...e table below Standard Condition g Using a digital multimeter check for continuity between terminal 16 of engine compartment wire harness connector E 070 and terminal 8 of front left headlight wire ha...

Страница 1608: ...y between terminal C7 of BCM connector B 043 and terminal 8 of rear left combination light wire harness connector E 056 according to the table below Standard Condition RT21350640 C1 C10 C11 C12C13 C14...

Страница 1609: ...t software to record and clear the DTCs stored in the Body Control Module BCM e Turn ignition switch to LOCK and wait for a few seconds f Turn ignition switch to ON g Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester to...

Страница 1610: ...STEM 35 52 35 DTC B100411 Right Park Light Output Control Circuit Circuit Short to Ground DTC B100413 Right Park Light output Control Circuit Circuit Open DTC B100419 Right Park Light Output Control C...

Страница 1611: ...B B 016 W B 048 B E 034 9 7 5 3 1 10 8 6 4 2 R E1 BATTERY 60A MF03 3 POSI TION LIGHT POSI TION LIGHT LG LG C8 8 1 15 B LG 6 1 B ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX E 061 B 048 E 070 FRONT RIGHT HEAD...

Страница 1612: ...harness connector B 016 d Disconnect the body wire harness connector B 048 and engine compartment wire harness connector E 070 e Check if wire harnesses are worn pierced pinched or partially broken f...

Страница 1613: ...er check for continuity between terminal C8 of BCM connector B 043 and body ground to check if it is short to ground according to the table below Standard Condition 3 Check right position light contro...

Страница 1614: ...e table below Standard Condition g Using a digital multimeter check for continuity between terminal 15 of engine compartment wire harness connector E 070 and terminal 8 of front right headlight wire h...

Страница 1615: ...uity between terminal C8 of BCM connector B 043 and terminal 8 of front right headlight wire harness connector E 034 according to the table below Standard Condition RT21350700 C1 C10 C11 C12C13 C14 C1...

Страница 1616: ...t software to record and clear the DTCs stored in the Body Control Module BCM e Turn ignition switch to LOCK and wait for a few seconds f Turn ignition switch to ON g Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester to...

Страница 1617: ...85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 A32 A31 A30 A29 A28 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A27 A26 A25 A24 A23 A22 A21 A20 A19 A18 A17 B I 007 I 007 L I 005 I 005 B1 B...

Страница 1618: ...and E 072 c Disconnect the rear left fog light wire harness connector B 028 and rear right fog light wire harness connector B 037 d Check if wire harnesses are worn pierced pinched or partially broke...

Страница 1619: ...eter check for continuity between terminal C13 of BCM connector B 043 and body ground to check if it is short to ground according to the table below Standard Condition 3 Check rear fog light control c...

Страница 1620: ...Using a digital multimeter check for continuity between terminal C13 of BCM connector B 043 and terminal 2 of rear right fog light wire harness connector B 037 according to the table below Standard Co...

Страница 1621: ...atest software to record and clear the DTCs stored in the Body Control Module BCM e Turn ignition switch to LOCK and wait for a few seconds f Turn ignition switch to ON g Use X 431 3G diagnostic teste...

Страница 1622: ...ly See page 28 10 5 Remove the combination switch cover See page 28 13 6 Remove the spiral cable See page 32 67 7 Remove the headlight adjustment switch assembly a Remove the headlight adjustment swit...

Страница 1623: ...erminals as shown in the table Headlight Adjustment Switch Assembly Turn Signal Light Switch If result is not as specified replace headlight adjustment switch assembly RT21350080 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10...

Страница 1624: ...reverse order of removal CAUTION Always install spiral cable correctly according to the specified operating instructions Check that the horn operates normally after installation Check SRS warning ligh...

Страница 1625: ...nnect the negative battery cable 3 Remove the combination light adjustment switch a Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry both ends of combination light adjustment switch carefully to r...

Страница 1626: ...adjustment switch Check if the backlight comes on Observe if the backlight brightness changes gradually while turning the backlight switch OK Comes on and changes gradually b Connect positive battery...

Страница 1627: ...radiator grille assembly See page 48 8 4 Remove the water tank upper crossmember trim board See page 48 10 5 Remove the headlight assembly a Remove 3 fixing bolts arrow from headlight assembly Tighte...

Страница 1628: ...ing to the international standard CAUTION When installing headlight assembly make sure the fitting clearance between headlight and hood front fender front bumper is appropriate Adjust as necessary No...

Страница 1629: ...eft right adjustment When rotating the screwdriver clockwise the beam move to left when rotating the screwdriver counterclockwise the beam move to right b Low beam up down adjustment When rotating the...

Страница 1630: ...m move upward when rotating the screwdriver counterclockwise the beam move downward Adjustment method for right headlight a Low beam left right adjustment When rotating the screwdriver clockwise the b...

Страница 1631: ...he screwdriver clockwise the beam move to left when rotating the screwdriver counterclockwise the beam move to right d High beam up down adjustment When rotating the screwdriver clockwise the beam mov...

Страница 1632: ...nnect the negative battery cable 3 Remove the rear combination light assembly fixed part a Using a flat tip screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up and remove the rear combination light servic...

Страница 1633: ...r fixing clip Tightening torque 4 5 1 N m e Remove the rear combination light assembly fixed part Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21350260 CAUTION When installing rear c...

Страница 1634: ...ove the rear combination light assembly movable part a Using a flat tip screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up and remove the rear left combination light service cover on back door b Disconne...

Страница 1635: ...Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION When installing rear combination light assembly make sure the fitting clearance between rear combination light assembly and back do...

Страница 1636: ...nition switch 2 Disconnect the negative battery cable 3 Remove the front wheel house protector assembly See page 48 24 4 Remove the front fog light assembly a Disconnect the front fog light assembly w...

Страница 1637: ...n switch 2 Disconnect the negative battery cable 3 Remove the rear bumper assembly See page 48 30 4 Remove the rear fog light reflector assembly a Disconnect the rear fog light reflector assembly wire...

Страница 1638: ...Open the glasses box in the direction of arrow as shown in the illustration b Using a flat tip screwdriver wrapped with protective tape remove the front dome light assembly cover c Remove 3 fixing cr...

Страница 1639: ...terminals of front dome light assembly as shown in the table If result is not as specified replace front dome light assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21350340 1 3...

Страница 1640: ...cable 3 Remove the rear dome light assembly a Using a flat tip screwdriver wrapped with protective tape remove the rear dome light assembly cover b Remove 2 fixing screws arrow from rear dome light as...

Страница 1641: ...battery negative to terminal 1 Check operation of rear dome light when turn rear dome light assembly switch to ON OFF and DOOR position Standard Condition Switch ON Does not come on Switch OFF Does no...

Страница 1642: ...e battery cable 3 Remove the front door protector assembly See page 47 23 4 Remove the front door courtesy light a Disconnect the front door courtesy light wire harness connector arrow b Turn the fron...

Страница 1643: ...page 47 47 4 Remove the high mounted stop light assembly a Disconnect the high mounted stop light assembly wire harness connector arrow b Remove the rear spoiler assembly See page 48 43 c Remove 3 fix...

Страница 1644: ...negative battery cable 3 Remove the license plate light assembly a Using a flat tip screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry out the license plate light assembly b Disconnect the license plate lig...

Страница 1645: ...cable 3 Remove the luggage compartment light assembly a Using a flat tip screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry out the luggage compartment light assembly cover right side b Disconnect the lugga...

Страница 1646: ...oving back up light switch assembly Use a container to collect the oil Inspection 1 Check back up light switch assembly a Using ohm band of digital multimeter check for continuity between terminals of...

Страница 1647: ...stalling the back up light switch assembly Then install and tighten the back up light switch Tightening torque 20 2 N m 2 Check if the transmission oil level is in the proper position after installati...

Страница 1648: ...e claws arrow on both ends of the hazard warning light switch by hand and push outward forcefully to remove it Inspection 1 Check hazard warning light switch a Using ohm band of digital multimeter che...

Страница 1649: ...rminal 5 then check that the switch illumination comes on OK LED comes on b Connect the positive battery lead to terminal 4 and negative battery lead to terminal 5 then check that the switch illuminat...

Страница 1650: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 35 92...

Страница 1651: ...36 23 Front Wiper Arm Assembly 36 24 Removal 36 24 Installation 36 25 Front Wiper Motor Assembly 36 26 Removal 36 26 Inspection 36 27 Installation 36 28 Front Washer Nozzle Assembly 36 29 Removal 36 2...

Страница 1652: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 36 2 36...

Страница 1653: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 36 WIPER AND WASHER 36 3 36 WIPER AND WASHER GENERAL INFORMATION Description RT21360010 12 2 4 3 3 6 2 3 1 9 8 7 5 4 14 13 17 15 10 11 16 12 18 19 20 21...

Страница 1654: ...Wiper Arm Trim Cap 2 Rear Wiper Arm Assembly 3 Rear Wiper Arm Blade 4 Rear Washer Nozzle Assembly 5 Rear Wiper Motor Assembly 6 Grommet 7 Sub Wiper Arm Blade 8 Sub Wiper Arm Assembly 9 Main Wiper Arm...

Страница 1655: ...ing Bolt 10 1 Front Wiper Motor Assembly Fixing Screw 10 1 Front Wiper Motor Assembly Fixing Nut 10 1 Rear Wiper Arm Assembly Upper Fixing Nut 10 1 Rear Wiper Motor Assembly Fixing Bolt 10 1 Guide Pip...

Страница 1656: ...TOR REAR WIPER MOTOR 1 12 11 G G B B C1 E 032 1 2 M 7 FRONT WASHER MOTOR G G B C10 1 2 M 8 1 2 3 3 E 061 E 061 E 071 B I 007 I 007 A32 A31 A30 A29 A28 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3...

Страница 1657: ...CM W 10 A11 BG 7 A22 G 9 A6 LW 1 A4 L B 2 3 A19 A32 AUTO RETURN WIPER WASHER AUTO RETURN WIPER WASHER AUTO RETURN WIPER WASHER AUTO RETURN WIPER WASHER AUTO RETURN WIPER WIPER WIPER FRONT WIPER SW AUT...

Страница 1658: ...assembly 36 26 BCM Wire harness or connector Front wiper system does not operate in INT Wiper switch assembly 36 22 Front wiper motor assembly 36 26 BCM Wire harness or connector Front wiper system d...

Страница 1659: ...lowing procedures Turn ignition switch to LOCK Connect the X 431 3G diagnostic tester the latest software to the Data Link Connector DLC and make it communicate with the vehicle electronic module by d...

Страница 1660: ...the circuit diagrams to look for any common ground circuit or power supply circuit applied to the DTC Refer to the Technical Bulletin that is applied to the malfunction Ground Inspection Ground point...

Страница 1661: ...tep 6 For history DTC go to step 7 DTC occurs No DTC 5 Problem repair no DTC then go to step 8 6 Troubleshoot according to Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC chart then go to step 8 7 Troubleshoot according...

Страница 1662: ...ontrol Circuit Actuator Stuck B101571 Front Wiper HI Control Circuit Actuator Stuck B101671 Rear Wiper Control Circuit Actuator Stuck B101713 Front Washer Control Circuit Circuit Open B101771 Front Wa...

Страница 1663: ...tion Warning Light Condition Possible Cause B101471 Front Wiper Lo Control Circuit Actuator Stuck Ignition switch ON ON Wiper switch assembly Front wiper motor assembly Front washer pump Rear wiper mo...

Страница 1664: ...t to a new vehicle to perform a test a Remove the front washer pump from malfunctioning vehicle and install it to a new vehicle to perform a test a Remove the rear washer pump from malfunctioning vehi...

Страница 1665: ...ment panel wire harness and connector A32 A31 A30 A29 A28 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A27 A26 A25 A24 A23 A22 A21 A20 A19 A18 A17 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 RT21360400 I 005 I 014...

Страница 1666: ...according to the value s in the table below 7 Check body wire harness and connector RT21360410 1 2 3 4 5 11 12 13 14 15 6 7 8 9 10 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 C1 C10 C11 C12C13 C14 C15 C16 C17 C18 C2 C3 C4...

Страница 1667: ...ss connector B 046 and ground B 045 l Using a digital multimeter check for continuity between body wire harness connector B 046 and ground B 045 according to the value s in the table below RT21360430...

Страница 1668: ...check for continuity between engine compartment wire harness connectors E 069 and E 040 according to the value s in the table below 8 Check engine compartment wire harness and connector OK RT21360460...

Страница 1669: ...the value s in the table below k Disconnect the engine compartment wire harness connector E 040 and ground E 032 l Using a digital multimeter check for continuity between engine compartment wire harn...

Страница 1670: ...digital multimeter check for continuity between back door wire harness connectors T 004 and T 007 according to the value s in the table below RT21360510 E 032 E 039 1 2 Multimeter Connection Condition...

Страница 1671: ...ed in Body Control Module BCM e Turn ignition switch to LOCK and wait for a few seconds f Turn ignition switch ON g Use the X 431 3G diagnostic tester the latest software to read DTCs stored in Body C...

Страница 1672: ...h assembly connector arrow b Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape press the claws of wiper switch assembly and remove the wiper switch assembly by gently sliding outward CAUTION Be sure to...

Страница 1673: ...T21360040 Multimeter Connection Switch Condition Specified Condition Terminal 1 Terminal 3 MIST Continuity Terminal 2 Terminal 3 INT Continuity Terminal 1 Terminal 3 LO Continuity Terminal 1 2 Termina...

Страница 1674: ...the illustration 4 Remove the front wiper arm assembly a Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape remove the front wiper arm trim caps 1 b Remove 2 fixing nuts arrow from front wiper arm asse...

Страница 1675: ...nt on front windshield assembly during assembly Wiper arm blade should be pressed against the locating point as shown in the illustration CAUTION Always operate carefully to prevent other components f...

Страница 1676: ...c Remove the wiper motor and link rod assembly 6 Remove the front wiper motor assembly a Remove 3 fixing bolts arrow from front wiper motor assembly Tightening torque 10 1 N m b Remove the fixing nut...

Страница 1677: ...itive and connect negative battery lead to terminal 4 to run the motor to the original position at low speed LO Check if front wiper motor assembly can stop automatically after running to the original...

Страница 1678: ...ont wiper motor assembly Adjust and make sure wiper motor and wiper link rod are at the original position before installing front wiper motor assembly Otherwise wiper system will not operate normally...

Страница 1679: ...b Disconnect the joint arrow between washer line and front washer nozzle assembly and remove the front washer nozzle assembly Inspection 1 Check front washer nozzle assembly a Check front washer nozzl...

Страница 1680: ...of removal CAUTION Always operate carefully to prevent components from being damaged when installing front washer nozzle assembly Install washer line joint in place when installing front washer nozzle...

Страница 1681: ...n in the illustration 4 Remove the rear wiper arm assembly a Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape remove the rear wiper arm trim cap 1 b Remove 2 fixing nuts 2 from rear wiper arm assembly...

Страница 1682: ...er of removal CAUTION Always operate carefully to prevent other components from being damaged when installing rear wiper arm assembly Make sure to tighten fixing nuts to the specified torque when inst...

Страница 1683: ...motor assembly connector 1 b Remove 3 fixing bolts arrow from rear wiper motor assembly Tightening torque 10 1 N m c Remove the rear wiper motor assembly d Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective...

Страница 1684: ...make the motor run again Check that motor can reset automatically OK Motor can reset automatically If result is not as specified replace rear wiper motor assembly 2 Check grommet for deterioration de...

Страница 1685: ...washer line and rear washer nozzle assembly b As shown in the illustration press the rear washer nozzle assembly claws arrow and remove the rear washer nozzle assembly Inspection 1 Check rear washer n...

Страница 1686: ...r of removal CAUTION Always operate carefully to prevent components from being damaged when installing rear washer nozzle assembly Install washer line joint in place when installing rear washer nozzle...

Страница 1687: ...er pump and the joint 4 between washer line and rear washer pump c Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape remove the front washer pump assembly 1 and rear washer pump assembly 2 CAUTION Be s...

Страница 1688: ...er pump and negative battery lead to terminal 2 c Check that washer fluid flows out of washer pump OK Washer fluid flows out of washer pump If result is not as specified replace washer pump assembly C...

Страница 1689: ...See page 48 11 5 Remove the washer pump assembly See page 36 37 6 Remove the washer fluid reservoir assembly a Detach the washer lines arrow from groove on the washer fluid reservoir assembly b Remov...

Страница 1690: ...k internal and external sides of washer fluid reservoir for dirt Remove dirt or replace washer fluid reservoir assembly if necessary c Check the grommet for damage Replace the grommet if necessary Ins...

Страница 1691: ...sound absorbing pad a Remove the clips arrow from hood sound absorbing pad and remove the hood sound absorbing pad 7 Remove the service cover a Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up...

Страница 1692: ...g a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up the rubber cover 1 e Detach the washer hose from clips arrow f Remove the washer line assembly from clips Installation Installation is in the revers...

Страница 1693: ...ntrol Module ECM See page 06 256 7 Remove the TCU See page 18 129 8 Remove the rain gutter rail reinforcement assembly a Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape loosen the rubber bush 1 and c...

Страница 1694: ...forcement assembly Tightening torque 10 1 N m Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21360380 CAUTION Always operate carefully to prevent components from being damaged when ins...

Страница 1695: ...Lock Assembly 37 39 Removal 37 39 Installation 37 40 Front Door Lock Assembly 37 41 Removal 37 41 Inspection 37 42 Installation 37 43 Front Door Key Cylinder 37 44 Removal 37 44 Installation 37 45 Fro...

Страница 1696: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 37 2 37...

Страница 1697: ...l Module BCM Then Body Control Module BCM sends these request signals to the lock fastener of each door in order to lock unlock all doors simultaneously After inserting the mechanical key into the dri...

Страница 1698: ...or DLC and make it communicate with vehicle electronic module by the data network Then select corresponding model T21 on X 431 3G diagnostic tester the latest software to enter system and select IMMO...

Страница 1699: ...Write data Read data stream Erase fault code Read fault code SELECT FUNCTION RT21370030 Reprogramming IMMO Key match Erase keys Reprogramming ECM Programming IMMO learn SK from TCU Programming IMMO le...

Страница 1700: ...the key All doors engine hood and back door are closed All doors are locked by the lock button on wireless key Input Please enter again 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 bs Q W E R T Y U I O P A S D F G H J K L Z...

Страница 1701: ...or the vehicle will return to the locking state If the following conditions occur within 30 s after the doors are unlocked by wireless key the vehicle will not return to the locking state and the door...

Страница 1702: ...signal from the center controls is input to execute the lock command and then lock command is executed after 1 second delay Unlock success unlock signal from the center controls is input to execute t...

Страница 1703: ...Add the old keys on Perform routine program screen Front Right Door Lock Assembly Rear Left Door Lock Assembly Rear Right Door Lock Assembly Lock unlock front right door with a fastener Lock unlock r...

Страница 1704: ...Y U I O P A S D F G H J K L Z X Tab Caps OK Cancel Space Ins Del C V B N M lt rt ENTER X X X X X X X X RT21370043 Input Please enter again 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 bs Q W E R T Y U I O P A S D F G H J K L...

Страница 1705: ...und When engine hood is not closed fully turn signal lights blink twice doors are locked and horn does not sound When back door is not closed fully turn signal lights blink twice doors are locked and...

Страница 1706: ...arm mode Press the unlock button on PEPS controller Press the front door handle button REK of PEPS in the detecting range of this door handle antenna Back door open mode In the lock mode if the back d...

Страница 1707: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 37 DOOR LOCK 37 13 37 Tools Special Tool General Tool X 431 3G Diagnostic Tester RCH0000001 Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Страница 1708: ...SUPPLY 7 3 RG A9 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 85 85 87 87 30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 A32 A31 A30 A29 A28 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2...

Страница 1709: ...3 B 036 5 1 RR LH ACT RL DR SW M REAR LEFT DOOR CONTACT SWITCH A B C1 C10 C11 C12C13 C14 C15 C16 C17 C18 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C20 C19 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18...

Страница 1710: ...CK BACK DOOR SWITCH B F1 B 045 F1 B B 046 B 046 C1 C10 C11 C12C13 C14 C15 C16 C17 C18 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C20 C19 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22 B23...

Страница 1711: ...door lock unlock functions do not operate Power door unlock lock switch button Front left door lock assembly 37 41 Passive Entry Passive Start PEPS controller Wire harness or connector Body Control M...

Страница 1712: ...te with vehicle electronic module by the data network Turn ignition switch to ON Using X 431 3G diagnostic tester to record and clear the DTCs stored in the Body Control Module BCM Turn ignition switc...

Страница 1713: ...ircuit diagrams to look for any common ground circuit or power supply circuit applied to the DTC Refer to Technical Bulletin that is applied to the malfunction Ground Inspection Groundings are very im...

Страница 1714: ...6 DTC occurs For history DTC go to step 7 5 Problem repair no DTC then go to step 8 6 Troubleshoot according to Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC chart then go to step 8 7 Troubleshoot according to Diagnos...

Страница 1715: ...ition B101D11 Siren Output Control Circuit Circuit Short to Ground B101D13 Siren Output Control Circuit Circuit Open B101D12 Siren Output Control Circuit Circuit Short to Battery B102471 Trunk Lock Co...

Страница 1716: ...Output Control Circuit Circuit Open DTC B101D12 Siren Output Control Circuit Circuit Short to Battery ET21370040 B BCM ANTI THEFT HORN R G G E1 C4 2 1 BATTERY 60A MF03 3 6 E1 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 11 12 13...

Страница 1717: ...ction Condition Warning Light Condition Possible Cause B101D11 Siren Output Control Circuit Circuit Short to Ground Ignition switch ON ON Fuse Anti theft horn Wire harness or connector Body Control Mo...

Страница 1718: ...061 and E 072 d Using a digital multimeter check for continuity between engine compartment wire harness connectors E 061 and E 072 according to the table below 3 Check body wire harness and connector...

Страница 1719: ...the negative battery cable c Turn ignition switch to ON d Use the X 431 3G diagnostic tester the latest software to record and clear the DTCs stored in the Body Control Module BCM e Turn the ignition...

Страница 1720: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 37 DOOR LOCK 37 26 37 Result Proceed to DTC B101D11 B101D13 and B101D12 are output NG No DTC is output OK Replace Body Control Module BCM NG System is normal OK...

Страница 1721: ...R CONTACT SWITCH W W B21 6 16 BY RY RY BY 2 B B 5 2 3 B 036 5 1 RR LH ACT RL DR SW M REAR LEFT DOOR CONTACT SWITCH A B C1 C10 C11 C12C13 C14 C15 C16 C17 C18 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C20 C19 B1 B2 B3 B4...

Страница 1722: ...RR RH ACT RR DR SW M REAR RIGHT DOOR CONTACT SWITCH A B B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22 B23 B24 B25 B26 B27 B28 B29 B30 B31 B32 L B 047 B 047 1 2 3 4 5 6...

Страница 1723: ...on Possible Cause B102471 Trunk Lock Control Circuit Actuator Stuck Ignition switch ON ON Front door lock assembly Rear door lock assembly Wire harness or connector Body Control Module BCM B102711 Bat...

Страница 1724: ...1 according to the table below 3 Check body wire harness and connector RT21370501 1 4 7 10 13 16 2 5 8 11 14 17 3 6 9 12 15 18 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20B21...

Страница 1725: ...to the table below RT21370520 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20B21 B22 B23 B24 B25 B26 B27 B28 B29 B30 B31 B32 B 047 1 2 7 13 14 8 3 9 4 10 11 12 15 16 5 6 B 026 M...

Страница 1726: ...e table below RT21370550 1 4 7 10 13 16 2 5 8 11 14 17 3 6 9 12 15 18 B 061 C1 C10 C11 C12C13 C14 C15 C16 C17 C18 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C20 C19 B 043 Multimeter Connection Terminal Condition Specifi...

Страница 1727: ...eter check for continuity between body wire harness connectors B 040 and B 005 according to the table below RT21370580 1 4 7 10 13 16 2 5 8 11 14 17 3 6 9 12 15 18 B 040 1 4 7 10 13 16 2 5 8 11 14 17...

Страница 1728: ...e body wire harness connector B 026 and ground B 036 ad Using a digital multimeter check for continuity between body wire harness connector B 026 and B 036 according to the table below RT21370610 1 4...

Страница 1729: ...ding to the table below RT21370640 1 2 7 8 13 14 3 4 9 10 5 6 11 12 15 16 B 005 B 062 Multimeter Connection Terminal Condition Specified Condition B 005 5 B 062 Always Continuity Repair or replace bod...

Страница 1730: ...ccording to the table below 5 Check front right door wire harness and connector RT21370660 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 4 7 10 13 16 17 5 8 11 14 17 18 6 9 12 15 18 H 002 1 2 3 4 5 6 H...

Страница 1731: ...urn the ignition switch to LOCK and wait for a few seconds f Turn ignition switch to ON g Use the X 431 3G diagnostic tester the latest software to read DTCs stored in the Body Control Module BCM agai...

Страница 1732: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 37 DOOR LOCK 37 38 37 Replace Body Control Module BCM NG System is normal OK...

Страница 1733: ...d the fixing nut 1 from tank upper crossmember deflector Tightening torque 10 1 N m b Remove the tank upper crossmember deflector 6 Remove the engine hood lock assembly a Remove 2 fixing nuts arrow fr...

Страница 1734: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 37 DOOR LOCK 37 40 37 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Check if engine hood operates properly after installing engine hood lock assembly...

Страница 1735: ...racket assembly See page 47 41 5 Remove the front left door protective film assembly See page 47 41 6 Remove the front left door glass rear guide rail assembly See page 43 51 7 Remove the front left d...

Страница 1736: ...ection 1 Check front door lock assembly fastener assembly a Apply battery voltage to terminals of front door lock assembly fastener assembly connector and check if front door lock assembly works prope...

Страница 1737: ...ondition Specified Condition Battery positive Terminal 4 Battery negative Terminal 5 Lock Battery positive Terminal 5 Battery negative Terminal 4 Unlock CAUTION Check if connector is installed correct...

Страница 1738: ...inder protective cover a Disconnect the clip arrow between front door lock assembly and front door lock key cylinder lever b Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape remove the trim plug arrow...

Страница 1739: ...a Detach the clip arrow from front door key cylinder lever b Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape disengage the claws arrow to separate the front door key cylinder protective cover from fr...

Страница 1740: ...ock striker assembly Tightening torque 10 1 N m b Remove the front left door lock striker assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Be sure to the wear safety equip...

Страница 1741: ...he rear left door assist grip mounting bracket assembly See page 47 41 5 Remove the rear left door protective film assembly See page 47 41 6 Remove the rear left door lock assembly a Disconnect the co...

Страница 1742: ...or lock assembly works properly according to the table below Rear Left Door Lock Assembly Rear Right Door Lock Assembly If result is not as specified replace rear door lock assembly RT21370190 RT21370...

Страница 1743: ...s in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Check if connector is installed correctly when installing rear door lock assembly Install the cable in place when installing rear door lock assembly Check if...

Страница 1744: ...lock striker assembly Tightening torque 10 1 N m b Remove the rear left door lock striker assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Be sure to the wear safety equip...

Страница 1745: ...the connector 1 from back door lock assembly c Remove 3 fixing bolts arrow from back door lock assembly and remove the back door lock assembly Tightening torque 10 1 N m 5 Remove the back door lock m...

Страница 1746: ...r Lock Assembly If result is not as specified replace back door lock assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21370241 1 2 3 4 5 6 Measurement Condition Switch Condition...

Страница 1747: ...embly Tightening torque 10 1 N m b Remove the back lock latch Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Be sure to the wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when removi...

Страница 1748: ...rotective tape pry up the claws on auxiliary fascia console rear cover plate assembly and remove the auxiliary fascia console rear cover plate assembly 4 Remove the low medium frequency antenna a Disc...

Страница 1749: ...cy antenna b Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up the clip on front low frequency antenna and remove the front low frequency antenna 7 Remove the rear low frequency antenna a Remove...

Страница 1750: ...t grip mounting bracket assembly See page 47 29 12 Remove the front left door protective film assembly See page 47 30 13 Remove the front left door key cylinder protective cover See page 37 44 14 Remo...

Страница 1751: ...e the front door handle sensor 1 and front door outside handle 2 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21370451 RT21370460 1 2 CAUTION Clip on low frequency antenna and antenn...

Страница 1752: ...O NOT push the terminals with your hands when removing wireless key cover Install battery positive and negative correctly when removing wireless key cover DO NOT pry up the battery forcibly when remov...

Страница 1753: ...ke out the battery in the direction of arrow as shown in the illustration 2 Remove the wireless key w o passive entry passive start a Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry out the wirel...

Страница 1754: ...ghtening torque 0 4 0 1 N m d Remove the wireless key upper cover e Remove the wireless key billet 1 f Remove the wireless key chip 2 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT213...

Страница 1755: ...ion Procedure 38 13 Intermittent DTC Troubleshooting 38 13 Ground Inspection 38 14 Diagnosis Procedure 38 14 Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC Chart 38 16 B1100 13 38 17 B1100 16 38 17 B1100 17 38 17 B1101...

Страница 1756: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 38 2 38...

Страница 1757: ...Low Fuel Level Warning Light 13 Speedometer 14 Fuel Gauge 15 Cruise Indicator if equipped 16 Tachometer 17 High Coolant Temperature Warning Light 18 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge 19 Low Engine Oil...

Страница 1758: ...located above the upper left of instrument panel assembly which is used to monitor and display the operation status of each system and component in vehicle Instrument cluster receives signals from ea...

Страница 1759: ...3 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 INSTRUMENT PANEL FUSE AND RELAY BOX A B I 007 I 007 L I 015 I 015 B I 050 I 050 MICROPROCESSOR SRS...

Страница 1760: ...Y B 2 1 2 E 078 DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH BREAK FLUID LEVEL SENSOR OIL PRESSURE SWITCH PARKING BRAKE SWITCH 1 2 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 3 4 5 6 7 8 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER I 015 L I 015 B E 038 E 038 E 007 W I 0...

Страница 1761: ...24 29 5 10 15 20 25 30 Br B 032 21 16 VB V V V VB 12 6 22 1 2 Q ALTERNATOR 31 6 1 W FUEL PUMP MOTOR 1 2 3 4 SPIRAL CABLE CONNECTOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER I 015 L I 015 B E 038 E 038 E 007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8...

Страница 1762: ...I 018 I 029 MICROPROCESSOR 6 8 PSE CONNECTION J1 I 029 J105 J106 3 2 EPS B CONNECTOR IMMOBILIZER CONTROL MODULE I 018 I 057 A30 A31 A14 A15 BCM A I 005 11 3 DIAGNOSTIC INTERFACE I 050 CAN L1 CAN H1 CA...

Страница 1763: ...3 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 1 38 25 B E 030 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 1...

Страница 1764: ...nd 19 Driver Seat Belt Unfasten Indication Signal 4 20 5 Ground 21 Fuel Level Indication Signal 6 22 7 23 8 24 9 Engine Oil Pressure Indication Signal 25 10 26 Brake System Malfunction Indication Sign...

Страница 1765: ...connector Instrument cluster 38 42 Engine Control Module ECM 06 256 Fuel gauge abnormal Fuel level sensor Wire harness or connector Instrument cluster 38 42 Position indicator abnormal Position light...

Страница 1766: ...in tank Fuel level sensor Wire harness or connector Instrument cluster 38 42 Coolant temperature warning light abnormal High engine coolant temperature Coolant temperature sensor 06 243 Wire harness...

Страница 1767: ...w seconds Turn ignition switch to ON and select Read Code If DTC is detected the malfunction indicated by the DTC is current Go to the diagnosis procedure Step 1 If the DTC is not detected the malfunc...

Страница 1768: ...will seriously affect the normal operation of the circuit The operations to check the ground points are as follows 1 Remove the ground bolt or nut 2 Check all contact surfaces for tarnish dirt and ru...

Страница 1769: ...DTC then go to step 8 6 Troubleshoot according to Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC chart then go to step 8 7 Troubleshoot according to Problem Symptoms Table then go to step 8 8 Adjust repair or replace 9...

Страница 1770: ...n B1103 00 LED Airbag Fault No Subtype Information B1104 41 EEPROM Checksum Error U0100 87 Lost Communication with EMS U0101 87 Lost Communication with TCM U0114 87 Lost Communication with TMM U0126 8...

Страница 1771: ...ve Threshold ET21380050 BATTERY R P RF23 10A INSTRUMENT CLUSTER 23 10A RF06 6 11 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 85 85 87 87 30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 IGNITION...

Страница 1772: ...100 13 Power Supply Circuit Open Ignition switch ON Charging system Wire harness or connector Instrument cluster B1100 16 Power Supply Circuit Voltage Below Threshold B1100 17 Power Supply Circuit Vol...

Страница 1773: ...ive battery cable i Disconnect the instrument panel wire harness connectors I 015 and I 007 j Using a digital multimeter check for continuity between instrument panel wire harness connectors I 015 and...

Страница 1774: ...e instrument panel control system e Turn ignition switch to LOCK and wait for a few seconds f Turn ignition switch to ON g Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester the latest software to read the DTCs in the in...

Страница 1775: ...cuit Short to Battery or Open 32 31 30 29 28 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 Br B 032 21 VB VB 12 1 2 Q FUEL PUMP MOTOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER I 015 L I 015 1 2 3 4...

Страница 1776: ...multimeter measure the resistance between terminal 1 and terminal 2 of fuel level sensor h Check if fuel level sensor is normal according to the correspondence between fuel amount segments and standa...

Страница 1777: ...tors B 003 and B 038 according to the table below Fuel Gauge Position Multimeter Connection Specification E 1 2 275 5 1 4 1 2 165 5 1 2 1 2 97 4 3 4 1 2 79 3 F 1 2 32 3 3 Check instrument panel wire h...

Страница 1778: ...to record and clear the DTCs stored in the instrument panel control system e Turn ignition switch to LOCK and wait for a few seconds f Turn ignition switch to ON g Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester the...

Страница 1779: ...L I 015 32 31 30 29 28 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 Gr I 046 A32 A31 A30 A29 A28 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A27 A26 A25 A24 A23...

Страница 1780: ...tion Possible Cause B1103 00 LED Airbag Fault No Subtype Information Ignition switch ON Airbag system Wire harness or connector Instrument cluster CAUTION When performing circuit diagnosis and test al...

Страница 1781: ...for a few seconds f Turn ignition switch to ON g Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester the latest software to read the DTCs in the instrument cluster control system again h Read the DTCs RT21380210 32 31 30...

Страница 1782: ...c tester the latest software to read the DTCs in the instrument cluster control system again e Read the DTCs DTC B1104 41 EEPROM Checksum Error DTC Code DTC Definition DTC Detection Condition Possible...

Страница 1783: ...87 Lost Communication with TCM DTC U0129 87 Lost Communication with BSM DTC U0131 87 Lost Communication with EPS DTC U0140 87 Lost Communication with BCM DTC U0151 87 Lost Communication with ICM DTC...

Страница 1784: ...5 J116 I 018 I 029 MICROPROCESSOR 6 8 I 029 I 005 J105 J106 3 2 IMMOBILIZER CONTROL MODULE I 018 I 057 A30 A31 A14 A15 6 14 11 3 DIAGNOSTIC INTERFACE I 050 CAN L1 CAN H1 CAN L1 CAN H1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8...

Страница 1785: ...3 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 E 027 MICROPROCESS...

Страница 1786: ...l Module ECM Transmission Control Module TCM ABS control module EPS control module Body Control Module BCM SRS control module Anti theft control module Instrument cluster CAN line communication U0101...

Страница 1787: ...or and terminals for deformation bend or damage a Turn ignition switch to LOCK b Disconnect the negative battery cable c Disconnect the EPS control module connector I 057 d Check the wire harness conn...

Страница 1788: ...isconnect the negative battery cable c Disconnect the SRS control module connector I 046 d Check the wire harness connector and terminals for deformation bend or damage a Turn ignition switch to LOCK...

Страница 1789: ...according to the table below 9 Check instrument panel wire harness and connector RT21380160 32 31 30 29 28 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 I 015 A32 A31 A30 A29...

Страница 1790: ...12 13 14 15 3 4 5 6 7 8 I 034 A32 A31 A30 A29 A28 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A27 A26 A25 A24 A23 A22 A21 A20 A19 A18 A17 I 005 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Co...

Страница 1791: ...80200 7 5 3 1 8 6 4 2 I 018 A32 A31 A30 A29 A28 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A27 A26 A25 A24 A23 A22 A21 A20 A19 A18 A17 I 005 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condi...

Страница 1792: ...10 11 12 13 14 15 16 I 050 A32 A31 A30 A29 A28 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A27 A26 A25 A24 A23 A22 A21 A20 A19 A18 A17 RT21380163 I 005 Multimeter Connection Condition Spec...

Страница 1793: ...tion switch to LOCK and wait for a few seconds f Turn ignition switch to ON g Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester the latest software to read the DTCs in the instrument cluster control system again h Read...

Страница 1794: ...38 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER 38 40 38 Result Proceed to DTC U0100 87 U0101 87 U0129 87 U0131 87 U0140 87 U0151 87 U0167 87 U0214 87 and U0073 88 are output NG No DTC is output OK Replace instrument cluster...

Страница 1795: ...ftware to read the DTCs in the instrument cluster control system again e Read the DTCs DTC U1300 55 Software Configuration Error Not Configured DTC Code DTC Definition DTC Detection Condition Possible...

Страница 1796: ...ver See page 28 13 5 Remove the instrument cluster a Remove 2 fixing screws arrow from instrument cluster Tightening torque 1 5 0 5 N m b Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up the cl...

Страница 1797: ...0 CAUTION When installing instrument cluster be sure to align instrument cluster positioning hole with instrument panel dowel pin and clips are clamped in place When installing instrument cluster be s...

Страница 1798: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 38 44...

Страница 1799: ...9 13 Tweeter Assembly 39 14 Removal 39 14 Inspection 39 14 Installation 39 14 Front Woofer Assembly 39 15 Removal 39 15 Inspection 39 15 Installation 39 16 Rear Woofer Assembly 39 17 Removal 39 17 Ins...

Страница 1800: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 39 2 39...

Страница 1801: ...Disc DVD Control Panel 3 No Disc DVD Assembly 4 Multi function Interface 5 Right Tweeter Assembly 6 Front Right Woofer Assembly 7 Rear Right Woofer Assembly 8 Left Tweeter Assembly 9 Antenna Assembly...

Страница 1802: ...with 6 speakers which includes 2 tweeter assemblies and 4 woofer assemblies Operation Essentially radio receiver is a tuner Radio receiver demodulates the radio frequency signal received from antenna...

Страница 1803: ...86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 R5 MODE MUTE RADIO BUTTONS VOL VOL R4 R3 R2 R1 R8 SPIRAL CABLE CONNECTOR ILLUMINTION INSTRUMENT CLUSTER B I 003 32 31 30 29 28 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7...

Страница 1804: ...B13 B12 B11 B10 B9 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B I 020 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 W I 035 I 035 B 059 W I 006 I 006 B 003 1 4 7...

Страница 1805: ...NA POWER SUPPLY I 037 1 2 1 2 B L 003 L 003 B R 005 R 005 B16 B15 B14 B13 B12 B11 B10 B9 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B I 020 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1...

Страница 1806: ...D1 6 1 2 8 11 B 018 TO BACK UP SWITCH CAN L2 CAN H2 OB L O D3 D2 TO CAN SYSTEM AUDIO C10 C8 C6 C4 C2 C9 C7 C5 C3 C1 D10 D8 D6 D4 D2 D9 D7 D5 D3 D1 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D15 D16 D14 D13 D12 D11 D10...

Страница 1807: ...ight Speaker Audio Signal 6 RL Rear Left Speaker Audio Signal 7 RL Rear Left Speaker Audio Signal 8 RR Rear Right Speaker Audio Signal 9 RR Rear Right Speaker Audio Signal 10 Steer button power Steeri...

Страница 1808: ...e Reverse Signal DC High is effective 2 CAN_H CAN High Signal 3 CAN_L CAN Low Signal 4 RVC_CVBS Camera Video 5 RVC_CVBS Camera Video 6 RVC_VCC Camera Power Supply 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Steer butt...

Страница 1809: ...ation 39 17 No disc DVD assembly malfunction 39 12 No disc DVD assembly does not operate Fuse blown 51 36 No disc DVD control panel 39 22 No disc DVD assembly malfunction 39 12 Wire harness and connec...

Страница 1810: ...panel assembly connectors arrow and remove the DVD panel assembly 4 Remove the no disc DVD assembly CAUTION Be sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when removing no disc DVD assembly Ap...

Страница 1811: ...2 Check antenna and connectors for damage Replace if necessary 3 Check no disc DVD assembly house for deformation or damage Replace if necessary Installation Installation is in the reverse order of r...

Страница 1812: ...ly Inspection 1 Check tweeter connector for damage and terminals for bend or poor connection Replace if necessary Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Be sure to wear s...

Страница 1813: ...asure resistance of front woofer assembly according to the table below Standard Resistance If result is not as specified replace the front woofer assembly 2 Check cone paper of front woofer assembly f...

Страница 1814: ...arefully to prevent components from being damaged when installing front woofer assembly Be sure to tighten fixing screws to the specified torque when installing front woofer assembly Install connector...

Страница 1815: ...ure resistance of rear woofer assembly according to the table below Standard Resistance If result is not as specified replace the rear woofer assembly 2 Check cone paper of rear woofer assembly for da...

Страница 1816: ...ate carefully to prevent components from being damaged when installing rear woofer assembly Be sure to tighten fixing screws to specified torque when installing rear woofer assembly Install connector...

Страница 1817: ...so that antenna can be removed 4 Remove the antenna assembly w antenna amplifier a Disconnect the antenna 1 and connectors arrow from antenna assembly b Remove the fixing nut arrow from antenna assemb...

Страница 1818: ...installing antenna assembly align the boss at end of antenna assembly with the groove on fixing nut as shown in the illustration and then firmly install the antenna assembly RT21390110 RT21390120 CAU...

Страница 1819: ...stallation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Be sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when removing multi function interface Appropriate force should be applied when...

Страница 1820: ...nel assembly connectors arrow and remove the DVD panel assembly 4 Remove the no disc DVD control panel a Remove 4 fixing screws arrow from no disc DVD control panel Tightening torque 2 0 5 N m b Remov...

Страница 1821: ...nstallation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Operate carefully to prevent components from being damaged when installing no disc DVD control panel Check no disc DVD for proper op...

Страница 1822: ...nector arrow b Cut the wire harness band arrow WARNING Be sure to read precautions for SRS airbag before removing steering wheel quick button See page 32 4 CAUTION Be sure to wear safety equipment to...

Страница 1823: ...ton trim cover 5 Remove the steering wheel quick button a Remove 6 fixing screws arrow from steering wheel quick button and remove the steering wheel quick button Tightening torque 0 7 0 2 N m 3 4 5 6...

Страница 1824: ...ck for continuity of wire harness between steering wheel quick button connector and audio unit no disc DVD assembly Replace if necessary Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CA...

Страница 1825: ...cuit Diagram 40 5 Reversing Radar Control Module Assembly Terminal List 40 8 DIAGNOSIS TESTING 40 9 Problem Symptoms Table 40 9 Self checking Function 40 9 ON VEHICLE SERVICE 40 10 Reversing Radar Sen...

Страница 1826: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 40 2 40...

Страница 1827: ...system is activated when shift lever is shifted to reverse range When the reversing radar sensor detects obstacles behind the instrument cluster built in buzzer will sound This can help driver to eli...

Страница 1828: ...e response way of reversing radar system is buzzer response The table below shows the correspondence between buzzer response frequency and actual obstacle distance Specification Torque Specification T...

Страница 1829: ...3 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 31 35 39 40 41 42 32 33 36 37 38 34 27 28 29 30 1 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 IGNITION SWITCH ON OR START 20A EF34 10A EF28 ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE AN...

Страница 1830: ...3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 85 85 87 87 30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 1 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE A...

Страница 1831: ...REAR LEFT RADAR SENSOR RW WG RB B B B B B LEFT CENTER RADAR SENSOR 7 1 2 8 15 16 1 2 RIGHT CENTER RADAR SENSOR 1 2 GW B REAR RIGHT RADAR SENSOR 4 1 2 1 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 W B 020 RE...

Страница 1832: ...erminal Definition Pin No Terminal Definition 1 Reversing Signal 9 2 10 3 Ignition Signal 11 4 Center Right Reversing Radar Sensor Signal 12 5 13 Data Signal to Body Control Module BCM 6 14 7 Left Rev...

Страница 1833: ...ensor body the instrument cluster will alarm after turning ignition switch ON and shifting the shift lever to R Specific alarms are as follows 1 When system is normal the buzzer does not sound and rev...

Страница 1834: ...radar sensor connector arrow has been disconnected when removing the rear bumper assembly 4 Remove the reversing radar sensor a Press the claws on reversing radar sensor b Remove the reversing radar...

Страница 1835: ...sensor align the boss at the end of reversing radar sensor with the groove on rear bumper assembly and then firmly install the reversing radar sensor as shown in the illustration RT21400030 CAUTION In...

Страница 1836: ...view monitor camera and remove the rear view monitor camera Tightening torque 6 0 1 N m Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Be sure to wear necessary safety equipment...

Страница 1837: ...and body and remove the reversing radar control module assembly Tightening torque 5 1 N m Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Be sure to wear necessary safety equipme...

Страница 1838: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 40 14...

Страница 1839: ...41 3 Description 41 3 Specification 41 4 Tool 41 4 Circuit Diagram 41 5 DIAGNOSIS TESTING 41 6 Problem Symptoms Table 41 6 Horn Fuse Inspection 41 6 Horn Relay Inspection 41 7 ON VEHICLE SERVICE 41 8...

Страница 1840: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 41 2 41...

Страница 1841: ...nents Horn high pitched horn and low pitched horn are installed on front pump crossmember Horn switch horn switch is installed on steering wheel Horn fuse horn fuse is located in engine compartment fu...

Страница 1842: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 41 HORN 41 4 41 Specification Torque Specification Tool General Tool Description Torque N m Horn Fixing Bolt 16 2 Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Страница 1843: ...T FUSE AND RELAY BOX 2 5 1 3 3 A32 A31 A30 A29 A28 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A27 A26 A25 A24 A23 A22 A21 A20 A19 A18 A17 W E 067 W E 068 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 H8...

Страница 1844: ...ine compartment fuse and relay box 2 Check horn fuse a Using a fuse puller remove the horn fuse 15 A b Check if the fuse is blown Replace the fuse if it is blown Symptom Suspected Area See page Horn d...

Страница 1845: ...ance according to the table below If result is not as specified replace the relay RT21410031 1 4 2 5 3 Multimeter Connection Condition Specified Condition Terminal 3 Terminal 5 When battery voltage is...

Страница 1846: ...hed horn Tightening torque 16 2 N m 5 Remove the low pitched horn a Disconnect the low pitched horn wire harness connector 1 b Remove the fixing bolt arrow from the low pitched horn bracket and remove...

Страница 1847: ...heck wire harness Using a digital multimeter check for an open short or ground failure in the horn system wire harness Replace if necessary Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal...

Страница 1848: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 41 10...

Страница 1849: ...2 OTHER SYSTEM GENERAL INFORMATION 42 3 Description 42 3 Circuit Diagram 42 4 ON VEHICLE SERVICE 42 5 Cigarette Lighter Assembly 42 5 Removal 42 5 Installation 42 6 Backup Power Supply Assembly 42 7 R...

Страница 1850: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 42 2 42...

Страница 1851: ...power supply which is located on the USB panel assembly for charging at any time 1 Auxiliary Fascia Console Assembly 2 Cigarette Lighter End 3 Cigarette Lighter Fixing Bush 4 Cigarette Lighter Housing...

Страница 1852: ...NITION SEITCH ACC OR ON BATTERY RF14 15A RF45 10A E20 E19 E18 E17 E12 E11 E10 E9 E4 E3 E2 E1 E8 E7 E6 E5 E16 E15 E14 E13 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 85 85 87 87 30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14...

Страница 1853: ...ive tape pry off the clips on USB panel assembly and remove the cigarette lighter panel c Disconnect the cigarette lighter connector arrow CAUTION Be sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents...

Страница 1854: ...sing in the direction of arrow as shown in the illustration and remove the cigarette lighter housing Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal HINT When installing cigarette lighter...

Страница 1855: ...ape pry off the backup power supply assembly c Disconnect the backup power supply connector arrow and remove the backup power supply assembly CAUTION Be sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accide...

Страница 1856: ...in the reverse order of removal HINT When installing backup power supply assembly align the protrusion of backup power supply assembly end with the slot on USB panel and install the backup power supp...

Страница 1857: ...embly 43 49 Removal 43 49 Installation 43 50 Front Door Glass Rear Guide Rail Assembly 43 51 Removal 43 51 Installation 43 52 Front Door Power Glass Regulator Assembly 43 53 Removal 43 53 Inspection 4...

Страница 1858: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 43 2 43...

Страница 1859: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 43 WINDSHIELD WINDOW GLASS 43 3 43 WINDSHIELD WINDOW GLASS GENERAL INFORMATION Description RT21430010 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8...

Страница 1860: ...ont Windshield Assembly 2 Front Left Door Glass Assembly 3 Rear Left Door Glass Assembly 4 Left Triangular Window Glass Assembly 5 Rear Windshield Assembly 6 Right Triangular Window Glass Assembly 7 R...

Страница 1861: ...master switch or any power glass regulating switch to transmit the UP DOWN signal to corresponding power glass regulator motor thus controlling the UP DOWN operation of corresponding power window gla...

Страница 1862: ...l UP function Power window glass goes up when power glass regulating control master switch or any power glass regulating switch is pulled up and stops when switch is released Manual DOWN function Powe...

Страница 1863: ...d rear door glass regulating switch when power window lock switch is pressed again OK Front passenger side power glass regulating switch and rear door glass regulating switch can be operated 2 Check m...

Страница 1864: ...UP close Pushed DOWN open Rear left side Pulled UP close Pushed DOWN open Rear right side Pulled UP close Pushed DOWN open Description Torque N m Power Glass Regulating Control Master Switch Assembly...

Страница 1865: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 43 WINDSHIELD WINDOW GLASS 43 9 43 Tools Special Tool General Tool Interior Crow Plate RCH0000025 Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Страница 1866: ...WER WINDOW REGULATOR MOTOR W JAM PROTECTION FUNCTION FRONT RIGHT POWER WINDOW REGULATOR MOTOR 3 M 8 11 Y Y P P 1 2 D4 D3 M 8 11 LY LY GY GY 1 2 D6 D8 M 4 10 BL BL RY RY 1 2 D11 D12 M 1 4 7 10 13 16 2...

Страница 1867: ...IN SW DOWN 220 UP FR WIN SW DOWN 220 UP FL WIN SW DOWN 220 8 6 B9 5 3 4 2 1 7 13 8 B10 11 B12 17 B11 14 B24 15 B7 12 B19 6 3 1 4 7 10 13 16 2 5 8 11 14 17 3 6 9 12 15 18 1 4 7 10 13 16 2 5 8 11 14 17...

Страница 1868: ...B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B20 B21 B22 B23 B24 B25 B26 B27 B28 B29 B30 B31 B32 A ILLUMINATION 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 B 047 L B 047 1 4 7 10 13 16 2 5 8 11 14 17 3 6 9 12 15 1...

Страница 1869: ...ce DTC Confirmation Procedure Confirm that battery voltage is normal before performing the following procedures Turn ignition switch to LOCK Connect X 431 3G diagnostic tester the latest software to D...

Страница 1870: ...s and grounding parts related to the current DTC Remove the Body Control Module BCM from the malfunctioning vehicle and install it to a new vehicle and perform a test If DTC cannot be cleared the Body...

Страница 1871: ...fore proceeding to next step 1 Vehicle brought to workshop 2 Check battery voltage 3 Customer problem analysis 4 Check for DTCs current DTC and history DTC NEXT NEXT NEXT For current DTC go to step 6...

Страница 1872: ...FR Window Up Control Circuit Circuit Open B100E71 FR Window Up Control Circuit Actuator Stuck B100F13 FR Window Down Control Circuit Circuit Open B100F71 FR Window Down Control Circuit Actuator Stuck...

Страница 1873: ...OW GLASS 43 17 43 DTC B100C13 FL Window Up Control Circuit Circuit Open DTC B100C71 FL Window Up Control Circuit Actuator Stuck DTC B100D13 FL Window Down Control Circuit Circuit Open DTC B100D71 FL W...

Страница 1874: ...W B 044 Gr F 006 a F 006 a W B 040 FRONT LEFT POWER WINDOW SWITCH L L UP FL WIN SW DOWN 220 8 6 B9 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17...

Страница 1875: ...it Open Ignition switch ON ON Glass regulating control master switch Power glass regulator assembly Wire harness or connector Body Control Module BCM B100C71 FL Window Up Control Circuit Actuator Stuc...

Страница 1876: ...check for continuity between body wire harness connector B 040 and ground B 036 according to the table below RT21430550 D1 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11D12 D2 D3 D4 D5 B 044 1 4 7 10 13 16 2 5 8 11 14 17 3 6 9...

Страница 1877: ...n switch to ON d Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester the latest software to record and clear DTCs stored in the Body Control Module BCM e Turn ignition switch to LOCK and wait for a few seconds 4 Check fro...

Страница 1878: ...on switch to ON g Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester the latest software to read DTCs stored in the Body Control Module BCM again Result Proceed to DTC B100C13 B100C71 B100D13 and B100D71 are output NG No...

Страница 1879: ...OW GLASS 43 23 43 DTC B100E13 FR Window Up Control Circuit Circuit Open DTC B100E71 FR Window Up Control Circuit Actuator Stuck DTC B100F13 FR Window Down Control Circuit Circuit Open DTC B100F71 FR W...

Страница 1880: ...DOWN 220 B B B 3 B 061 H 002 B 061 B 062 H 002 H 003 1 4 7 10 13 16 2 5 8 11 14 17 3 6 9 12 15 18 W B 061 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 B H 003 B 047 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17...

Страница 1881: ...rcuit Circuit Open Ignition switch ON ON Glass regulating control switch Power glass regulator assembly Wire harness or connector Body Control Module BCM B100E71 FR Window Up Control Circuit Actuator...

Страница 1882: ...e harness connectors B 047 and B 041 according to the table below RT21430570 D1 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11D12 D2 D3 D4 D5 B 044 1 4 7 10 13 16 2 5 8 11 14 17 3 6 9 12 15 18 B 061 Multimeter Connection Condit...

Страница 1883: ...and ground B 036 l Using a digital multimeter check for continuity between body wire harness connector B 040 and ground B 036 according to the table below RT21430670 1 4 7 10 13 16 2 5 8 11 14 17 3 6...

Страница 1884: ...ctors H 002 and H 003 according to the table below 4 Check front left door wire harness and connector RT21430720 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 4 7 10 13 16 17 5 8 11 14 17 18 6 9 12 15...

Страница 1885: ...dule BCM e Turn ignition switch to LOCK and wait for a few seconds f Turn ignition switch to ON g Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester the latest software to read DTCs stored in the Body Control Module BCM...

Страница 1886: ...OW GLASS 43 30 43 DTC B101013 RL Window Up Control Circuit Circuit Open DTC B101071 RL Window Up Control Circuit Actuator Stuck DTC B101113 RL Window Down Control Circuit Circuit Open DTC B101171 RL W...

Страница 1887: ...I 005 W E 072 W B 044 Gr L 004 REAR LEFT POWER WINDOW REGULATOR MOTOR L 004 W B 040 Y B 026 FRONT LEFT POWER WINDOW SWITCH B R R 11 UP RL WIN SW 220 4 B11 14 B 040 B 036 F 007 F 009 3 9 1 6 WV WV B14...

Страница 1888: ...3 RL Window Up Control Circuit Circuit Open Ignition switch ON ON Glass regulating switch Power glass regulator assembly Wire harness or connector Body Control Module BCM B101071 RL Window Up Control...

Страница 1889: ...continuity between body wire harness connectors B 047 and B 026 according to the table below 3 Check body wire harness and connector RT21430600 D1 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11D12 D2 D3 D4 D5 B 044 1 2 7 13 14...

Страница 1890: ...multimeter check for continuity between body wire harness connector B 026 and ground B 036 according to the table below RT21430620 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 B18 B19 B2...

Страница 1891: ...door wire harness connectors L 005 and L 002 according to the table below 4 Check front left door wire harness and connector OK RT21430750 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 4 7 10 13 16 17...

Страница 1892: ...ored in the Body Control Module BCM e Turn ignition switch to LOCK and wait for a few seconds f Turn ignition switch to ON g Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester the latest software to read DTCs stored in t...

Страница 1893: ...OW GLASS 43 37 43 DTC B101213 RR Window Up Control Circuit Circuit Open DTC B101271 RR Window Up Control Circuit Actuator Stuck DTC B101313 RR Window Down Control Circuit Circuit Open DTC B101371 RR W...

Страница 1894: ...R 001 W B 040 Y B 005 4 10 3 11 9 1 6 G G B15 Lg Lg UP DOWN 220 B B B 5 B 062 REAR RIGHT POWER WINDOW SWITCH R 003 B 005 R 002 B 005 R 002 6 11 FRONT LEFT POWER WINDOW SWITCH B BG BG UP RR WIN SW DOWN...

Страница 1895: ...l Circuit Circuit Open Ignition switch ON ON Glass regulating switch Power glass regulator assembly Wire harness or connector Body Control Module BCM B101271 RR Window Up Control Circuit Actuator Stuc...

Страница 1896: ...dy wire harness connectors B 047 and B 041 according to the table below RT21430630 D1 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11D12 D2 D3 D4 D5 B 044 1 2 7 8 13 14 3 4 9 10 5 6 11 12 15 16 B 005 Multimeter Connection Condit...

Страница 1897: ...005 and ground B 062 l Using a digital multimeter check for continuity between body wire harness connector B 005 and ground B 062 according to the table below RT21430660 1 4 7 10 13 16 2 5 8 11 14 17...

Страница 1898: ...ntinuity between rear right door wire harness connectors R 001 and R 002 according to the table below 4 Check front left door wire harness and connector RT21430780 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13...

Страница 1899: ...dule BCM e Turn ignition switch to LOCK and wait for a few seconds f Turn ignition switch to ON g Use X 431 3G diagnostic tester the latest software to read DTCs stored in the Body Control Module BCM...

Страница 1900: ...torque 2 0 5 N m c Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up the power glass regulating control master switch assembly d Disconnect the connector arrow from power glass regulating contr...

Страница 1901: ...ccording to the table below If result is not as specified replace power glass regulating control master switch RT21430080 1 9 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10111213141516 RT21430090 Area Multimeter Connection Switch...

Страница 1902: ...g to the table below If result is not as specified replace power glass regulating control master switch Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal 1 9 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10111213141516 RT...

Страница 1903: ...not necessary to remove the front left door frame weatherstrip completely There is a fixing screw in the front door frame weatherstrip b Remove 2 fixing screws arrow from front door outer weather bar...

Страница 1904: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 43 WINDSHIELD WINDOW GLASS 43 48 43 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal...

Страница 1905: ...28 6 Remove the front left door glass run a Lower the front door glass assembly and pull out the front left door glass run from the slot 7 Remove the front left door glass assembly a Raise the front d...

Страница 1906: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 43 WINDSHIELD WINDOW GLASS 43 50 43 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal...

Страница 1907: ...7 23 4 Remove the front left door assist grip mounting bracket assembly See page 47 28 5 Remove the front left door protective film assembly See page 47 28 6 Remove the front left door glass rear guid...

Страница 1908: ...lass rear guide rail assembly from the slot Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21430130 CAUTION After glass regulating system is installed make sure that the window glass c...

Страница 1909: ...t left door protective film assembly See page 47 28 6 Remove the front left door glass assembly See page 43 49 7 Remove the front left door power glass regulator assembly a Disconnect the connector 1...

Страница 1910: ...the table below If result is not as specified replace front door power glass regulator assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21430150 1 2 Measurement Condition Speci...

Страница 1911: ...rubber 1 from power glass regulating switch assembly b Remove the fixing screw 2 from power glass regulating switch assembly Tightening torque 2 0 5 N m c Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective t...

Страница 1912: ...ating switch assembly and remove the left power glass regulating switch assembly 4 Remove the left power glass regulating switch a Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up the claws arr...

Страница 1913: ...Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 10 RT21430240 Area Multimeter Connection Switch Condition Specified Condition Front right door glassregulating switch 6...

Страница 1914: ...door weatherstrip b Remove 2 fixing screws arrow from rear door outer weather bar Tightening torque 1 3 0 2 N m c Remove the rear left door outer weather bar in the direction of arrow as shown in the...

Страница 1915: ...r assist grip mounting bracket assembly See page 47 39 6 Remove the rear left door protective film assembly See page 47 39 7 Remove the rear door glass rear guide rail assembly See page 43 61 8 Remove...

Страница 1916: ...bly to the proper position b Remove 2 fixing bolts arrow from rear door glass assembly and remove the rear left door glass assembly Tightening torque 9 1 N m Installation Installation is in the revers...

Страница 1917: ...the rear left door frame weatherstrip completely There is a fixing screw in the rear door frame weatherstrip b Remove 2 fixing screws arrow from rear door glass rear guide rail assembly Tightening to...

Страница 1918: ...r left door protective film assembly See page 47 39 7 Remove the rear door glass rear guide rail assembly See page 43 61 8 Remove the rear left door glass assembly See page 43 59 9 Remove the rear lef...

Страница 1919: ...the table below If result is not as specified replace rear door power glass regulator assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21430290 1 2 Measurement Condition Specif...

Страница 1920: ...body and triangular window glass assembly d Tie wooden blocks or similar objects to both piano wire ends cut off adhesive by pulling the piano wire around triangular window glass assembly and remove...

Страница 1921: ...adhesive sticking to glass with a scraper b Clean the outer edges of glass with glass cleaner Adhesive RT21430320 CAUTION Try to prevent body paint surface from being scratched when cutting the adhesi...

Страница 1922: ...assembly and body at the positions shown in the illustration d Remove the triangular window glass assembly 2 Apply a coat of primer M to the contact surface of body a Using a brush apply a coat of pr...

Страница 1923: ...angular window glass assembly a Using a brush or sponge apply a coat of primer G to the glass rim and contact surface b Use a piece of clean cloth to wipe off the excess primer before drying c Width o...

Страница 1924: ...rtridge to sealer gun c Apply adhesive evenly to the triangular window glass assembly as shown in the illustration Adhesive width 8 10 mm Adhesive height 11 13 mm 7 Install the triangular window glass...

Страница 1925: ...ound the triangular window glass and remove them when the adhesive becomes hard 8 Install the triangular window glass trim board 9 Check and repair the sealing of glass a Check the glass for leakage a...

Страница 1926: ...garnish assembly See page 48 39 7 Remove the front windshield weatherstrip 8 Remove the front windshield assembly a Cut the adhesive with a knife b Apply protective tape to the outer surface of body t...

Страница 1927: ...ans are required DO NOT drop the front windshield assembly when removing it Leave as much adhesive on body as possible when cutting the adhesive When separating the front windshield assembly from vehi...

Страница 1928: ...ld assembly a Align the clip with installation hole on roof panel b Check if whole contact surface of glass rim is perfectly even c Place matchmarks on the front windshield and body at the positions s...

Страница 1929: ...f the front windshield assembly a Remove any residue on the contact surface of front windshield assembly with a piece of clean cloth soaked with glass cleaner CAUTION Allow primer to dry for at least...

Страница 1930: ...fore drying c Width of primer is 13 15 mm 5 Mix the adhesive a Using solvent thoroughly clean the mixing board and scraper b Using a scraper thoroughly mix the 500 g main adhesive and 75 g hardener on...

Страница 1931: ...indshield assembly a Align the matchmarks on windshield and vehicle body and gently press in the windshield along the rim b Uniformly apply adhesive to the windshield rim with a scraper c Remove any e...

Страница 1932: ...of the glass a Check the glass for leakage after adhesive has completely hardened b If it leaks seal the leaks by adding adhesive 10 Install the front windshield lower garnish assembly 11 Install the...

Страница 1933: ...move the rear wiper motor assembly See page 36 33 6 Remove the rear spoiler assembly See page 48 43 7 Remove the defroster wire harness assembly a Disconnect the left defroster wire harness connector...

Страница 1934: ...as shown in the illustration b Clean the contact surface of vehicle body with cleaner RT21430341 CAUTION When removing the rear windshield assembly 2 technicians are required DO NOT drop the rear wind...

Страница 1935: ...windshield assembly a Align the clip with installation hole on roof panel b Check if whole contact surface of glass rim is perfectly even c Place matchmarks on the rear windshield and body at the pos...

Страница 1936: ...ct surface of rear windshield a Remove any residue on the contact surface of rear windshield with a piece of clean cloth soaked with glass cleaner CAUTION Allow primer to dry for at least 3 minutes DO...

Страница 1937: ...er thoroughly mix 500 g main adhesive and 75 g hardener on the mixing board 6 Apply the adhesive a Cut off the tip of the cartridge nozzle and add adhesive b Install the cartridge to sealer gun c Appl...

Страница 1938: ...s hard 8 Install the rear windshield weatherstrip 9 Check and repair the sealing of glass a Check the glass for leakage after adhesive has completely hardened b If it leaks seal the leaks by adding ad...

Страница 1939: ...ter vapors on rear windshield thus realizing a clear view To turn on the rear window defogger it is necessary to turn ignition switch to ON and press rear window defogger switch The rear window defogg...

Страница 1940: ...33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 1 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 1 BATTERY DEFOGER RELAY RRLY02 85 30 86 87 RF33 25A IGNITION SEITCH ON OR ACC RF13 7 5A A32 A31 A30 A29 A28 A16 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9...

Страница 1941: ...djust as necessary Symptom Suspected Area See page Rear window defogger switch is turned on but does not operate indicator on Fuse 51 37 Rear window defogger switch Rear window defogger wire Wire harn...

Страница 1942: ...Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up the clips on DVD panel assembly b Disconnect the connectors arrow from DVD panel assembly and remove the DVD panel assembly CAUTION Make sure to...

Страница 1943: ...ontrol panel c Disconnect the connector arrow from A C control panel and remove the A C control panel Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21430520 RT21430530 CAUTION Install...

Страница 1944: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 43 88...

Страница 1945: ...LE SERVICE 44 7 Outside Rear View Mirror Assembly 44 7 Removal 44 7 Inspection 44 8 Installation 44 8 Outside Rear View Mirror Housing Assembly 44 9 Removal 44 9 Installation 44 9 Outside Rear View Mi...

Страница 1946: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 44 2 44...

Страница 1947: ...left protector assembly With ignition switch ON press power outside rear view mirror adjustment switch L or R to select the left or right outside rear view mirror that you want to adjust and then pre...

Страница 1948: ...VIEW MIRROR 44 4 44 Specifications Torque Specifications Tool General Tool Description Torque N m Outside Rear View Mirror Assembly Fixing Bolt 6 1 Inside Rear View Mirror Assembly Fixing Screw 1 5 0...

Страница 1949: ...12 13 85 85 87 87 30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4...

Страница 1950: ...se is damaged 2 Check if wire harnesses and connectors related to rear view mirror are worn pierced pinched or partially broken 3 Check wire harnesses and connectors related to rear view mirror for br...

Страница 1951: ...23 4 Remove the left outside rear view mirror assembly a Disconnect the outside rear view mirror connector 1 b Remove 3 fixing bolts arrow from outside rear view mirror assembly Tightening torque 6 1...

Страница 1952: ...ion is in the reverse order of removal 1 2 3 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 4 5 6 7 RT21440040 Measurement Condition Specified Condition Battery positive Terminal 3 Battery negative Terminal 2 UP Battery po...

Страница 1953: ...apped with protective tape remove the clip from outside rear view mirror housing assembly and remove the left outside rear view mirror housing assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse orde...

Страница 1954: ...tside rear view mirror frame c Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up the claws arrow of outside rear view mirror lens assembly d Remove the left outside rear view mirror lens assembl...

Страница 1955: ...ew mirror assembly in the direction of arrow as shown in the illustration Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Appropriate force should be applied when removing inside...

Страница 1956: ...tch unit panel b Disconnect the rear view mirror adjustment switch connector arrow c Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape detach the claws arrow of rear view mirror adjustment switch assem...

Страница 1957: ...sembly according to the table below If result is not as specified replace rear view mirror adjustment switch assembly L R 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 RT21440150 Multimeter Connection Switch Condition Specifi...

Страница 1958: ...Always operate carefully to prevent components from being damaged when installing the rear view mirror adjustment switch assembly Install each connector in place when installing rear view mirror adjus...

Страница 1959: ...ools 45 8 ON VEHICLE SERVICE 45 9 Auxiliary Fascia Console Assembly 45 9 Removal 45 9 Disassembly 45 13 Assembly 45 16 Installation 45 16 Instrument Panel Assembly 45 17 Removal 45 17 Disassembly 45 2...

Страница 1960: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 45 2 45...

Страница 1961: ...tomobile Co Ltd 45 INSTRUMENT PANEL 45 3 45 INSTRUMENT PANEL GENERAL INFORMATION Description Auxiliary Fascia Console Assembly RT21450010 2 4 10 9 4 4 2 2 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 8 15 16 13 11 12 18 17 19 2...

Страница 1962: ...Front Left Protector 7 Auxiliary Fascia Console Front Right Protector 8 Auxiliary Fascia Console Assembly 9 Auxiliary Fascia Console Rear Cover Plate Assembly 10 Parking Brake Garnish 11 Cup Holder As...

Страница 1963: ...Panel Assembly 7 No Disc DVD Assembly 8 DVD Panel Assembly 9 Fuse Box Cover 10 Combination Light Adjust Switch Panel 11 Instrument Panel Lower Left Protector Assembly 12 Instrument Cluster 13 Hazard...

Страница 1964: ...system 1 Instrument Panel Crossmember Assembly 2 Instrument Panel Crossmember Lower Left Bracket Assembly 3 Instrument Panel Crossmember Lower Right Bracket Assembly 4 Left Defroster Duct Assembly 5...

Страница 1965: ...mbly Fixing Bolt 10 1 Instrument Panel Assembly Fixing Bolt 7 1 Face Air Duct Assembly Fixing Screw 1 5 0 5 Defroster Duct Assembly Fixing Screw 1 5 0 5 Center Defroster Duct Assembly Fixing Screw 1 5...

Страница 1966: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 45 INSTRUMENT PANEL 45 8 45 Tools Special Tools Steering Wheel Remover Interior Crow Plate RCH0000014 RCH0000025...

Страница 1967: ...n in the illustration 4 Remove the parking brake garnish a Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up the claws on parking brake garnish and remove the parking brake garnish CAUTION Be su...

Страница 1968: ...USB panel assembly and remove the USB panel assembly 6 Remove the gearshift cover plate assembly for CVT model a Pull out the shift knob in the direction of arrow as shown in the illustration b Using...

Страница 1969: ...as an example a Remove the fixing bolt arrow from auxiliary fascia console front left protector Tightening torque 5 1 N m b Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up the claws on auxili...

Страница 1970: ...m d Pull up the seat adjusting handle and move the front seat assembly to the foremost position e Remove 2 fixing bolts arrow from rear part of auxiliary fascia console assembly Tightening torque 5 1...

Страница 1971: ...m i Remove the auxiliary fascia console assembly Disassembly 1 Remove the anti theft coil for CVT model a Disengage the claws arrow and remove the anti theft coil 2 Remove the auxiliary fascia consol...

Страница 1972: ...auxiliary fascia console assembly 3 Remove the armrest box cover assembly and armrest inner storage box a Pull out the hinge shaft in the direction of arrow as shown in the illustration b Remove the...

Страница 1973: ...e front trim ring from auxiliary fascia console assembly 7 Remove the auxiliary fascia console front inner protector assembly a Remove the auxiliary fascia console front inner protector assembly from...

Страница 1974: ...ce from USB panel assembly Assembly Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal iPod AUX RT21450280 iPod AUX CAUTION Make sure to tight...

Страница 1975: ...nel assembly all components related to airbag should be operated with battery power source off It is forbidden to operate them with power source on Because within 60 seconds after vehicle stops or fus...

Страница 1976: ...ips on DVD panel assembly b Disconnect the connectors arrow from DVD panel assembly and remove the DVD panel assembly 5 Remove the no disc DVD assembly See page 39 12 6 Remove the A C control panel as...

Страница 1977: ...eft side as an example a Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up the claws on instrument panel left end panel assembly and remove the instrument panel left end panel assembly 11 Remove...

Страница 1978: ...he instrument cluster See page 38 42 23 Remove the A pillar upper protector assembly See page 49 17 24 Remove the instrument panel assembly a Disconnect the front passenger airbag connector 1 b Remove...

Страница 1979: ...ng light as shown in the illustration b Remove the hazard warning light from instrument panel assembly 3 Remove the damper assembly a Press the claws arrow as shown in the illustration b Remove the da...

Страница 1980: ...defroster duct assembly Tightening torque 1 5 0 5 N m b Remove the center defroster duct assembly from instrument panel assembly 7 Remove the instrument panel left outlet assembly a Using a screwdriv...

Страница 1981: ...nger airbag b Remove the front passenger airbag from instrument panel assembly Assembly Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT2...

Страница 1982: ...N m 5 Loosen the connector mounting bracket a Disconnect the connectors 1 from the inner part of connector mounting bracket b Remove 2 fixing bolts arrow from connector mounting bracket and loosen the...

Страница 1983: ...he anti theft module Tightening torque 7 1 N m 9 Remove the instrument panel crossmember lower bracket assembly a Remove 6 fixing bolts arrow from instrument panel crossmember lower bracket assemblies...

Страница 1984: ...e Tightening torque 15 2 N m c Remove the clips arrow from lower part of instrument panel wire harness d Remove the clips from upper part of instrument panel wire harness and separate the instrument p...

Страница 1985: ...ossmember bracket assembly take left side as an example a Remove 4 fixing bolts arrow from instrument panel crossmember bracket assembly Tightening torque 23 2 N m b Remove the instrument panel crossm...

Страница 1986: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 45 28...

Страница 1987: ...t Diagram 46 11 ON VEHICLE SERVICE 46 12 Front Seat Assembly 46 12 Removal 46 12 Disassembly 46 14 Assembly 46 22 Installation 46 22 Inspection 46 22 Rear Seat Assembly 46 25 Removal 46 25 Disassembly...

Страница 1988: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 46 2 46...

Страница 1989: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 46 SEAT 46 3 46 SEAT GENERAL INFORMATION Description Driver Seat Assembly RT21460010 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 1 3 6 7 8 9 2 4 5 15 10 11 12 13 14...

Страница 1990: ...le Assembly 6 Driver Seatback Assembly 7 Driver Seat Rear Mounting Foot Cover Assembly 8 Driver Seat Outer Shield Assembly 9 Driver Seat Reclining Adjuster Handle 10 Driver Seat Reclining Adjuster Han...

Страница 1991: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 46 SEAT 46 5 46 Front Passenger Seat Assembly RT21460020 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 4 7 1 2 8 5 6 13 14 15 12 10 9 11...

Страница 1992: ...Passenger Seat Inner Shield Assembly 7 Front Passenger Seat Rear Mounting Foot Cover Assembly 8 Front Passenger Seat Track Assembly 9 Front Passenger Seat Front Mounting Foot Cover Assembly 10 Front...

Страница 1993: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 46 SEAT 46 7 46 Rear Seat Assembly RT21460030 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 3 1 4 5 6 7 8 9 2 10 20 16 19 21 13 12 11 17 18 15 14...

Страница 1994: ...Seatback Unlock Mechanism Cover 5 Rear Seatback Unlock Mechanism Assembly 6 Child Seat Upper Fixing Point Trim Cover 7 Rear Left Seatback Assembly 8 Rear Left Seat Folder Mechanism Assembly Outer Cove...

Страница 1995: ...5 Seat Inner Shield Assembly Fixing Screw 4 8 0 5 Seat Track Assembly Fixing Bolt 24 2 4 Rear Seat Assembly Fixing Bolt 50 5 Attachment Trim Cover Fixing Screw Between Rear Seat Cushion and Seatback...

Страница 1996: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 46 SEAT 46 10 46 Tool General Tool Digital Multimeter RCH0000002...

Страница 1997: ...1 F12 F13 F14 F15 F16 F17 F18 F4 F5 F6 F7 W B 060 B 060 18 I 035 B 059 I 006 B 003 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 W B 059 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 B B I 044 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 I 044 B 065 B 071 B 06...

Страница 1998: ...ly a As shown in the illustration press the seat headrest guide w button and remove the driver seat headrest assembly 4 Remove the driver seat assembly a As shown in the illustration pull up the seat...

Страница 1999: ...own in the illustration pull up the seat track unlock handle and move the seat assembly to the foremost position e Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up the seat rear mounting foot c...

Страница 2000: ...lining adjuster handle and move the seatback to the upright position and remove the driver seat assembly Disassembly HINT Use the same procedures for the front passenger seat assembly and driver seat...

Страница 2001: ...cover assembly a Remove 2 fixing screws arrow from the seat rear mounting foot cover assembly and remove the driver seat rear mounting foot cover assembly Tightening torque 4 8 0 5 N m 4 Remove the s...

Страница 2002: ...a Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up the seat reclining adjuster handle cover 1 b Remove 2 fixing screws arrow from the seat reclining adjuster handle and remove the driver seat r...

Страница 2003: ...ghtening torque 4 8 0 5 N m b Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up the claws on the seat outer shield assembly and remove the seat outer shield assembly 9 Remove the seat outer shie...

Страница 2004: ...buckle assembly Tightening torque 50 5 N m b Remove the clips arrow from the seat belt buckle assembly and remove the driver seat belt buckle assembly 11 Remove the driver seat inner shield assembly...

Страница 2005: ...and seat cushion assembly 13 Remove the driver seat headrest guide a Remove 9 hog rings arrow from the seatback assembly b Press and hold the lower part of seat headrest guide in the direction of arr...

Страница 2006: ...ion assembly b Remove the driver seat cushion assembly 15 Remove the seat cushion assembly for front passenger side a Remove 11 hog rings arrow from the seat cushion assembly b Disengage the clip arro...

Страница 2007: ...e the passenger side seat belt reminder 1 17 Remove the seat track assembly for front passenger side a Remove 3 fixing bolts arrow from the left seat track assembly Tightening torque 24 2 4 N m b Remo...

Страница 2008: ...epair or replace in time b Adjust the seatback reclining to the maximum and minimum angle by pulling up the seat reclining adjuster handle and check if the seat is difficult to move stuck etc If the a...

Страница 2009: ...r replace in time e Check if the fixing bolts are set in position Tighten to the specified torque as necessary f Check the passenger side seat belt reminder for front passenger side Disconnect passeng...

Страница 2010: ...pair or replace in time b Adjust the seatback reclining to the maximum and minimum angle by pulling the seatback reclining adjust switch and check if the seatback is difficult to move stuck etc If the...

Страница 2011: ...rest guide w button and remove the rear left seat headrest assembly 2 Remove the rear left seat assembly a Remove 2 fixing bolts arrow from the front part of rear left seat assembly Tightening torque...

Страница 2012: ...achment trim cover between rear left seat cushion and seatback take left side as an example a Remove the attachment trim cover fixing screw arrow between rear left seat cushion and seatback Tightening...

Страница 2013: ...the illustration b Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up the claw on the rear seat armrest trim cover and remove the rear seat armrest trim cover c Remove the fixing screw 1 from th...

Страница 2014: ...xing screw arrow from the child seat upper fixing point trim cover Tightening torque 4 8 0 5 N m c Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up the claw on the child seat upper fixing point...

Страница 2015: ...he lower part of rear seat headrest guide in the direction of arrow as shown in the illustration and remove the rear left seat headrest guide 5 Remove the rear seatback unlock mechanism assembly a Usi...

Страница 2016: ...tening torque 4 8 0 5 N m c Disconnect the rear seatback unlock mechanism cables arrow and remove the rear seatback unlock mechanism assembly 6 Remove the rear seatback unlock mechanism cable a Remove...

Страница 2017: ...row from the rear seat mounting foot cover assembly and remove the rear seat mounting foot cover assembly Tightening torque 4 8 0 5 N m b Remove the snap ring in the direction of arrow as shown in the...

Страница 2018: ...right side of seatback assembly Tightening torque 48 4 8 N m f Separate the rear seat cushion assembly and seatback assembly 8 Remove the rear left seat folder mechanism assembly outer cover take left...

Страница 2019: ...eft side of rear seat bracket assembly Tightening torque 48 4 8 N m b Remove 2 fixing bolts arrow from the right side of rear seat bracket assembly Tightening torque 48 4 8 N m c Remove the rear seat...

Страница 2020: ...or replace as necessary 2 Press the headrest guide w button move the headrest up and down and check if the headrest is difficult to move stuck etc If the above conditions occur repair or replace in ti...

Страница 2021: ...mrest assembly forward or backward and check if the rear seat armrest assembly is difficult to move stuck etc If the above conditions occur repair or replace in time 4 Check if the fixing bolts are se...

Страница 2022: ...itch b Disconnect the seat heater switch connectors arrow and remove the driver seat heater switch 1 and front passenger seat heater switch 2 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of remov...

Страница 2023: ...nt Door Protector Assembly 47 23 Removal 47 23 Installation 47 27 Front Door Assembly 47 28 Removal 47 28 Installation 47 33 Adjustment 47 33 Inspection 47 35 Rear Door Protector Assembly 47 36 Remova...

Страница 2024: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 47 2 47...

Страница 2025: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 47 ENGINE HOOD DOOR 47 3 47 ENGINE HOOD DOOR GENERAL INFORMATION Description Hood Assembly RT21470010 MAX MAX MIN MIN 14 6 5 7 8 1 2 3 4...

Страница 2026: ...D DOOR 47 4 47 1 Hood Assembly 2 Hood Upper Adjustment Block 3 Hood Right Air Spring Assembly 4 Hood Right Hinge Assembly 5 Hood Left Hinge Assembly 6 Hood Left Air Spring Assembly 7 Hood Sound absorb...

Страница 2027: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 47 ENGINE HOOD DOOR 47 5 47 Front Left Door Assembly RT21470020 3 3 6 3 2 2 3 9 1 4 6 10 7 8 21 22 24 25 20 19 18 5 17 26 12 13 14 15 11 27 16 23...

Страница 2028: ...oor Buffer Block 13 Front Door Glass Rear Guide Rail Assembly 14 Front Door Power Glass Regulator Assembly 15 Front Door Low Pitched Speaker 16 Front Door Lower Hinge Assembly 17 Front Door Outside Ha...

Страница 2029: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 47 ENGINE HOOD DOOR 47 7 47 Back Door Assembly RT21470030 2 3 7 8 9 2 3 4 5 6 1 13 14 11 12 10...

Страница 2030: ...Back Door Locating Block 3 Back Door Hinge Assembly 4 Back Door Left Air Spring Assembly 5 Back Door Right Air Spring Assembly 6 Back Door Locating Seat 7 Back Door Left Protector Assembly 8 Back Doo...

Страница 2031: ...ng Screw 1 5 0 5 Front Door Outside Handle Base Assembly Fixing Screw 5 1 Fixing Bolt Between Front Door Hinge Assembly and Door 70 3 Fixing Bolt Between Front Door Hinge Assembly and Body 70 3 Front...

Страница 2032: ...Door Hinge Assembly Fixing Nut 23 2 Back Door Lock Striker Assembly Fixing Screw 10 1 Back Door Upper Trim Board Assembly Fixing Screw 3 1 Back Door Upper Trim Board Assembly Fixing Nut 5 1 Back Door...

Страница 2033: ...ocks 1 4 Remove the hood lower adjustment block a Turn the hood lower adjustment blocks counterclockwise and remove the hood lower adjustment blocks 1 WARNING When removing hood assembly an assistant...

Страница 2034: ...er wrapped with protective tape pry up the rubber cover 1 b Remove the washer hose from the clips arrow 8 Release the hood air spring assembly a Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up...

Страница 2035: ...hen installing hood assembly an assistant is needed to hold hood Prevent hood from dropping or sudden closing to cause accidents during operation CAUTION Be sure to wear safety equipment to prevent ac...

Страница 2036: ...tween hood assembly and radiator grille 6 4 1 5 mm Clearance between hood assembly and front headlight assembly 6 5 1 5 mm Clearance between hood assembly and front fender assembly 4 0 1 0 mm c After...

Страница 2037: ...g nuts of hood lock assembly and adjust the hood lock assembly in the direction of arrow as shown in the illustration b Tighten the hood lock assembly fixing nuts to the specified torque after adjustm...

Страница 2038: ...dshield lower garnish left cover plate b Remove the front windshield lower garnish left cover plate 4 Remove the hood left hinge assembly a Remove 2 fixing bolts arrow between hood hinge assembly and...

Страница 2039: ...move the hood hinge Assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21480250 RT21470150 WARNING When installing hood hinge assembly an assistant is needed to hold hood Prevent...

Страница 2040: ...arrow and the fixing nut 1 from the water tank upper crossmember deflector Tightening torque 10 1 N m b Remove the water tank upper crossmember deflector 6 Remove the hood lock assembly a Remove 2 fix...

Страница 2041: ...ing torque 1 5 0 5 N m b Disengage the hood grip assembly in the direction of arrow as shown in the illustration c Disengage the hood cable arrow to separate it from the hood grip assembly 8 Remove th...

Страница 2042: ...tion Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Try to prevent body paint surface from being scratched when installing hood cable assembly After installation of hood cable assembly is com...

Страница 2043: ...ective tape pry up the fixing clip on the lower part of hood air spring and remove the hood left air spring assembly 4 Remove the hood air spring ball pin arrow Tightening torque 10 1 N m WARNING When...

Страница 2044: ...assembly an assistant is needed to hold hood Prevent hood from dropping or sudden closing to cause accidents during operation CAUTION Try to prevent body paint surface from being scratched when insta...

Страница 2045: ...bly and remove the front left door inner triangular block assembly 4 Remove the front left door inside handle assembly a Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up the front door inside h...

Страница 2046: ...r glass regulating control master switch assembly See page 43 44 7 Remove the front left door protector assembly a Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up the front door protector scre...

Страница 2047: ...Tightening torque 1 5 0 5 N m e Using an interior crow plate pry off the clips from the front door protector assembly and release the front door protector assembly in the direction of arrow as shown...

Страница 2048: ...door inside handle assembly Tightening torque 1 5 0 5 N m b Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up the claws on front door inside handle assembly c Remove the front door inside handl...

Страница 2049: ...tor assembly 12 Remove the anti theft indicator a Press the claws arrow on anti theft indicator as shown in the illustration b Remove the anti theft indicator from the front door protector assembly In...

Страница 2050: ...m board garnish b Remove the front left door trim board garnish 4 Remove the front left door trim board assembly a Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up the clips on front door trim...

Страница 2051: ...t left door connector arrow 6 Remove the front left door frame weatherstrip a Remove the clip from the front door frame weatherstrip and remove the front left door frame weatherstrip 7 Remove the fron...

Страница 2052: ...p mounting bracket assembly 10 Remove the front left door protective film assembly a Disengage the wire harness clips arrow RT21470350 CAUTION Avoid damage to front door protective film when removing...

Страница 2053: ...fer assembly See page 39 15 12 Remove the left outside rear view mirror assembly See page 44 7 13 Remove the front left door key cylinder protective cover See page 37 44 14 Remove the front left door...

Страница 2054: ...e front left door outside handle rear gasket a Disengage the claws from the front door outside handle rear gasket and remove the front left door outside handle rear gasket 18 Remove the front left doo...

Страница 2055: ...RNING Be sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when installing front door assembly When installing front door assembly an assistant is needed to hold front door to prevent front door from...

Страница 2056: ...n positions of front door assembly and each part are as follows Clearance between front door assembly and rear door assembly 4 0 1 0 mm Clearance between front door assembly and front fender assembly...

Страница 2057: ...striker to the specified torque after adjustment Tightening torque 10 1 N m Inspection After front left door assembly is adjusted perform the following inspections 1 Check front door assembly for wear...

Страница 2058: ...er 1 b Remove the fixing screw 2 from the rear door inside handle assembly Tightening torque 1 5 0 5 N m 4 Remove the rear left door assist grip cover a Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tap...

Страница 2059: ...0 5 N m b Using an interior crow plate pry off the clips from the rear door protector assembly and remove the rear door protector assembly in the direction of arrow as shown in the illustration c Dise...

Страница 2060: ...ector assembly 8 Remove the rear door assist grip assembly a Remove 4 fixing screws arrow from the rear door assist grip assembly Tightening torque 1 5 0 5 N m b Remove the rear door assist grip assem...

Страница 2061: ...im board garnish b Remove the rear left door trim board garnish 4 Remove the rear left door trim board assembly a Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up the clips on rear door trim bo...

Страница 2062: ...ws on connector c Disconnect the rear left door connector arrow 6 Remove the rear left door frame weatherstrip a Remove the clip from the rear door frame weatherstrip and remove the rear left door fra...

Страница 2063: ...left woofer assembly See page 39 17 11 Remove the rear left door protective film assembly a Remove the rear left door protective film assembly by gently pulling it along edges from one corner of the r...

Страница 2064: ...ar door because it is integrated with the protective cover without key cylinder of rear door 13 Remove the rear left door outside handle a Slide and pull the rear door outside handle in the direction...

Страница 2065: ...power glass regulator assembly See page 43 62 21 Remove the rear left door lock assembly See page 37 47 22 Remove the rear left door assembly a Remove 3 fixing bolts arrow between rear door hinge asse...

Страница 2066: ...ARNING Be sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when installing rear door assembly When installing rear door assembly an assistant is needed to hold rear door to prevent rear door from dr...

Страница 2067: ...r assembly and front door assembly is within the standard range Standard alignment 0 mm g After adjustment make sure alignment between rear door assembly and rear body outer panel is within the standa...

Страница 2068: ...bly is adjusted perform the following inspections 1 Check rear door assembly for wear or deformation during installation and repair as necessary 2 Check if fixing bolts and fixing screws are set in po...

Страница 2069: ...eft side as an example a Using an interior crow plate pry off the clips from the back door left protector assembly b Remove the back door left protector assembly 5 Remove the back door lock mechanical...

Страница 2070: ...er 2 7 Remove the back door grip assembly a Remove the fixing screw arrow from the back door grip assembly Tightening torque 7 1 N m b Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up the claw...

Страница 2071: ...assembly c Remove the back door lower protector assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21470760 CAUTION Be sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when ins...

Страница 2072: ...e remove the back door buffer blocks 2 5 Remove the back door locating seat a Remove 4 fixing bolts arrow from the back door locating seat Tightening torque 1 5 1 N m b Remove the left back door locat...

Страница 2073: ...im board assembly See page 48 45 13 Remove the back door lock assembly See page 37 51 14 Remove the back door opener switch assembly See page 47 56 15 Remove the rear combination light assembly movabl...

Страница 2074: ...from the back door hinge assembly Tightening torque 23 2 N m b Remove the back door hinge assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal 1 RT21470800 RT21470810 WARNING When ins...

Страница 2075: ...m c Loosen the fixing bolts on back door assembly and adjust the position of back door assembly in the direction of arrow as shown in the illustration d Tighten the fixing bolts on back door assembly...

Страница 2076: ...g After adjustment tighten fixing bolts between back door hinge and body to the specified torque Tightening torque 23 2 N m 2 Adjust the height of back door with the back door adjustment block a Lowe...

Страница 2077: ...back door lock striker assembly to the specified torque after adjustment Tightening torque 10 1 N m Inspection After back door assembly is adjusted perform the following inspections 1 Check back door...

Страница 2078: ...remove the back door opener switch assembly Tightening torque 10 1 N m Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Be sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when r...

Страница 2079: ...ape pry off the back door air spring lower clip and remove the back door left air spring assembly 4 Remove the back door air spring ball pin arrow Tightening torque 10 1 N m WARNING When removing back...

Страница 2080: ...assistant is needed to hold back door Prevent back door from dropping or sudden closing to cause accidents during operation CAUTION Try to prevent body paint surface from being scratched when installi...

Страница 2081: ...Wheel House Protector Assembly 48 24 Removal 48 24 Installation 48 24 Fender Assembly 48 25 Removal 48 25 Installation 48 28 Engine Lower Protector Assembly 48 29 Removal 48 29 Installation 48 29 Rea...

Страница 2082: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 48 2 48...

Страница 2083: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 48 EXTERIOR 48 3 48 EXTERIOR GENERAL INFORMATION Description 9 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 21 16 12 13 10 11 17 18 19 20 14 15 RT21480010 6 3 3 3 6 3 8 2 4 6 18 14 12...

Страница 2084: ...r Stiffener Bracket Assembly 9 Front Bumper Upper Left Mounting Bracket Assembly 10 Front Bumper Crossmember Assembly 11 Front Bumper Energy Absorber 12 Radiator Grille Assembly 13 Front Bumper Assemb...

Страница 2085: ...heel 10 Rear Bumper Left Mounting Bracket Assembly 11 Rear Left Wheel House Protector Assembly 12 Rear Bumper Crossmember Assembly 13 Rear Bumper Energy Absorber 14 Rear Bumper Assembly 15 Rear Right...

Страница 2086: ...mbly Fixing Screw 2 5 0 5 Front Bumper Upper Grille Fixing Screw 2 5 0 5 Front Bumper Assembly Fixing Screw 3 1 Front Bumper Assembly Fixing Bolt 10 1 Front Fog Assembly Fixing Screw 1 5 0 5 Front Bum...

Страница 2087: ...Bolt 9 1 Rear Spoiler Assembly Fixing Nut 5 1 High Mounted Stop Light Fixing Nut 3 5 0 5 Back Door Locating Seat Fixing Bolt 1 5 1 Rear Bumper Energy Absorber Fixing Bolt 23 2 Rear Fog Light Fixing S...

Страница 2088: ...move the front name plate CAC assembly a Remove 6 fixing crews arrow from the front name plate CAC assembly Tightening torque 3 1 N m b Remove the front name plate CAC assembly from the radiator grill...

Страница 2089: ...ly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21480043 CAUTION Be sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when installing radiator grille assembly Try to prevent body pa...

Страница 2090: ...CAUTION Make sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when removing water tank upper crossmember trim board Appropriate force should be applied when removing water tank upper crossmember tr...

Страница 2091: ...rt of front bumper assembly c Remove 2 fixing screws 1 from the lower part of front bumper assembly Tightening torque 3 1 N m d Remove 2 fixing bolts 2 from the lower part of front bumper assembly Tig...

Страница 2092: ...mper assembly Disassembly RT21480070 CAUTION Avoid breaking the claws when removing the front bumper assembly RT21480080 CAUTION Be sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when disassemblin...

Страница 2093: ...rber b Remove the front bumper energy absorber from the front bumper assembly 3 Remove the front bumper upper center grille a Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up the claws on front...

Страница 2094: ...front left fog light cover garnish b Remove the front left fog light cover garnish from the front bumper assembly 7 Remove the front left fog light cover take left side as an example a Using a screwdr...

Страница 2095: ...ar safety equipment to prevent accidents when installing front bumper assembly Try to prevent body paint surface from being scratched when installing front bumper assembly Make sure that front bumper...

Страница 2096: ...cket assembly a Remove 2 fixing nuts arrow from the front bumper lower stiffener bracket assembly Tightening torque 10 1 N m b Remove the front bumper lower stiffener bracket assembly Installation Ins...

Страница 2097: ...s arrow from the front bumper left mounting bracket assembly Tightening torque 10 1 N m b Remove the front bumper left mounting bracket assembly 5 Remove the front bumper center stiffener bracket asse...

Страница 2098: ...g bracket assembly take left side as an example a Remove 2 fixing bolts arrow from the front bumper lower mounting bracket assembly Tightening torque 10 1 N m b Remove the front bumper lower left moun...

Страница 2099: ...htening torque 23 2 N m c Remove the front bumper crossmember assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Be sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when r...

Страница 2100: ...ove the front left wheel flare assembly 2 Remove the rear left wheel flare assembly a Remove the clips from the rear left wheel flare assembly b Remove the rear left wheel flare assembly CAUTION Be su...

Страница 2101: ...TION Be sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when installing wheel flare assembly Try to prevent body paint surface from being scratched when installing wheel flare assembly Make sure da...

Страница 2102: ...bly c Using an interior crow plate pry off the clip from the left apron plate cover assembly d Remove the left apron plate cover assembly in the direction of arrow as shown in the illustration 3 Remov...

Страница 2103: ...tallation is in the reverse order of removal RT21480331 CAUTION Be sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when installing apron plate assembly Try to prevent body paint surface from being...

Страница 2104: ...ly d Remove the front left wheel house protector assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Be sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when removing front...

Страница 2105: ...mounting bracket assembly See page 48 17 7 Remove the front windshield lower garnish left cover plate a Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up the claws on front windshield lower garn...

Страница 2106: ...ening torque 10 1 N m b Remove the fixing bolt arrow between fender assembly and engine hood hinge Tightening torque 10 1 N m c Remove the fixing bolt arrow between fender assembly and body Tightening...

Страница 2107: ...dy Tightening torque 10 1 N m f Remove the fixing bolt arrow between lower part of fender assembly and body Tightening torque 10 1 N m g Remove the clip from the front windshield lower garnish weather...

Страница 2108: ...Be sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when installing front fender Try to prevent body paint surface from being scratched when installing front fender Make sure that front fender is in...

Страница 2109: ...m c Remove 2 plastic clips arrow from the engine lower left protector assembly and remove the left engine lower left protector assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CA...

Страница 2110: ...e with a lifter and remove the fixing screw 1 between rear bumper assembly and rear wheel house protector assembly take left side as an example Tightening torque 3 1 N m b Remove 3 plastic clips arrow...

Страница 2111: ...move 2 fixing bolts 1 from the upper part of rear bumper assembly Tightening torque 3 1 N m f Disengage the claws from the rear bumper assembly take left side as an example g Disconnect the connectors...

Страница 2112: ...torque 1 5 0 5 N m b Remove the rear left fog light 1 and rear right fog light 2 from the rear bumper assembly 3 Remove the reversing radar sensor a Press the claws on the reversing radar sensor b Re...

Страница 2113: ...bumper assembly Try to prevent body paint surface from being scratched when installing rear bumper assembly CAUTION Be sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when installing rear bumper as...

Страница 2114: ...rear bumper left mounting bracket assembly Tightening torque 3 1 N m b Remove the rear bumper left mounting bracket assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Be su...

Страница 2115: ...ghtening torque 1 5 0 5 N m 5 Remove the back door handle sensor a Disconnect the back door handle sensor arrow b Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up the clip and remove the back d...

Страница 2116: ...bly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21480450 CAUTION Be sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when installing rear bumper crossmember assembly Try to preven...

Страница 2117: ...heel house protector assembly of rear left wheel Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Be sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when removing front wheel ho...

Страница 2118: ...tening torque 3 1 N m d Remove the rear left wheel house protector assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Be sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents w...

Страница 2119: ...indshield lower garnish weatherstrip a Remove the clip from the front windshield lower garnish weatherstrip b Remove the front windshield lower garnish weatherstrip 4 Remove the front windshield lower...

Страница 2120: ...ion is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Be sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when installing front windshield lower garnish assembly Try to prevent body paint surface from bein...

Страница 2121: ...er wrapped with protective tape pry up the claws on roof rack front rear trim cover and remove the roof rack front rear trim cover c Remove 5 fixing bolts arrow from the roof rack assembly and remove...

Страница 2122: ...ow on roof rack front cushion b Remove the roof rack front cushion from the roof rack assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21480531 CAUTION Be sure to wear safety eq...

Страница 2123: ...r 1 b Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry up the inside rubber covers 2 c Remove 4 fixing nuts arrow from the rear spoiler assembly Tightening torque 5 1 N m d Using a screwdriver wra...

Страница 2124: ...g torque 3 5 0 5 N m b Remove the high mounted stop light from the rear spoiler assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21480542 CAUTION Be sure to wear safety equipmen...

Страница 2125: ...m the back door upper trim board assembly Tightening torque 3 1 N m b Remove 6 fixing nuts arrow from the back door upper trim board assembly Tightening torque 5 1 N m c Using a screwdriver wrapped wi...

Страница 2126: ...late light a Press the claws on license plate light in the direction of arrow as shown in the illustration b Remove the license plate light from the back door upper trim board assembly 6 Remove the ca...

Страница 2127: ...llation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Be sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when installing back door upper trim board assembly Try to prevent body paint surface from bein...

Страница 2128: ...on the body b Wipe off all tape adhesive residues with cleaner 2 Clean name plate CHERY if name plate CHERY is to be reused a Using a heat light heat name plate and remove double sided tape on name pl...

Страница 2129: ...ance b between lower side of name plate CAC and lower side of back door upper trim board is 4 4 2 mm 6 Installation distance ranges for name plate Tiggo5 are as follows a When attaching Tiggo5 name pl...

Страница 2130: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 48 50...

Страница 2131: ...ssembly 49 17 Removal 49 17 Installation 49 18 A pillar Lower Protector Assembly 49 19 Removal 49 19 Installation 49 19 B pillar Lower Protector Assembly 49 20 Removal 49 20 Installation 49 20 B pilla...

Страница 2132: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 49 2 49...

Страница 2133: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 49 INTERIOR 49 3 49 INTERIOR GENERAL INFORMATION Description RT21490010 11 7 1 2 4 6 8 9 3 5 17 21 22 13 16 14 18 12 10 19 20 23 24 15 2 3 3 3 5 5...

Страница 2134: ...ll Pressure Plate Assembly 11 Right C pillar Upper Protector Assembly 12 Right C pillar Lower Protector Assembly 13 Back Doorsill Pressure Plate Assembly 14 Back Door Baffle Plate Assembly 15 Left C p...

Страница 2135: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 49 INTERIOR 49 5 49 RT21490020 8 9 2 1 6 7 5 3 4 12 13 10 14 11 2 2 3 2...

Страница 2136: ...Passenger Grip Assembly 5 Rear Left Passenger Grip Assembly 6 Right Sun Visor Holder B 7 Right Sun Visor Assembly 8 Left Sun Visor Holder B 9 Left Sun Visor Assembly 10 Interior Front Dome Light Asse...

Страница 2137: ...passenger grip assembly pillar protector assembly tonneau cover assembly and carpet assembly etc 1 Front Right Door Opening Weatherstrip 2 Rear Right Door Opening Weatherstrip 3 Front Floor Carpet As...

Страница 2138: ...sembly Fixing Screw 1 5 1 C pillar Upper Protector Assembly Fixing Screw 1 5 1 Sun Visor Assembly Fixing Screw 3 0 5 Sun Visor Holder B Fixing Screw 3 0 5 Front Seat Belt Assembly Lower Fixing Bolt 50...

Страница 2139: ...remove the front left door scuff plate assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Make sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when removing the front doo...

Страница 2140: ...he rear left door scuff plate assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Make sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when removing the rear door scuff pl...

Страница 2141: ...UTION Make sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when removing the front door scuff plate assembly Appropriate force should be applied when removing the front door scuff plate assembly Be...

Страница 2142: ...s in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Make sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when removing the rear doorsill pressure plate assembly Appropriate force should be applied when remov...

Страница 2143: ...the back doorsill pressure plate assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Make sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when removing the back doorsill p...

Страница 2144: ...ip Appropriate force should be applied when removing the front door opening weatherstrip and avoid operating roughly DO NOT damage the front door opening weatherstrip when removing it RT21490180 CAUTI...

Страница 2145: ...strip Appropriate force should be applied when removing the rear door opening weatherstrip and avoid operating roughly DO NOT damage the rear door opening weatherstrip when removing it RT21490190 CAUT...

Страница 2146: ...id operating roughly DO NOT damage the back door weatherstrip when removing it RT21490200 CAUTION The back door weatherstrip and body should be properly fitted with a certain degree of gripping force...

Страница 2147: ...peaker connector arrow and remove the left A pillar protector assembly c Remove 3 fixing screws arrow from the high pitched speaker assembly Tightening torque 3 0 5 N m d Remove the high pitched speak...

Страница 2148: ...assembly is installed in place when installing A pillar upper protector assembly A pillar upper protector assembly and front door opening weatherstrip should be fitted closely after installing A pill...

Страница 2149: ...interior crow plate pry up the claws of A pillar lower protector assembly and remove the A pillar lower protector assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Make su...

Страница 2150: ...stallation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Make sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when removing the B pillar lower protector assembly Appropriate force should be applied wh...

Страница 2151: ...rt of front seat belt assembly a Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry off the front seat belt assembly lower bolt protective cap arrow b Remove the fixing bolt arrow from the lower par...

Страница 2152: ...pillar upper protector assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21490130 CAUTION Make sure damaged clip are replaced and B pillar upper protector assembly is installed...

Страница 2153: ...back door baffle plate assembly Tightening torque 1 5 1 N m b Remove 2 fixing screws arrow from the back door baffle plate assembly and remove the back door baffle plate assembly Tightening torque 1...

Страница 2154: ...screwdriver wrapped with protective tape pry off the back door light cover for right side d Disconnect the back door light connector arrow and remove the back door light e Using a screwdriver wrapped...

Страница 2155: ...clips from the C pillar lower protector assembly and remove the left C pillar lower protector assembly Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21490153 RT21490150 RT21490151 CAU...

Страница 2156: ...e left C pillar upper protector assembly a Remove 3 fixing screws arrow from the C pillar upper protector assembly Tightening torque 1 5 1 N m b Using an interior crow plate pry off the clips from the...

Страница 2157: ...bly is installed in place when installing C pillar upper protector assembly C pillar upper protector assembly and rear door opening weatherstrip should be fitted closely after installing C pillar uppe...

Страница 2158: ...fixing screw from the sun visor holder B Tightening torque 3 0 5 N m b Remove the left sun visor holder B Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Make sure to wear safety...

Страница 2159: ...ont right passenger grip assembly Tightening torque 5 1 N m Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal CAUTION Make sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when removing t...

Страница 2160: ...g a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape remove the interior front dome light cover c Remove 3 fixing screws arrow from the interior front dome light assembly Tightening torque 1 5 0 5 N m CAUTION...

Страница 2161: ...r rear dome light assembly a Using a screwdriver wrapped with protective tape remove the interior rear dome light cover b Remove 2 fixing screws arrow from the interior rear dome light assembly Tighte...

Страница 2162: ...edges from one corner of the sunroof weatherstrip 7 Remove the sun visor assembly See page 49 28 8 Remove the passenger grip assembly See page 49 29 9 Remove the front doorsill pressure plate assembl...

Страница 2163: ...ion Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21490320 CAUTION Make sure damaged clips are replaced and roof assembly is installed in place when installing roof assembly Roof assembly and pill...

Страница 2164: ...2 6 Remove the rear seat assembly See page 46 25 7 Remove the front doorsill pressure plate assembly See page 49 11 8 Remove the front door opening weatherstrip See page 49 14 9 Remove the rear doorsi...

Страница 2165: ...e driver side foot rest assembly counterclockwise b Remove the driver side foot rest assembly 2 Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21490351 1 2 RT21490350 CAUTION Always pa...

Страница 2166: ...d in the rear center part of luggage compartment carpet and remove the luggage compartment carpet assembly by pulling it outward Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal RT21490360...

Страница 2167: ...the reverse order of removal CAUTION Make sure to wear safety equipment to prevent accidents when removing the tonneau cover assembly Appropriate force should be applied when removing the tonneau cov...

Страница 2168: ...4 Remove the front left doorsill pressure plate assembly See page 49 11x 5 Remove the rear doorsill pressure plate assembly See page 49 12 6 Remove the left B pillar lower protector assembly See page...

Страница 2169: ...ening torque 10 1 N m b Remove the fuel filler cap cable from the fuel tank opening bracket assembly in the direction of arrow as shown in the illustration c Remove the fuel filler cap cable on the ot...

Страница 2170: ...lation is in the reverse order of removal RT21490430 CAUTION Prevent interior and body paint from being scratched when installing fuel filler cap cable Make sure damaged clips are replaced and fuel fi...

Страница 2171: ...lation pad a Remove the fixing nut 1 from the ground wire harness Tightening torque 15 2 N m b Remove the clips arrow from the rear wheel house sound insulation pad c Remove the clamping washer 2 from...

Страница 2172: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 49 42...

Страница 2173: ...nt Dimensions 50 4 Body Opening Dimensions Front View 50 5 Body Opening Dimensions Side View 50 6 Body Opening Dimensions Rear View 50 7 Body Opening Dimensions Top View 50 8 Body Frame Dimensions 50...

Страница 2174: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 50 2 50...

Страница 2175: ...l Remove the trim and bumper covers as necessary Repair the badly damaged areas before taking measurements for underbody alignment Monitor the upper body structure for excessive stress or movement whi...

Страница 2176: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 50 BODY DIMENSIONS 50 4 50 Engine Compartment Dimensions RT21500010 1127 1 mm 1545 mm 1545 mm 874 mm 275 mm 1517 mm...

Страница 2177: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 50 BODY DIMENSIONS 50 5 50 Body Opening Dimensions Front View RT21500020 790 mm 1484 mm 1484 mm...

Страница 2178: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 50 BODY DIMENSIONS 50 6 50 Body Opening Dimensions Side View RT21500030 947 m m 1 4 2 5 7 m m 923 7 mm 898 8 mm 9 2 2 6 m m 1 2 5 5 7 m m...

Страница 2179: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 50 BODY DIMENSIONS 50 7 50 Body Opening Dimensions Rear View RT21500040 1080 mm 1003 mm 1254 m m 1 2 5 4 m m...

Страница 2180: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 50 BODY DIMENSIONS 50 8 50 Body Opening Dimensions Top View RT21500050 2 2 2 2 3 m m 2 2 2 2 3 m m 1237 4 mm 927 3 mm...

Страница 2181: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 50 BODY DIMENSIONS 50 9 50 Body Frame Dimensions RT21500090 912 9 mm 890 mm 952 6 mm 2 0 5 8 1 m m 460 mm 354 mm 2 1 5 5 1 m m...

Страница 2182: ...is indicated by the standard distance measurement symbol 2 Flush measurement method and instructional symbol description a Reference surface is indicated by b Pointed surface is indicated by c If the...

Страница 2183: ...y Dimensions Flush between roof and front windshield at A 1 4 0 2 0 mm RT21500710 A 22 A 4 A 8 A 30 A 29 A 3 A 5 A 26 A 23 A 24 A 1 A 19 A 20 A 31 A 12 A 11 A 18 A 17 A 15 A 16 A 14 A 9 A 10 A 1 3 A 6...

Страница 2184: ...4 4 0 mm Flush between front door and rear door at A 4 0 mm Clearance between front door trim board and rear door trim board at A 5 7 8 2 0 mm Flush between front door trim board and rear door trim b...

Страница 2185: ...between front door and fender at A 8 4 0 mm Flush between front door and fender at A 8 0 mm Clearance between fender and hood at A 9 4 0 1 0 mm Flush between fender and hood at A 9 0 1 0 mm FRONT DOO...

Страница 2186: ...el flare trim board and front bumper at A 11 0 1 0 mm Clearance between fender and front bumper at A 12 0 5 0 5 mm Flush between fender and front bumper at A 12 0 7 1 0 mm Clearance between fender and...

Страница 2187: ...headlight at A 15 6 5 1 5 mm Clearance between front bumper and headlight at A 16 2 2 1 2 mm Clearance between front fog light cover and front bumper at A 17 0 5 0 5 mm RT21500380 2 4 1 0 FENDER HEAD...

Страница 2188: ...tor grille and front bumper at A 20 2 0 1 0 mm Clearance between trim panel garnish and rear view mirror base at A 21 5 0 1 5 mm Flush between trim panel garnish and rear view mirror base at A 21 0 1...

Страница 2189: ...3 1 2 mm Flush between side body outer panel and fender at A 23 0 1 2 mm Flush between rear view mirror base and front door weather bar at A 24 1 2 1 5 mm Clearance between front door handle and fron...

Страница 2190: ...t A 27 2 0 1 0 mm Clearance between fender and front apron plate at A 28 0 mm Clearance between front door trim board and front apron plate at A 29 5 6 1 0 mm Flush between front door trim board and f...

Страница 2191: ...apron plate and rear apron plate at A 30 0 mm Clearance between front towing hook cover plate and front bumper at A 31 0 8 0 5 mm Flush between front towing hook cover plate and front bumper at A 31 0...

Страница 2192: ...between rear spoiler and back door at B 2 1 5 mm Flush between rear spoiler and back door at B 2 1 5 1 0 mm RT21500720 B 10 B 17 B 13 B 6 B 28 B 8 B 14 B 18 B 25 B 2 2 B 7 B 15 B 16 B 24 B 27 B 26 B 1...

Страница 2193: ...arance between rear spoiler and high mounted stop light at B 5 1 0 1 0 mm Flush between rear spoiler and high mounted stop light at B 5 1 0 1 0 mm Clearance between side body outer panel and rear spoi...

Страница 2194: ...ar block at B 8 1 0 0 7 mm Clearance between rear windshield and back door upper trim board at B 9 3 0 1 5 mm Clearance between rear combination light and rear fog light at B 10 4 0 2 0 mm Flush betwe...

Страница 2195: ...at B 12 1 0 12 0 mm Clearance between rear combination light and side body outer panel at B 13 2 0 1 0 mm Flush between rear combination light and side body outer panel at B 13 0 8 1 0 mm Clearance be...

Страница 2196: ...r and side body outer panel at B 17 3 0 0 8 mm Flush between fuel filler door and side body outer panel at B 17 1 0 mm Clearance between side body outer panel and rear bumper at B 18 0 5 0 5 mm Flush...

Страница 2197: ...B 20 0 5 0 5 mm Clearance between rear fog light and rear bumper at B 21 1 3 1 0 mm Clearance between rear wheel flare trim board and rear bumper at B 22 1 0 1 0 mm Flush between rear wheel flare trim...

Страница 2198: ...rd and rear apron plate at B 24 3 0 1 0 mm Clearance between rear door trim board and rear apron plate at B 25 4 6 2 0 mm Clearance between rear door trim board and rear apron plate at B 26 6 0 1 8 mm...

Страница 2199: ...arance between rear door and rear door trim board at B 27 0 mm Clearance between side body outer panel and rear windshield at B 28 4 0 1 5 mm RT21500520 REAR DOOR REAR DOOR TRIM BOARD 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 4...

Страница 2200: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 50 28...

Страница 2201: ...n 51 26 Circuit Diagram 51 27 Ground Distribution 51 27 VEHICLE FUSE RELAY 51 33 General Information 51 33 Description 51 33 Fuse Relay 51 34 Engine Compartment Fuse and Relay Box 51 34 Instrument Pan...

Страница 2202: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd 51 2 51...

Страница 2203: ...tor terminal etc will appear in the circuit diagram and be introduced in detail For example the information of Engine Control Module ECM is mainly introduced in chapter 6 If the component wire harness...

Страница 2204: ...1 2 3 4 1 2 G B SENSOR CONTROL MODULE A D1 D2 D3 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11 D12 D4 D5 W E 049 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 W I 013 W I 003 1 2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX E 049 EF05 30A...

Страница 2205: ...te the terminal numbers of the relay 5 Color It indicates the color of this wire The color codes are as follows B Black W White R Red G Green L Blue Y Yellow Br Brown O Orange Gr Gray P Pink V Violet...

Страница 2206: ...o It indicates the terminal number in the connector of this component 14 Ignition Switch It indicates the power supply from ignition switch to electrical equipment 15 Connected to It indicates that th...

Страница 2207: ...uit for proper operation Voltage Test 1 Ground the negative probe black of voltmeter 2 Connect the positive probe red of voltmeter to the selected measuring point turn ignition switch on as necessary...

Страница 2208: ...he test component and the negative probe black to the negative lead or body ground 3 Ohmmeter Ohmmeter is used to measure resistance between two points in a circuit or to check the circuit for an open...

Страница 2209: ...repaired lead with insulating tape Fuse Replacement 1 Turn off all the electrical equipment and ignition switch before servicing 2 Remove the blown fuse with a fuse puller 3 Replace the fuse with a n...

Страница 2210: ...the sensor switch or relay to avoid damaging components during servicing 3 Connector a Disconnect the connector Hold the connector by hand and press the connector clip to disconnect it RT21020200 RT21...

Страница 2211: ...terminal As shown in the illustration 1 insert a suitable tool into the terminal to lift up the fixing clip and then pull out the terminal from behind During installation push the terminal from the ba...

Страница 2212: ...escription Power distribution system provides secure reliable and efficient power for all electrical equipment on the vehicle Power distribution system consists of the following components Battery Eng...

Страница 2213: ...L CONNECTOR A PSE CONNECTION 30 85 86 87 30A EF41 150A MF07 L1 F13 ALTERNATOR WIRE HARNESS H5 A ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX W E 067 E 067 W E 069 E 069 H8 H16 H7 H15 H6 H14 H5 H13 H4 H12 H3...

Страница 2214: ...ONTROL EMS 2 30 85 86 87 30A EF41 150A MF07 L1 F13 ALTERNATOR WIRE HARNESS H5 B A ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX W E 067 E 067 W E 069 E 069 H8 H16 H7 H15 H6 H14 H5 H13 H4 H12 H3 H11 H2 H10 H1...

Страница 2215: ...9 A2 F14 A6 A7 86 30 85 87 C ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 F12 F24 F11 F23 F10 F22 F9 F21 F8 F20 F7 F19 F6 F18 F5 F17 F4 F16 F3 F15 F2 F14 F1 F13 Gr E 076 W E 06...

Страница 2216: ...ARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX VARIABLE CAMSHAFT TIMING INTAKE VARIABLE CAMSHAFT TIMING EXHAUST C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 L E 023 E 023 INJECTOR 1 INJECTOR 2 INJECTOR 3 INJECTOR 4 C3 15A EF08 HIGH HO...

Страница 2217: ...RESSOR FUEL PUMP MOTOR FAN CONTROLLER FUEL PUMP RELAY F21 86 30 85 87 MF02 60A FAN RELAY F22 ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX E 076 E 078 E 069 E 023 E 073 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 A1 A2 A3...

Страница 2218: ...MODULE FRONT LEFT HEADLIGHT FRONT RIGHT HEADLIGHT ENGING COMPARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX HIGH BEAM RELAY LOW BEAM RELAY D2 D4 D3 D5 H1 H2 EF04 20A EF03 20A EF02 20A EF01 20A E 067 E 068 BCM D1 D2 D3 D4...

Страница 2219: ...LAY ERLY03 E 061 E 068 E 067 B B A A D E 80A MF09 6 60A MF04 4 6 E 064 E 064 E 062 3 E 061 W E 068 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 W E 067 H8 H16 H7 H15 H6 H14 H5 H13 H4 H12 H3 H11 H2 H10 H1 H9 4 E 062...

Страница 2220: ...TMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX E 065 E 067 E 069 E 073 E 074 E 078 ACC RELAY ERLY13 85 30 86 F18 F17 I2 87 EF48 20A E 078 IGN1 RELAY ERLY10 85 30 86 H6 H7 K1 87 EF43 20A E 078 B E 065 Gr E 074 W E 067 W E 0...

Страница 2221: ...PARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX E 063 E 069 7 F TCU 2 ALTERNATOR WIRE HARNESS EMS A4 C7 EF17 10A EF29 10A A10 B7 C8 EF34 20A EF36 10A EF28 10A E 076 ABS CONTROL MODULE BACK UP LIGHT SWITCH E 023 E 073 G F...

Страница 2222: ...ON START 1 2 3 6 5 4 120W 120W 120W ACC AM2 IG2 ST2 AM1 3 RF03 7 5A 12 IGNITION SWITCH 1 I 004 E 071 G G 3 2 1 6 5 4 Lg I 013 I 013 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 85 85 87 87 30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14...

Страница 2223: ...F5 F6 F7 W B 060 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 85 85 87 87 30 87 30 30 86 86 85 86 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 B I 007 RF10 7 5A DEFOGER RELAY RRLY02 85 30 86 87 RF33 25A RF42 10A H RF1...

Страница 2224: ...17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 26 B I 007 E20 E19 E18 E17 E12 E11 E10 E9 E4 E3 E2 E1 E8 E7 E6 E5 E16 E15 E14 E13 W I 031 I 031 INSTRUMENT PANEL FUSE AND RELAY BOX I 007 RF23 10A RF22 15A 22 RF35 10A F...

Страница 2225: ...4 7 5A RF15 DIAGNOSTIC INTERFACE CIGARETTE LIGHTER 10A RF08 8 14 15 REAR VIEW MIRROR ADJUSTMENT SWITCH HEADLIGHT ADJUSTMENT SWITCH 1 RF01 10A RF02 10A RF07 7 5A REVERSE RADAR MODULE PSE CONNECTION 2 2...

Страница 2226: ...tion Description Ground distribution system provides the centralized and convenient information about ground positions for electrical equipment on entire vehicle Technicians can find relevant electric...

Страница 2227: ...019 E 004 A C COMPRESSOR E 002 2 2 FRONT WASHER MOTOR E 032 E 039 REAR WASHER MOTOR E 040 1 ANTI THEFT HORN E 053 1 64 63 ECM 2 E 026 E 033 48 47 ECM 1 E 028 E 035 38 13 ABS CONTROL MODULE E 042 E 08...

Страница 2228: ...1 5 6 9 1 FRONT LEFT HEADLIGHT E 058 E 056 FRONT LEFT FOG LIGHT E 055 1 HOOD CONTACT SWITCH E 044 F13 2 2 2 F18 2 F22 F4 2 H6 E 078 E 069 ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE AND RELAY BOX H E 067 2 BREAK LIQUID...

Страница 2229: ...012 3 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER I 015 5 4 DIAGNOSTIC INTERFACE I 050 5 2 HAZARD SWITCH I 001 5 1 4 1 AUDIO B I 037 I 020 4 J116 PSE CONNECTION J1 I 029 2 1 REAR VIEW MIRROR ADJUSTMENT SWITCH I 008 8 HVAC CON...

Страница 2230: ...I 047 1 1 REAR WIPER MOTOR BACK DOOR SWITCH T 006 T 007 BACKUP POWER SUPPLY CIGARETTE LIGHTER I 041 I 049 DEFROSTER NEGATIVE T 002 2 1 B 018 8 B 012 T 004 REAR RIGHT COMBINATION LIGHT B 016 RIGHT LICE...

Страница 2231: ...E REAR RIGHT RADAR SENSOR B 020 B 023 2 REAR LEFT RADAR SENSOR B 027 2 LEFT CENTER RADAR SENSOR B 030 2 RIGHT CENTER RADAR SENSOR B 033 3 9 8 11 12 4 B 036 FUEL PUMP MOTOR B 038 5 3 B 040 F 007 FRONT...

Страница 2232: ...VER SEAT BELT SWITCH B 039 2 CLUTCH SWITCH B 051 9 COMMAND GEAR SHIFT B 004 2 B 005 R 002 REAR RIGHT DOOR CONTACT SWITCH R 004 4 POWER REAR VIEW MIRROR MOTOR H 008 3 9 B 062 2 5 B 061 H 002 FRONT RIGH...

Страница 2233: ...fuses and relays are integrated into fuse and relay boxes which are installed in the following specific positions of vehicle Engine compartment fuse and relay box located on the left side of engine c...

Страница 2234: ...4 20A EF30 10A EF29 10A EF28 10A EF27 10A EF26 10A EF25 15A EF37 10A EF36 10A EF33 EF32 EF31 EF24 EF23 EF22 EF21 Fuel relay ACC relay Cooling fan relay Blower relay TCU relay CVT model Main relay IGN1...

Страница 2235: ...29 Alternator Excitation EF06 EF30 Back up Light Reversing Radar for CVT Model EF07 Ignition Coil EF31 EF08 Injector Camshaft Timing EF32 EF09 EF33 EF10 A C Compressor EF34 IGN Power Supply EF11 EF35...

Страница 2236: ...luster Front Passenger Seat Belt Reminder Light Diagnosis Connector Engine Immobilizer ESP Indication RF19 RF07 BCM EPS PEPS RF20 RF08 Airbag RF21 Automatic A C Control Panel RF09 Brake Switch RF22 Au...

Страница 2237: ...Power Seat Adjustment RF45 Backup Power Supply RF33 Rear Defroster RF46 Ignition Switch RF34 Left Seat Heater RF47 PEPS RF35 Brake Light Switch RF48 RF36 Reserve RF49 Sunroof RF37 Right Seat Heater RF...

Страница 2238: ...graphic Entire vehicle wire harnesses are divided into the following parts Engine Wire Harness Engine Compartment Wire Harness Instrument Panel Wire Harness Body Wire Harness Front Left Door Wire Harn...

Страница 2239: ...T21510191 Engine Wire Harness Engine Compartment Wire Harness Instrument Panel Wire Harness Body Wire Harness Front Left Door Wire Harness Rear Left Door Wire Harness Front Right Door Wire Harness Rea...

Страница 2240: ...o Ltd 51 WIRE HARNESS 51 40 51 Engine Wire Harness ET21510200 E 007 E 006 E 005 E 004 E 003 E 002 E 001 E 008 E 009 E 010 E 011 E 012 E 013 E 014 E 015 E 016 E 017 E 018 E 019 E 021 E 020 E 022 E 023...

Страница 2241: ...le Camshaft Timing Exhaust E 009 B 6 Electronic Throttle E 010 B 2 Injector 1 E 011 B 2 Injector 2 E 012 B 2 Injector 3 E 013 B 2 Injector 4 E 014 B 1 Starter Control E 015 B 3 Camshaft Position Senso...

Страница 2242: ...074 E 075 E 076 E 077 E 078 E 079 E 080 E 081 E 082 E 065 E 064 E 063 E 067 E 068 E 069 E 070 E 066 E 062 E 061 E 060 E 071 E 026 B 048 I 034 E 033 E 030 E 031 E 032 E 034 E 035 E 036 E 037 E 038 E 0...

Страница 2243: ...007 E 039 Gr 2 Front Washer Motor E 040 Gr 2 Rear Washer Motor E 041 B 3 A C Pressure Sensor E 042 Ground E 043 B 4 Downstream Oxygen Sensor E 044 W 3 Hood Contact Switch E 045 Gr 2 High Pitched Horn...

Страница 2244: ...71 B 14 to Instrument Panel Wire Harness Connector I 004 E 072 W 1 BCM E E 073 Y 10 Engine Compartment Fuse and Relay Box B E 074 Gr 2 Engine Compartment Fuse and Relay Box I E 075 L 2 EPS E 076 Gr 10...

Страница 2245: ...033 I 034 I 005 E 027 I 004 I 035 B 059 I 003 B 055 B 003 I 036 I 002 I 057 I 001 I 011 I 013 I 054 I 055 I 012 I 056 I 053 I 014 I 052 I 015 I 051 I 016 I 050 I 017 I 049 I 018 I 048 I 019 I 047 I 02...

Страница 2246: ...g 6 Ignition Switch w o Passive Entry Passive Start I 014 B 10 Wiper Switch I 015 L 32 Instrument Cluster I 016 B 2 Key Lamp w o Passive Entry Passive Start I 017 W 8 Engine Switch w Passive Entry Pas...

Страница 2247: ...8 Passenger Seat Heater Switch I 045 Ground I 046 Gr 32 SRS Control Module belong to Instrument Panel Wire Harness I 047 Ground I 048 G 2 Immobilizer Coil w o Passive Entry Passive Start I 049 W 3 Cig...

Страница 2248: ...B 029 B 030 B 031 B 032 B 033 B 034 B 036 B 035 B 037 B 038 B 062 B 059 B 039 B 002 B 001 B 003 B 004 B 006 B 007 B 005 B 008 B 009 B 012 B 014 B 013 B 015 B 046 B 045 B 044 B 043 B 042 B 041 B 040 B...

Страница 2249: ...ctor T 004 B 013 B 1 Antenna B 014 W 1 Antenna Power Supply B 015 Gr 1 GPS B 016 B 6 Rear Right Combination Light B 017 Ground B 018 Ground B 019 B 1 Parking Brake Switch B 020 W 16 Reverse Radar Modu...

Страница 2250: ...49 W 2 Front Passenger Seat Belt Reminder Switch B 050 B 2 Front Passenger Seat Belt Switch B 051 B 2 Clutch Switch B 052 Lg 4 Brake Switch B 053 B 4 Electronic Accelerator Pedal B 054 W 22 to Engine...

Страница 2251: ...eat Heater B 066 B 4 Steering Angle Sensor B 067 B 8 Driver Seat Heater switch B 068 Ground B 069 B 2 Front Left Doorsill Light B 070 B 4 Driver Seat Power Adjustment Switch B 071 B 4 Driver Seat Heat...

Страница 2252: ...F 004 W 2 Anti theft Indicator F 005 W 16 Power Rear View Mirror Motor F 006 a Gr 2 Front Left Power Window Regulator Motor w o jam protection function F 006 b Gr 6 Front Left Power Window Regulator M...

Страница 2253: ...w Regulator Motor H 002 W 32 to Body Wire Harness Connector B 061 H 003 B 10 Front Right Power Window Switch H 004 B 2 Right Handle Sensor H 005 B 6 Front Right Door Contact Switch H 006 W 2 Front Rig...

Страница 2254: ...nector Color Pin Connector Name L 001 B 6 Rear Left Door Contact Switch L 002 B 10 Rear Left Power Window Switch L 003 B 2 Rear Left Door Speaker L 004 Gr 2 Rear Left Power Window Regulator Motor L 00...

Страница 2255: ...ctor Color Pin Connector Name R 001 Gr 2 Rear Right Power Window Regulator Motor R 002 W 16 to Body Wire Harness Connector B 005 R 003 B 10 Rear Right Power Window Switch R 004 B 6 Rear Right Door Con...

Страница 2256: ...2 Right License Plate Light T 004 W 15 to Body Wire Harness Connector B 012 T 005 W 2 High Mounted Stop Light T 006 B 2 Back Door Switch T 007 W 3 Rear Wiper Motor T 008 W 2 Left License Plate Light...

Страница 2257: ...e K 001 B 6 Mode Damper Motor K 002 W 40 HVAC Control Panel K 003 B 6 Mixed Damper Motor K 004 B 6 Speed Resistor K 005 W 2 Evaporator Temperature Sensor K 006 B 6 Inner and Outer Circulation Motor K...

Страница 2258: ...Mixed Damper Motor K 004 B 6 Speed Resistor K 005 W 2 Evaporator Temperature Sensor K 006 B 6 Inner and Outer Circulation Motor K 007 W 22 to Instrument Panel Wire Harness Connector I 039 K 008 W 2 B...

Страница 2259: ...Color Pin Connector Name P 001 Alternator P 002 Starter P 003 Battery Positive P 004 Body Ground P 005 Battery Negative P 006 Engine Compartment Fuse Box Power Supply 2 P 007 Alternator Power Supply N...

Страница 2260: ...Chery Automobile Co Ltd MEMO 51 60...

Страница 2261: ...ons 04 25 D Diagnosis Testing Air Conditioning 31 15 Diagnosis Testing Audio System 39 11 Diagnosis Testing Axle 22 8 Diagnosis Testing Brake 26 9 Diagnosis Testing Brake Control System 25 14 Diagnosi...

Страница 2262: ...ft Service Specifications 04 26 E Electronic Power Steering 30 1 Electronic Power Steering Preparation 03 34 Electronic Power Steering Service Specifications 04 40 Engine Hood Door 47 1 Engine Hood Do...

Страница 2263: ...n SQR484F Ignition System 14 3 General Information SQR484F Intake System 10 3 General Information SQR484F Lubrication System 13 3 General Information SQR484F Starting System 15 3 General Information S...

Страница 2264: ...rake 27 8 On vehicle Service QR019CHB CVT 18 110 On vehicle Service QR525MHE Transmission 17 14 On vehicle Service Rear View Mirror 44 7 On vehicle Service Reversing Radar System 40 10 On vehicle Serv...

Страница 2265: ...ce Specifications 04 21 SQR484F Cooling System 12 1 SQR484F Cooling System Preparation 03 16 SQR484F Cooling System Service Specifications 04 16 SQR484F Emission Control System 09 1 SQR484F Emission C...

Страница 2266: ...spension Preparation 03 28 Suspension Service Specifications 04 30 T Tire And Wheel 24 1 Tire And Wheel Service Specifications 04 33 V Vehicle Fuse Relay Wire Harness 51 33 Vehicle Ground Distribution...

Результаты поиска

Содержание T21 2014

Отзывы:

Chery T21 2014, Руководство по обслуживанию, Страница: 134 / 2266

Результаты поиска

Содержание T21 2014

Отзывы: